Waubonsee Catalog 2008-2009

Directory of Information
Campuses
Sugar Grove Campus Route 47 at Waubonsee Drive | Sugar Grove, IL 60554-9454 | (630) 466-7900
Aurora Campus 5 E. Galena Blvd. | Aurora, IL 60506-4178 | (630) 801-7900
Copley Campus 2060 Ogden Ave. | Aurora, IL 60504-7222 | (630) 585-7900
Scheduled to open in early 2009, the new Student Departments

Center is the fourth and final new facility built on Department Building Extension Department Building Extension
the Sugar Grove Campus as part of the 2020 College Access Center for Students with Disabilities COL 118* 2564 Financial Aid DKN 250* 5774
Aurora by appt.
Master Plan. With a majority of the college’s Admissions DKN 1st floor* 5756
Fitness Center ERK 1st floor 2530
Adult Education Division Aurora 201 4119
student services located in the center, it will become GED Testing Program COL 181* 2596
Adult Education Learning Center Aurora 310 4128
Graduate/Credentials Analyst DKN 221* 2371
a convenient “one-stop shop” for students. For more
Adult Education Special Programs Aurora 203 4176
Health and Life Sciences Division SCI 214 2350
information on the 2020 College Master Plan, visit Adult Literacy Project Aurora 210 4106
Health Care Programs WGL 234 2322
www.waubonsee.edu/2020vision. Athletics ERK 1st floor 2527
Honors Program SCI 122 2945
Basic Skills/GED Aurora 206 4129
Human Resources A 104 2718
Bookstore DKN 1st floor 2908
Humanities, Languages and BDE 136 2921
Aurora 174 4174
Fine Arts Division
Bursar DKN 2nd floor* 2920, 5705
Instruction A 123 2378
Business and Information APC 242 2263
Systems Division Learning Enhancement Center COL 144 5706
and Division Aurora 326 4227
Career and Technical Education A 117 2963
Library COL 2nd floor 2400
Career Services Center A 118* 2368 Aurora 303 4125
Center for Learning Assessment COL 137*/Aurora 110 5700/4182 Magnet Place Preschool A 130 2275
Child Care A 150 2560 Marketing & Communications VON 209 2411
Aurora 024 4100 or 4148
President’s Office DKN 2nd floor 2903
Children’s Programs Auditorium 108 2360
Public Safety DKN 1st floor 2552
Communications and BDE 136 2852 Aurora 1st floor 4142
Library Services
Registration & Records DKN 2nd floor* 2370
Community Education Auditorium 108 2360
Small Business Development Center Aurora 130, 132 4143
Computing Center HCC/Aurora 303 5723/4124
Social Science and Education Division APC 244 5734
Counseling Center DKN 2nd floor* 2361
Student Activities DKN 121* 2317
Aurora 102 4183
Copley by appt. 2800 Student Development DKN 225* 2941
Dean for Enrollment Management DKN 120* 5730 Student Newspaper (Insight) VON 230 2555
and Student Life
Student Support Services COL 118* 5767
Development DKN 2nd floor 2316
Technology/Math and Physical Sciences AKL 228 2319
Distance Learning COL 145 2402
Division
Educational Affairs COL 132 2352 Tutoring COL 157 2576
English as a Second Language (ESL) Aurora 202 4105 Workforce Development Aurora 136 4152
*To be located in new Student Center when it opens in early 2009
Official Campus Hours

Sugar Grove Campus 5:30 a.m. - Midnight, Monday - Friday | 6:30 a.m. - Midnight, Saturday | 8:00 a.m. - 10:00 p.m., Sunday
Aurora Campus 6:45 a.m. - 10:00 p.m., Monday - Friday | 7:30 a.m. - 5:00 p.m., Saturday | Noon - 5:30 p.m., Sunday
Copley Campus 7:30 a.m. - 10:00 p.m., Monday - Friday | 7:30 a.m. - 5:00 p.m., Saturday | 8:30 a.m. - 5:30 p.m., Sunday
www.waubonsee.edu
Campus Closed
Official campus hours mean that the campuses are open to the public year-round. The college is closed and services are not available on:
Friday, July 4, 2008 Monday, September 1, 2008
Wednesday, November 26 - Sunday, November 30, 2008 4:30 p.m. Tuesday, December 23, 2008 - Sunday, January 4, 2009
Illinois Community College District 516 Sunday, April 12, 2009 Monday, May 25, 2009 and Saturday, July 4, 2009
Circulation: The Waubonsee Community College Catalog is published annually by the Marketing and Communications department. For additional copies
of this or other publications, call us. We welcome comments and suggestions. This catalog is provided to you compliments of the college. Disclaimer: Information contained in the 2008-2009 edition of the catalog was, to the best knowledge of the Waubonsee Community College staff, considered correct and
complete when submitted to the publisher. Waubonsee Community College reserves the right to change all or part of this catalog without prior notice. This catalog should not
be considered a contract between Waubonsee Community College and any student.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
1
WAU B O N S E E
our programs and services
College Catalog
2008-2009
WAUBONSEE COMMUNITY COLLEGE

is a two-year public community college providing
education and training services for individuals in District 516.
This catalog is in effect for the academic year 2008-2009.
www.waubonsee.edu
2 Vision and Mission
VISION Workforce Development: Courses, programs, and services

designed to meet the workplace training needs of both
Waubonsee Community College opens the door of knowledge,
individuals and organizations with an emphasis on skill
sparks imaginations, and enlightens lives through learning.
building and improved productivity.
We welcome the diverse abilities, goals, and experiences of
individuals standing on the threshold of discovery. Our success Community Education: Courses, trips, tours, special events,
is defined by the dreams we help shape, the opportunities we and experiences designed for the personal enrichment of the lives
help design, and the futures we help create. of learners of all ages and to promote lifelong learning.
Student Services: Services designed to meet the needs of a
diverse student population which include: counseling and
MISSION STATEMENT advising, recruitment and retention, admissions, registration,
Waubonsee Community College is a public, comprehensive assessment, financial aid, career services, co-curricular activities,
community college which was organized in 1966, as mandated intercollegiate athletics, and assistance for those students with
by the Illinois Community College Act, to provide education physical and learning disabilities.
and training services for individuals in portions of Kane, Kendall,
DeKalb, LaSalle and Will counties of District 516. The philosophy Program Support
of Waubonsee Community College is based on the premise that Instructional Support: Services designed to facilitate and
education is the cornerstone of a literate, democratic society; that provide support to the instructional process, including
learning is a lifelong process; and that the pursuit of knowledge alternative delivery systems (such as telecourses, online courses,
must be supported by institutional policies that demonstrate the two-way interactive telecommunications, cable television,
values of accessibility, service, value, quality and innovation. wireless communications); the use of computer technology;
the library; the Center for Teaching, Learning and Technology;
Commitments media and learning laboratories.
• Provide quality educational programs and services which are Administrative Support: Organizational support that
academically, geographically, financially, technologically and provides services for staff selection and development, financial
physically accessible to meet the educational and training services, facilities, operational management, technology
needs of a diverse, multicultural population and the advancements and training, research, planning, marketing
organizations within our community. and communications.
• Maintain institutional policies, programs, practices and efforts
which provide an emphasis on a learning-centered college for
Community Support: Service to communities, organizations,
and businesses may be provided by the college to meet local
students and the community.
needs. These combined efforts may include programming in the
• Develop the intellectual, physical, social, cultural and career
community, workforce development, and partnership activities
potential of the individual.
which will improve the quality of life.
• Promote diversity in faculty, staff and student recruitment;
staff development; and cultural enrichment activities.
• Contribute to the economic, workforce, social, recreational
and cultural quality of life of the community. VALUES
• Cooperate with other local, state and national organizations Accessibility — We remove barriers to learning formed by
and provide leadership that will enhance educational services time, geography, education, culture, experience or beliefs to
and avoid duplication of services. provide a full range of quality educational opportunities for
all who can benefit.
Programs and Services Service — We view the world from the perspective of those we
Transfer Programs: Associate degree education consisting serve — anticipating needs and striving to exceed expectations
of communications, social and behavioral sciences, physical and while demonstrating a caring, knowledgeable, consistent
life sciences, mathematics, humanities and fine arts, education, connection with each individual every time they meet us.
engineering, and other pre-professional fields designed to Value — We focus every resource directly on the search for
prepare students for transfer to baccalaureate degree granting learning, creating tangible benefits in everything we do.
institutions.
Quality — We constantly redefine what it means to be
Occupational Programs: Business, health care, technical “the best,” seeking to improve in every area and exceed the
and professional education consisting of associate degrees, expectations of those we serve.
certificates, courses, workshops and seminars designed for
career, entry-level employment, transitioning, retraining and/or Innovation — We are actively engaged on the frontiers of
upgrading of skills to meet current and emerging employment education, continuously improving the learning environment
needs and trends. for our students and communities.
Developmental Education: Courses, programs, and services
designed to assist academically under prepared students to be
successful in the next level of education, including: reading,
mathematics, writing, personal development, literacy, high
school equivalency exam preparation (GED), Adult Basic
Education (ABE) and English as a Second Language (ESL).
2008/2009
Table of Contents 3
College Mission ..........................................................2 Academic Information and Regulations ...............245

Board ofTrustees ........................................................4 Resources and Services .........................................252
President’s Message ...................................................5 History and New Directions ...................................259
Curriculum at a Glance...............................................6 Federal Compliances ..............................................260
Academic Calendar.....................................................8 Staff..........................................................................261
Getting Started at Waubonsee .................................10 Facilities and Extension Locations ........................271
Educational Options..................................................11 Index ........................................................................276
Transfer Education.............................................12 Glossary...................................................................280
Career Education ...............................................12
Basic Skills Education........................................12 New Student Information Form ................end pages
Adult Education Special Programs ............12 Directory of Information .................inside back cover
Adult Literacy Project..................................13
English as a Second Language ..................13
Campus Safety
GED ..............................................................13 Waubonsee Community College is committed to
Intensive English Institute ..........................13 providing a safe and secure campus environment for all
students, faculty, staff and community members.
Community Education.......................................13 Emergency Preparedness and Safety: A Guide for
Developmental Education.................................14 Students and Community Members provides basic
information on what to do in a variety of possible
Distance Learning ..............................................14 emergency situations on campus. This guide is available
FastTrack.............................................................15 for download at www.waubonsee.edu/safety. Printed
copies of the guide are also available from the Counseling,
Internship Program............................................15 Admissions, and Registration and Records departments.
Programs for High School Students ................16
In case of emergency, please call 911. For non-emergency
ROTCTransfer Option ........................................16 situations, Waubonsee Public Safety may be reached by
Study Abroad .....................................................16 calling (630) 466-2552 at the Sugar Grove Campus and
(630) 906-4142 at the Aurora Campus. The Waubonsee
Weekend College ...............................................16 Public Safety Office is located in Dickson Center on the
Workforce Development ...................................17 Sugar Grove Campus and at the front desk at the Aurora
Campus.
Transfer Degrees Program .......................................18
Transfer Degrees Program Guidelines....................34
General Studies Program.........................................60 ACCREDITATION:
Career Education Program.......................................63 Waubonsee Community College is accredited by The
Higher Learning Commission of the North Central
Career Education Degrees and Certificates ............69 Association of Colleges and Schools (NCA) and is
recognized by federal and state agencies administering
Career Connections ................................................160 financial aid.
Course Descriptions ...............................................164
APPROVAL:
Admissions and Registration.................................234 Waubonsee Community College is approved by the Illinois
Community College Board, Illinois Board of Higher
Tuition and Fees......................................................238
Education, and the U.S. Department of Education.
Financial Aid............................................................242
www.waubonsee.edu
4 Board of Trustees
Dr. Richard C. Bodie James K. Michels

Aurora Elburn
Board member 1998-2013 Board member 1987-2011
Physician Consulting Engineer
Rebecca D. Oliver
Karen L. Cotter Plano
Plano Secretary
Business Executive Business Executive
James E. Pilmer
James K. Detzler Aurora
Oswego Vice-chair
Business Executive Municipal Executive
Richard “Shorty”
W. Dickson
Bristol Victoria Tullock
Chair, Board member Plano
1972-1987, 1989-2013 Student trustee
Insurance Executive 2007-2008
2008/2009
President’s Message 5
aubonsee Community College — now in its fifth decade of service to
W college district residents — continues to respond to the area’s higher

education needs by developing new associate degree and certificate
programs, delivering essential workforce training, and facilitating unique
lifelong learning opportunities for our students.
Waubonsee is responding to the rapid population increase within our college
district by expanding our teaching and learning facilities. As a part of the 2020
College Master Plan, the college is in an extensive planning and development
phase for the new $50 million downtown Aurora Campus and for the college’s
future Plano Campus, located on U.S. Route 34.
Significant enhancements have also been made to the instructional facilities on
the Sugar Grove Campus. The new Student Center will open in January 2009.
It will provide easy access to student services like academic counseling,
financial aid, student activities, and study areas, along with expanded food
service options. Three other new buildings – the Science Building, The
Academic and Professional Center, and Campus Operations – already provide
new classrooms, laboratories, community meeting spaces, and service areas
for the Sugar Grove Campus. Christine J. Sobek, Ed.D.
President
The college’s state-of-the-art buildings are only one part of Waubonsee’s
teaching and learning environment that helps prepare students for academic
and career success. Our faculty and staff play a pivotal role in nurturing the
success of our students – putting them first by listening, helping to identify
educational goals and dreams, and working together to achieve success. The
collective efforts of faculty and staff are enabling students to build a better
future.
The strong support of our college district community, coupled with the
knowledgeable guidance of our elected board of trustees, has enabled
Waubonsee to expand our educational options and facilities, grow our student
services, and increase our outreach through permanent extension campus
locations. The board continues to direct its energies toward focusing our
college mission and vision on institutional goals that demonstrate accessibility,
service, value, quality and innovation.
During the coming academic year I encourage you to take advantage of the
numerous programs and services we have in place to help you achieve
academic success. More details are provided in this college catalog. I hope you
will also have an opportunity to visit each of our campuses. They are located in
Sugar Grove, in downtown Aurora, and on the Rush-Copley Medical Center in
far-east Aurora. And, be sure to visit us online at www.waubonsee.edu.
Best wishes for educational success during the 2008-2009 academic year.
Sincerely,
Christine J. Sobek, Ed.D., President
www.waubonsee.edu
6 Curriculum at a Glance
Waubonsee Community College offers students the opportunity to take classes in a wide variety of areas. Course work in credit classes
can be designed for very general or very specific educational goals. Requirements and suggested course work for each degree are
explained in the appropriate catalog section. Degrees and certificates offered include:
TRANSFER EDUCATION CAREER EDUCATION

Associate in Arts Degree (AA) Associate in Applied Science Degree (AAS)
Associate in Science Degree (AS) Certificate of Achievement
Associate in Engineering Science Degree (AES) See degrees and certificates listed page 66.
Associate in Fine Arts Degree (AFA)
Associate of Arts in Teaching (AAT)
See degree requirements page 22.
See the list of example areas of concentration page 33.
GENERAL EDUCATION
Associate in General Studies Degree (AGS)
General Studies Certificate
See degree requirements page 59.
The Disciplines listed below indicate the varied areas of study offered at Waubonsee, although students are not limited to these
options. Refer to each listing of degrees, certificates and areas of concentration later in this catalog.
DISCIPLINES
Course descriptions begin on page 170.
Accounting Film Studies Microcomputer Systems

Administrative Office Systems Finance and Banking Military Science
Anthropology Fire Science Music
APICS Foreign Languages Nurse Assistant
Art French, German, Japanese, Nursing
Astronomy Spanish Personal Development
Auto Body Repair Geography Philosophy
AutomotiveTechnology Geology Phlebotomy
Aviation Pilot Graphic Design Physical Education
Biology Health Care Interpreting Physics
Business Administration Health Education Political Science
Chemistry Heating, Ventilation and Psychology
Air Conditioning
Communications Reading
History
Computer-Aided Design Real Estate
and Drafting Human Services
Sign Language
Computer Information Systems Humanities (also see InterpreterTraining)
Construction Management Independent Study Small Business
Technology IndustrialTechnology Social Science
Criminal Justice Information and Communication Sociology
Disability Studies Technology
SurgicalTechnology
Early Childhood Education Intensive English—Basic
Theatre
Earth Science Intensive English Institute
Therapeutic Massage
Economics Interdisciplinary Studies
Tourism,Travel and Event Planning
Education InterpreterTraining
Translation
(also see Sign Language)
ElectronicsTechnology Welding
Management
Emergency MedicalTechnician World Wide Web/Internet
Marketing
Emergency Preparedness
Management Mass Communication
Engineering Mathematics
English Medical Assistant
2008/2009
Curriculum at a Glance 7
This catalog documents guidelines for transfer degree areas of concentration and specific curriculum for career education degrees
and certificates. Listed below are example transfer degree areas of concentration and career education curricular areas. Look in the
appropriate section for more specific details.
TRANSFER DEGREE AREAS OF CAREER EDUCATION AREAS

CONCENTRATION See the curriculum for each degree and certificate starting
See the transfer degree guidelines starting on page 32. on page 68.
Art Accounting
Aviation Pilot Administrative Office Systems
Biology Auto Body Repair
Business AutomotiveTechnology
Accounting/Management/Finance/ Business Careers
Marketing/Operations Management Business Communications
Chemistry Management
Clinical Laboratory Science Marketing
Computer Science Materials Management/APICS
Criminal Justice Small Business
Early Childhood Education Computer Careers
Economics Computer-Aided Design and Drafting
Education Computer Information Systems
Elementary, Secondary or Special Education Geographic Information Systems
English Microcomputer Systems
Fine Arts World Wide Web/Internet
Fitness Leadership Construction ManagementTechnology
General Science Criminal Justice
Graphic Art Early Childhood Education
History ElectronicsTechnology
Liberal Arts Facility ServiceTechnology
Mass Communication Fire Science
Mathematics Graphic Design
Music Health Care Interpreting
Nursing Health Careers
Organizational Communication Emergency MedicalTechnician
Philosophy Exercise Science
Physical Education Medical Assistant
Physics Nurse Assistant
Political Science Perioperative Nursing
Psychology PhlebotomyTechnician
Social Work Registered Nursing
Sociology SurgicalTechnology
Theatre Therapeutic Massage
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
Human Services
IndustrialTechnology
InterpreterTraining/Sign Language
Mass Communication
Paraprofessional Educator
Photography
Real Estate
Translation
Welding
www.waubonsee.edu
8 Academic Calendar
FALL SEMESTER 2008 2008

Late registration begins ..........................................................................................August 18
Last day to enroll in a course is prior to the first class meeting. August
Orientation week for faculty and staff ..............................................................August 20-22 S M T W T F S
First day of classes (Monday) .................................................................................August 25 1 2
Students withdrawn for nonpayment after this date must 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
petition to re-enroll................................................................................................August 25 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Labor Day break - Saturday through Monday (classes will not meet) .....Aug. 30 - Sept. 1 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
End of ALL refunds for 16-week courses ..........................................................September 5 24
/31 25 26 27 28 29 30
Withdrawals after this date (from 16-week courses)
will appear on student transcripts...................................................................September 5 September
Weekend classes begin (Friday, 5:00 p.m. through Sunday) .......................September 5-7 S M T W T F S
Last day to claim honor student status designation in a 16-week course ...September 22 1 2 3 4 5 6
Mid-semester (last day to change audit enrollment status) ...............................October 15 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Last day to enroll in a fall semester telecourse ...................................................October 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
(Spring telecourse registration begins Nov. 3) 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
Spring semester registration begins at 8:00 a.m. ............................................November 3 28 29 30
Last day to enroll in a fall semester independent study or internship ..........November 10
Thanksgiving break -Tuesday through Sunday (classes will not meet) ..November 25-30 October
Last day to withdraw from fall semester courses..............................................December 1 S M T W T F S
Semester examinations –Monday throughThursday ................................December 15-18 1 2 3 4
Final exams for weekend classes are given during the last class period. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Semester ends ....................................................................................................December 18 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Grades due- noon, Friday ..................................................................................December 19 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31
Please note that the above dates apply, in general, to traditional 16-week credit courses. See Registration
and Records for details concerning weekend courses, TBA courses or courses shorter than 14 weeks in
November
duration.
S M T W T F S
1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23
/30 24 25 26 27 28 29
The college is closed on the following dates. Otherwise, the college is open and services are
available during the standard hours of operation. December
S M T W T F S
Independence Day:.......................................................................Friday, July 4, 2008 1 2 3 4 5 6
Labor Day:......................................................................Monday, September 1, 2008 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
Thanksgiving Holiday: .......................................Wednesday, November 26 through 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
........................................................................................Sunday, November 30, 2008 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
Winter Holiday: .............................4:30 p.m.,Tuesday, December 23, 2008 through 28 29 30 31
..............................................................................................Sunday, January 4, 2009
Easter: .....................................................................................Sunday, April 12, 2009 2009
Memorial Day:.........................................................................Monday, May 25, 2009
Independence Day: ..................................................................Saturday, July 4, 2009 January
S M T W T F S
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
2008/2009
Academic Calendar 9
February SPRING SEMESTER 2009
S M T W T F S Late registration begins .........................................................................................January 19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Last day to enroll in a course is prior to the first class meeting.
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Orientation week for faculty and staff .............................................................January 21-23
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 First day of classes (Monday) ...............................................................................January 26
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Students withdrawn for nonpayment after this date
must petition to re-enroll ....................................................................................January 26
Weekend classes begin (Friday, 5:00 p.m. through Sunday) .........................Jan. 30-Feb. 1
March End of ALL refunds for 16-week courses ..............................................................February 6
S M T W T F S Withdrawals after this date (from 16-week courses) will appear on
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 student transcripts................................................................................................February 6
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Last day to claim honor student status designation in a 16-week course .......February 23
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Summer semester registration begins at 8:00 a.m. ................................................March 2
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Mid-semester (last day to change audit enrollment status) ..................................March 18
29 30 31 Last day to enroll in a spring semester telecourse.................................................March 18
(Summer telecourse registration begins March 2.)
April Spring break - Monday through Saturday (classes will not meet) ..................March 23-28
S M T W T F S Easter Sunday (classes will not meet) .......................................................................April 12
1 2 3 4 Last day to enroll in a spring semester independent study or internship ..............April 13
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Last day to withdraw from spring semester courses ..................................................May 4
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Fall semester registration begins at 8:00 a.m. ............................................................May 4
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 Semester examinations – Monday through Friday ..............................................May 18-22
26 27 28 29 30 Final exams for weekend classes are given during the last class period.
Semester ends ..............................................................................................................May 22
May Memorial Day break - Saturday through Monday (classes will not meet) .........May 23-25
S M T W T F S Grades due - noon,Tuesday .......................................................................................May 26
1 2 Graduation ....................................................................................................................May 28
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Please note that the above dates apply, in general, to traditional 16-week credit courses. See Registration
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 and Records for details concerning weekend courses, TBA courses or courses shorter than 14 weeks in
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 duration.
24
/31 25 26 27 28 29 30
SUMMER SEMESTER 2009
June First day of summer classes (check individual course), Tuesday ...........................May 26
S M T W T F S Last day to enroll in a course .....................................................prior to 1st class meeting
1 2 3 4 5 6 Weekend classes begin (Friday, 5:00 p.m. through Sunday) ............................May 29-31
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 First day of regular summer session .......................................................................June 15
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 First day of summer high school program,Tuesday .............................................June 23
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Last day to enroll in a summer semester telecourse ................................................July 1
28 29 30 (Fall telecourse registration begins May 4.)
Independence Day break (weekend classes will not meet) ...................................July 3-5
July
(Friday 5 p.m. through Sunday)
S M T W T F S Last day to enroll in a summer independent study or internship .........................July 13
1 2 3 4 Last day to withdraw from summer semester courses ..........................................July 27
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 End of session..........................................................................................................August 9
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Grades due - noon, Monday .................................................................................August 10
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 Midterm....................................................determined by length (weeks) of course
Refunds ................................determined by course beginning date and duration
August
........................................................................(See the Business Office for details.)
S M T W T F S
Examinations ..............................................determined by ending date of course
1
Grades due ....................................immediately upon completion of each course
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Please note that the above dates apply, in general, to traditional credit courses. Summer courses are
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
offered with a variety of beginning and ending dates. Please refer to each individual course within the
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23
schedule for the correct beginning and ending dates.
/30 24
/31 25 26 27 28 29
www.waubonsee.edu
10 Getting Started
New students who have never attended Waubonsee before are required to complete the
New Student Information Form found at the back of this catalog.
Please refer to the following steps to complete enrollment.
Students interested in Community Education or Workforce Development should complete page 3

of the New Student Information Form and sign at the bottom of page 4. New noncredit students
may register at the same time they submit the New Student Information Form.
New Credit Students (full-time and/or degree-seeking)

Complete the following steps STEP 1 Complete the New Student Information Form.
if you want to:
STEP 2 Schedule an appointment for placement testing** (English, math and reading).
Enroll as a full-time student Note: Students may also be placed into courses based on their ACT scores, placement testing done
(12 credit hours or more) at another college or prior college coursework. Visit www.waubonsee.edu/placement.
Earn a degree or certificate STEP 3 Schedule your Registration and Planning (RAP) session, where you’ll learn how to use
Receive financial aid the college catalog, credit schedule and your test scores to select and register for courses.
Transfer credit earned at Placement testing and RAP can both be scheduled through the Center for Learning Assessment at
another college toWCC* (630) 466-7900, ext. 5700 or online at www.waubonsee.edu.
STEP 4 Pay for your classes at the time of registration (full or partial payment).
STEP 5 Attend New Student Orientation.
Complete the following steps STEP 1 Complete the New Student Information Form.
if you want to:
STEP 2 If you plan to enroll in an English or math course, schedule an appointment for place-
Enroll as a part-time student ment testing** through the Center for Learning Assessment at (630) 466-7900, ext. 5700, or online
(less than 12 semester hours) at www.waubonsee.edu. Note: Students may also be placed into courses based on their ACT scores,
Don’t meet any criteria for placement testing done at another college or prior college coursework. For details, visit
“new full-time and/or www.waubonsee.edu/placement.
degree-seeking” category
STEP 3 Meet with a counselor or academic advisor prior to registering (highly recommended).
STEP 4 Register for classes in person, by mail or fax. You can register at the same time
you submit the New Student Information Form.
STEP 5 Pay for your classes at the time of registration (full or partial payment).
STEP 6 Attend New Student Orientation (highly recommended).
Complete the following steps if you have been enrolled at Waubonsee during a previous semester.
STEP 1 Meet with a counselor prior to registering (highly recommended).
STEP 2 Register for courses in person, by mail, by fax, or by using the online registration system.
NOTE: Full or partial payment is due at the time of registration.
* Students wishing to transfer credits to Waubonsee need to submit official transcripts and complete a
Transcript Evaluation Request Form before placement testing or Registration and Planning (RAP).
** Math review workshops are available through the Learning Enhancement Center.
2008/2009
11
WAU B O N S E E
what you can learn
Educational
Options
www.waubonsee.edu
12 Educational Options
Educational Options Basic Skills Education

Waubonsee Community College offers its students a variety of
educational programs and services. Many students come to Adult Basic Education
Waubonsee looking for education leading to a satisfying career. Adult Basic Education (ABE) gives adults who did not graduate
Others come for college credit they can transfer to a four-year from high school an opportunity to enhance their basic skills in
college or university. Still others come to develop a specific job the areas of vocabulary, reading, writing and mathematics. An
skill, to improve their ability to speak and write the English individualized, self-paced format is used in this free program.
language, to continue the process of lifelong learning, or to Morning and evening classes are offered at all three Waubonsee
obtain help in deciding their future. campuses and other locations throughout the district. An
assessment to determine skill levels is required before class
This section summarizes the many opportunities available to the placement. This course may eventually lead to enrollment in
Waubonsee community, as well as the college’s programs and General Educational Development (GED) preparation. Call the
services offered in accordance with its mission. Adult Education office for information (see directory).
Adult Education Learning Center (AELC)

Transfer Education The AELC offers adult education students an opportunity to
Students can come to Waubonsee Community College to earn enhance their studies using computer-aided instruction in the
credits that transfer to a four-year college or university. Many areas of basic academic skills, GED preparation, workforce
different programs are available to prepare them for work at the preparation, English as a Second Language and literacy. The
junior level after they transfer. Individually tailored programs center is located at the Aurora Campus. Adult Education
lead to the Associate in Arts degree (AA), the Associate in instructors are available in the center during all open hours to
Science degree (AS), the Associate in Engineering Science degree assist students with an individual plan of instruction. The AELC
(AES), the Associate in Fine Arts degree (AFA) or the Associate allows students to start anytime during the semester, with
of Arts in Teaching (AAT) degree at Waubonsee. registration after their first visit. Family Tech, a special family
literacy program for students and their families, is held one
The courses taken at Waubonsee Community College are those Saturday per month. There is no charge for this program. Call
normally taken during the first two years of the baccalaureate the Adult Education office for more information (see directory).
degree. Since requirements can vary from one university to
another, each program must be planned with a counselor or Adult Education Special Programs
advisor. Catalogs from various colleges and universities are
This comprehensive program offers opportunities for low-
available for reference in the Counseling Center. Students can
income adult education students to obtain self-sufficiency
complete Waubonsee’s degree requirements and
through education and training. These programs are designed to
be in a favorable position to transfer to the senior college or
offer personalized assistance to the potential college student who
university of their choice. Most universities and senior colleges
plans to pursue a certificate or associate degree in a vocational
award junior standing to students who have earned a transfer
area. Among the Special Programs are the Youth Services
degree. For specific degree and program information, see the
Program and the Vocational Skills Program.
“Transfer Degrees Program” section in this catalog.
The Youth Services Program offers career exploration and
job search/placement in the areas of health care, electrical
Career Education maintenance and more to students between the ages of 16 and
Many students at Waubonsee are working to gain the necessary 21. Among the many benefits available to eligible students are
skills and knowledge to prepare for a job in a career area. Some free tuition and fees, books, limited assistance with child care
students take only a few career courses to reinforce and improve payments and transportation, individual case management, and
skills they already possess. Others enroll in a two-year program other support services. Students lacking a high school diploma
leading to an Associate in Applied Science degree (AAS) or enter are strongly encouraged to attend GED classes to work toward
a shorter sequence leading to a Certificate of Achievement. GED attainment prior to enrolling in a career certificate program.
One year follow-up is given to students once they’ve completed
Many career students at Waubonsee are high school graduates. their course of study and obtained employment.
Some have recently completed a high school equivalency
program (GED). Others are re-educating themselves to keep up GED and ESL students are offered free noncredit computer
with changes in the workplace. Trained and skilled individuals and career exploration classes through the Vocational Skills
are needed to meet increasingly exacting job qualifications. Program. GED students must have at least a fifth grade reading
Career education programs prepare students to step directly into level, and ESL students must be enrolled in ESL 007 or higher.
this fast-moving age of technological change. For specific degree, There is no tuition charge for these classes, but students are
program and certificate information, see the “Career Education required to purchase their textbook. Public Aid recipients have
Program” section in this catalog. the option of using the book loan program instead of purchasing
the book. Classes include Basic Computer Literacy, Introduction
to the Internet, Word Processing, Keyboarding, Excel and Job
Search Skills.
2008/2009
Educational Options 13
Adult Literacy Project Outreach and Retention
The Adult Literacy Project provides trained volunteers to help Free outreach and retention services are offered to help GED and
adult students learn to speak, read or write English. Volunteers ESL graduates transition into college-level courses in pursuit of a
assist students on an individual basis or act as aides in classroom degree or certificate. Assistance includes referrals to appropriate
situations. Training sessions are scheduled throughout the year services (i.e. academic counseling and financial aid), coordination
to teach new volunteers the necessary skills to facilitate positive of appointments with different departments and assistance in
learning situations. Both basic reading and English as a Second exploring specific vocational careers. For more information or to
Language volunteer training is now available online. Family register, contact Adult Education (see directory).
literacy and student conversation groups are also integral
components of the Literacy Project. Family literacy programs
are offered in collaboration with selected schools throughout Community Education
the Waubonsee district. Community Education designs, develops and implements a wide
array of noncredit classes, trips, tours and special events that
English as a Second Language enrich the lives of all ages, including youth and mature adults.
The English as a Second Language (ESL) program offers non- Program coordinators develop partnerships with area
native adults, 16 years of age and older, the opportunity to learn organizations and instructors to ensure the delivery of both new
the English language while also learning about American culture. and innovative offerings, as well as traditional classes and
Students develop reading, writing, listening and speaking skills lectures. These offerings are designed to reach the diverse
necessary for success in the workplace, community and for population of Waubonsee’s rural/suburban community college
further course work. Grammar, writing and conversation classes district. More specific information about the High School
are also available throughout the year. Morning and evening Summer Program, Trips and Tours, fitness/wellness, mature
classes are offered at the Aurora Campus and other selected sites adult programming, and Programs for Youth can be found by
in the community. There is no charge for this program. For more viewing the individual listings in the noncredit schedule or by
information about testing and placement into classes, call the calling Community Education (see directory).
ESL office (see directory).
Community Events
General Educational Development This guest presenter series brings to the campus and community
The General Educational Development (GED) course, offered in a broad range of events featuring timely topics, diverse
both English and Spanish, prepares adults who do not have a high viewpoints and cultural enrichment.
school diploma for the GED exam in the areas of writing skills,
social studies, science, reading, mathematics, and the U.S. and Classes, Workshops and Seminars
state constitutions. An individualized, self-paced format is used Community members can enroll in classes, workshops and
in this free program. An assessment determining appropriate seminars that meet their cultural, recreational, educational and
content areas of study precedes class placement. Morning and professional interests.
evening classes are offered at all three Waubonsee campuses and
other locations throughout the district. GED instruction is also
offered online and through Waubonsee’s cable television channel. Fitness Center
The Total Fitness Center offers a complete health and fitness
The GED Testing Program at Waubonsee offers both English and experience to students and community members. The center’s
Spanish exams monthly. Registration for this testing is at the knowledgeable, certified staff is committed to assisting
Regional Office of Education, and a $35 registration fee is participants through all phases of exercise. Staff are available to
required prior to testing. Testing appointments are made at the monitor fitness progress, answer health and exercise-related
Regional Office of Education. Current testing dates and questions, and to help clients achieve their fitness goals. Clients
registration procedures can be found on their Web site at can work out using the latest cardiovascular equipment, free
www.kane.k12.il.us/GED.asp. Waubonsee’s Center for Learning weights, Cybex strength training systems and functional training
Assessment (see directory) also administers the constitution test, tools while enjoying their favorite TV program or music
one of the required parts of the GED test. selections. More information on membership options is available
by calling the Total Fitness Center (see directory).
Intensive English Institute
The Intensive English Institute offers concentrated language
instruction to non-native adults. Basic, beginning, intermediate
and advanced levels in reading/vocabulary, writing/grammar,
listening/speaking and pronunciation develop communication
skills and cultural knowledge needed for academic and
professional purposes. IEI classes meet 16 or 18 hours a week,
Monday through Thursday, at the Aurora Campus. Assessment,
placement and registration services are provided by appointment,
and general college tuition rates apply. Call the ESL office (see
directory).
www.waubonsee.edu
Lifelong Learning Institute (LLI) Distance Learning

The Lifelong Learning Institute (LLI) at Waubonsee offers Distance Learning at Waubonsee Community College provides
persons age 50+ the opportunity to share their cumulative life a variety of courses to students seeking a degree, workers in the
experiences in an informal classroom setting while expanding business place and community members with special interests.
their knowledge of a specific prescribed subject area. The Using new and innovative technology, Waubonsee is able to offer
primary goal of the LLI is to challenge the minds of mature adults students four learning formats that save them travel time and
by studying topics that the members choose to pursue. Each allow for flexible scheduling. Students can take online courses,
course is designed for maximum individual participation and classes taught via two-way interactive television, telecourses
discussion under the leadership of a member who acts as the and cable to the home classes.
facilitator. Call Community Education for more information
(see directory).
Distance Learning Degrees and Certificates
By combining online courses and telecourses, students can
Trips and Tours pursue an Associate in Arts, an Associate in Science or an
The Trips and Tours opportunities provide education through Associate in General Studies. Areas of concentration include
experiential learning. Each trip is designed to meet the cultural, business, computer science, criminal justice, economics, English,
recreational and educational interests of the Waubonsee liberal arts, philosophy, psychology and sociology. Several
community. Theatre, city sites, concerts and museums are Certificates of Achievement are also offered, including general
among the day trips scheduled. Extended tours are offered to studies, management, MBA preparation, real estate sales and real
a variety of destinations around the world. estate broker. For more information about distance learning
degrees and certificates, call Counseling and ask for the distance
Programs for Youth learning advisor (see directory).
A variety of exciting learning opportunities exist for youth, from
kindergarten to high school, through the Community Education Waubonsee also has an agreement with Franklin University
department. Elementary, middle school and high school students that allows students to combine classes taken on campus at
may enroll in classes and activities to learn new skills and expand Waubonsee with classes taken online through Franklin to
their creative abilities. Field trips are offered at the Sugar Grove complete a bachelor’s degree. For more information, see
Auditorium for elementary and middle school students. The page 20 of this catalog.
High School Summer Program allows students to receive high
school credit upon successful course completion. ACT Online Courses
preparation courses provide students with additional instruction Currently, Waubonsee offers more than 150 online courses.
in test-taking, study skills and subject reviews. Also see page 16. New courses are added each semester. Learners can use a home
computer with an Internet connection or a computer at one of
Waubonsee’s three computer labs. Online courses require
Developmental Education students to follow a calendar of activities. Each course has a start
date and an end date. Online courses are interactive. Students can
Learning Enhancement e-mail their teachers and fellow students, access a discussion
Learning Enhancement offers assistance with college studies. board for class information and enter into a chat room for real-
Through small group tutoring, workshops or credit courses, time discussion. Streaming video, supplemental videotapes and
assistance is provided in study skills, reading, writing and DVDs are also used in select classes. Testing in online courses
mathematics. Improving skills in these areas can contribute to a may require coming to an assessment center at Waubonsee or a
successful, less stressful college career. Instruction is tailored to nearby community college. Online courses are available in
the individual so that the student can feel comfortable, yet 16-week, 12-week and 8-week formats. They are listed in the
challenged. Learning Enhancement services are available at the semester credit course schedule and on the college’s Web site at
Aurora, Copley and Sugar Grove Campuses. www.waubonsee.edu/onlinecourses.
Personalized writing assistance is available to any Waubonsee Waubonsee is a founding member of the Illinois Virtual Campus.
student working on a writing project. Professional staff is The Illinois Virtual Campus was founded in 1998 to provide
available on a walk-in basis to assist in the writing of essays, Illinois citizens with access to diverse higher education resources
research papers, reports, résumés, and personal and business for associate degree programs, baccalaureate programs, graduate
letters. Other academic assistance is also available. Contact the study and professional development. The IVC is a clearinghouse
Tutor Coordinator for schedules (see directory). of distance education courses offered by 72 colleges and
universities in Illinois. For more information about the Illinois
Virtual Campus, visit www.ivc.illinois.edu. Students taking
courses listed with the Illinois Virtual Campus can receive
transfer assistance from Waubonsee’s Counseling Center.
2008/2009
Waubonsee is also a participant in Illinois Community Colleges
Online (ILCCO), a consortia of Illinois community colleges
Fast Track
The Fast Track program is an accelerated scheduling option that
sharing online courses and programs. Waubonsee is accredited
enables students to earn a degree in half the time. Students
by The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central
pursuing the Fast Track daytime option on a full-time basis can
Association of Colleges and Schools (NCA) to offer distance
earn a degree in one year. Fast Track’s evening option allows
learning degrees.
part-time students to earn a degree in two years.
Two-Way Interactive Television Courses required to complete the majority of general education
Two-way interactive television courses use microwave and requirements and additional college requirements for the
telephone technology to create synchronous videoconference Associate in Arts (AA) and Associate in Science (AS) degrees
environments. Waubonsee has eight interactive video class- are in the Fast Track scheduling format. The mathematics
rooms. Students may participate at the home site where the requirement and elective requirements must be completed in
teacher is or at any receive site that is closer to home or work. other scheduling formats or via distance learning.
Waubonsee offers nearly 50 interactive television classes each
semester. Area sites include Waubonsee’s Sugar Grove, Aurora Fast Track courses are scheduled in 11 terms during a 12-month
and Copley Campuses. Waubonsee also shares courses with period. During the fall and spring semesters, four Fast Track
Kishwaukee College. terms, each four weeks long, are offered. During the summer,
three Fast Track terms, each three or four weeks long, are
Telecourses offered.
Telecourses are professionally-produced classes that include
videotapes, workbooks and textbooks. Students work Many students choose to mix and match Fast Track courses with
independently and can finish early. An instructor is assigned to other courses because of the flexibility and various entry points
each course to guide students through the material and testing. this scheduling provides. For a schedule of Fast Track courses,
Students take tests at Waubonsee’s Center for Learning Assess- call the Counseling Center (see directory) or visit Waubonsee’s
ment. Waubonsee offers approximately 20 telecourses each Web site at www.waubonsee.edu.
semester. Each registered student receives a boxed set of VHS
tapes or DVDs. Students check these sets out at the Distance
Learning office in Collins Hall. Telecourses are listed in each
semester credit course schedule. For more information, call the
Internship Program
Distance Learning office (see directory). An internship puts students into the professional work world.
Students in selected disciplines earn credit hours toward their
degree programs by working in a business or organization related
Cable to the Home to their academic field of interest. In several areas of study,
Each semester, selected two-way interactive television classes are Waubonsee includes an internship as an additional credit course.
also sent out over Comcast Cable Channel 99, which services It is an academic opportunity to expand students’ horizons into
area residents in Aurora, Batavia, Bristol, Montgomery, North the career environment they are studying. For more information,
Aurora, Oswego, Plano, Sandwich and Yorkville; Comcast Cable contact the Dean for the appropriate instructional division or the
Channel 17 for residents in Geneva; and MediaCom Channel 15, Career Services Center (see directory).
which services residents in Sugar Grove, Elburn, Prestbury, Big
Rock, Hinckley, Leland, Somonauk and parts of Kaneville.
Students registered for these classes can watch the class at home.
Interaction is achieved by phoning in and participating in a class
audio conference. Students take tests at Waubonsee’s Center for
Learning Assessment. Homework assignments are sent by mail
or e-mail. For a list of Cable to the Home classes, check each
semester credit course schedule.
www.waubonsee.edu
Programs for High School Students Worldwide Youth in Science and Engineering
Waubonsee offers a variety of credit and noncredit courses for (WYSE) Competition
area high school students, as well as special programs, Each February, area high school students compete at Waubonsee
competitions and ACT testing services. in the Worldwide Youth in Science and Engineering (WYSE)
Academic Challenge Competition in English, math, chemistry,
ACT Preparation Classes and Testing physics, biology, engineering graphics and computer fundamentals.
Top award winners are eligible for Waubonsee scholarships.
ACT preparation classes are offered at various times of the year.
More information is available by calling the Technology,
Dates and locations can be obtained by searching the noncredit
Mathematics and Physical Sciences division (see directory).
course schedules at www.waubonsee.edu. More information is
available through the Community Education department (see
directory). ACT testing is offered several times a year through
Waubonsee’s Center for Learning Assessment.
ROTC Transfer Option
Students who intend to transfer to a four-year school that offers
a Reserve Officers’ Training Corps (ROTC) program may
Articulated Credit accomplish the basic course work in their first two years at
For articulated credit information, see page 163. Waubonsee. The ROTC Transfer Option is described in more
detail in the “Career Connections” section, and the Military
Business Competition Day Science (MSC) curriculum is detailed in the “Course
In April, high school students compete in keyboarding, computer Descriptions” section. For more information, contact the
literacy, accounting, editing and proofreading, office procedures, Dean for Social Science and Education (see directory).
and business math competitions. Top award winners are eligible
for Waubonsee scholarships. More information is available
by calling the Business and Information Systems division
Study Abroad
(see directory). Waubonsee is a member of the Illinois Consortium for
International Studies and Programs (ICISP). Study abroad
programs can take Waubonsee students to England, Austria or
Dual Credit Costa Rica for full semester programs offering a comprehensive
With permission from their high school, students 16 years of mix of study and cultural/social activities. For example, students
age and older can enroll in a WCC credit course for which they might spend a summer session in the Spanish immersion
have met the prerequisites. At the discretion of the high school, program in Costa Rica or a full fall or spring semester on campus
students may receive both college and high school credit, in Canterbury, England, or Salzburg, Austria. Students with a
known as dual credit. College credit earned may be applied grade point average of 2.75 or higher and with 15 or more
toward a degree or certificate at Waubonsee or may be semester hours of college credit are eligible to apply. For more
transferred to another college. Contact Registration and Records information about the program requirements, contact the Dean
for more information (see directory). for Counseling (see directory). Interested students should inquire
and apply early (at least six months in advance of program
High School Summer Program offerings).
For students who need remedial high school course credits or for
those who want to work ahead, the Waubonsee High School
Summer Program provides quality instruction taught by area
Weekend College
high school teachers. High school students throughout Weekend College offers students an opportunity to earn college
Waubonsee’s district may attend classes each summer (June and credit on the weekend. For students with commitments during
July) at the Sugar Grove, Aurora and Copley Campuses. the week, Waubonsee schedules selected classes on Friday
Individual high schools determine the amount of credit students evening, Saturday and Sunday at the Sugar Grove, Aurora
receive for courses. The High School Summer Program is a great and Copley campuses.
way for youth to expand their minds while learning in a
community college setting. Registration begins annually in Selected certificate programs are available on the weekends.
March. For more information, call Community Education (see Please check the semester credit course schedule for more
directory). information.
2008/2009
Workforce Development Illinois Small Business Development Center
The Workforce Development department provides educational Waubonsee Community College offers special services to small
services and training solutions for area businesses, organizations (fewer than 500 employees) and minority businesses in the
and individuals. college district. Small Business Development Center (SBDC)
counseling is available to people wishing to start, develop and
expand their business. SBDC staff can help clients develop a
Professional Development business plan, procure financing, increase cash flow, manage
The department develops and delivers a regular schedule of growth and strengthen their business.
courses, seminars and workshops to meet the training,
certification and recertification needs of individuals in many
professions. Courses are offered in a variety of areas, including Career Services
computers, health care, supervisory skills, manufacturing, safety Waubonsee’s Career Services Center provides businesses,
and transportation. students and community members all the resources and services
they need for a successful employment match. See page 254 for
Courses are brief and focused to address specific needs, giving more information.
participants skills they can use at work tomorrow. Classes are
conveniently scheduled to meet at various dates, times, and Driver Safety Program
locations throughout a semester, and some courses are offered Workforce Development now offers several nationally recognized
online. programs in partnership with the National Safety Council. These
programs, including driver safety programs structured for young
The Workforce Development department’s course offerings are people, senior citizens and businesses, are promoted by the 16th
published each semester in the college’s noncredit schedule; call Judicial Circuit Court.
the department to request a copy (see directory). The schedule
can also be found online at www.waubonsee.edu/schedules.
Waubonsee’s Workforce Development department is approved

by the Illinois State Board of Education (ISBE) as a provider of
Continuing Education Units (CEUs) and Continuing Professional
Development Units (CPDUs) for teacher recertification
requirements.
Customized Training
Business and industry can have customized training delivered to
employees at their business or at one of our campus locations,
24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Topics include computer skills,
supervision, quality and safety. Services include seminars and
workshops, licensing and certification, consulting, and
assessments.
✆ See directory inside back cover.
www.waubonsee.edu
18
WAU B O N S E E
your first step
Transfer Degrees
Program
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees Program 19
Purpose of the Transfer Degree Illinois Articulation Initiative
Curriculum Waubonsee Community College participates in the Illinois
Articulation Initiative (IAI), a major, statewide, cooperative
The Associate in Arts (AA), Associate in Science (AS), Associate
agreement among participating Illinois colleges and universities
in Engineering Science (AES), Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) and
to facilitate successful transfer of course credits from one
Associate of Arts in Teaching (AAT) degrees are intended for
participating institution to another, effective beginning summer
students planning to transfer to a senior college or university
1998. The IAI defines a general education core curriculum, and
for a baccalaureate degree.
Waubonsee’s transfer curriculum for the Associate in Arts (AA)
and Associate in Science (AS) degrees conforms to it. Students
These associate degrees are designed to transfer to a four-year
who follow the prescribed curriculum can be assured that the
institution; however, since requirements can vary from one
credits satisfy general education requirements at participating
university to another, it is recommended that all students create
Illinois colleges and universities. See the “Course Descriptions”
an educational plan with a Waubonsee counselor or advisor.
section of this catalog for a list of Waubonsee’s IAI general
Courses taken at other colleges and/or universities are evaluated
education courses approved to date.
upon request.
The courses students take at Waubonsee Community College Transfer Guarantee

are those normally taken during the first two years of the
The Transfer Guarantee formally assures students that certain
baccalaureate degree. Various college and university catalogs are
courses transfer to in-state colleges and universities; the college
available in the Counseling Center. Students can complete
backs up the guarantee with a tuition refund if the course does
Waubonsee’s degree requirements and be in a favorable position
not transfer. Students should be aware that because baccalaureate
to transfer to the senior college or university of their choice. Most
degree completion requirements change over time, transfer
universities and senior colleges award junior standing to students
agreements may expire and/or students may be expected to
with an Associate in Arts, Science, Engineering Science, Fine
complete additional course work by the transfer institution.
Arts or Teaching degree.
Students should contact an advisor/counselor for determining
the transferability of courses to their chosen four-year institution.
Transfer Degrees To make a claim, students must notify Waubonsee’s Executive
Vice President of Educational Affairs/Chief Learning Officer, in
Program Guidelines writing, within 60 days of learning that course credit has been
The transfer degrees program guidelines listed in the next section declined or refused by the receiving university. The letter should
of this catalog illustrate what a student might take if interested in state the reasons, if any, given for the action and the name,
a particular area of study. The guidelines are based on the format position, address and telephone number of the person who
used to show degree requirements, and they assist the student processed the application for credit transfer or acceptance.
in completing the general education requirements of a four-year Copies of any correspondence, transfer evaluation or other
degree, as well as taking introductory courses in a major field documentation provided to or received from the transfer
of study. While the guidelines are helpful, students should institution regarding the student’s transfer application must
work with a counselor to develop individual plans. accompany the notice.
Waubonsee Community College agrees to reimburse students

Articulation Compact the tuition for any course listed on the application if the receiving
Waubonsee Community College participates in agreements with public Illinois university declines to transfer or accept the course
most state universities in Illinois that state: “A transfer student in credit for some purpose under these terms:
good standing who has completed an associate degree based on
baccalaureate-oriented sequences from an Illinois community 1. Students take and successfully complete the course(s) during
college shall be considered: A) to have attained ‘junior’ standing; the term stated;
and B) to have met lower division general education require - 2. Students earn at least a grade of C for the course(s);
ments of senior institutions.” The Compact Agreement applies 3. Students are accepted by and actually transfer to the receiving
to general education requirements, and if, while at Waubonsee, university within three years from the date this guarantee is
students have not taken lower division courses included in their issued;
major field requirements, they will be required to do so by the 4. Students promptly apply to have the course credit transferred
senior institution. Also see the section on joint admission on to and accepted by the receiving university upon transfer;
page 237. 5. Students make a claim under this guarantee as provided above
within four years from the date this guarantee is issued;
6. Students cooperate fully with Waubonsee Community College
in its efforts to have the credit transferred or accepted by the
receiving university, including giving any necessary consents
or releases regarding student records; and,
www.waubonsee.edu
20 Transfer Degrees Program
7. After the claim is received, Waubonsee Community College Franklin University

has 120 days to attempt to have the receiving university An educational alliance between Waubonsee and Columbus,
reverse its earlier decision to deny course credit. Ohio-based Franklin University makes it possible for students to
log on to the Internet and complete a bachelor’s degree at their
The Illinois Articulation Initiative (IAI) became effective during convenience.
summer 1998. Since individual colleges and universities
determine which course credits earned prior to summer 1998 will The online degree completion program combines on-campus
transfer, students should contact the Counseling Center at classes at Waubonsee with online courses through Franklin.
Waubonsee to discuss their particular circumstances The right combination of courses leads to a Bachelor of Science
(see directory). degree in one of 10 high-demand majors: accounting, applied
management, business administration, computer science, digital
Waubonsee does not guarantee that the letter grade earned in communications, health care management, information
the WCC course will be considered by the receiving university in technology, management, management information systems, and
determining the student’s grade point average, honors, or for public safety management. Students in the program get support
other purposes, but only that the receiving university gives course services from both schools, including advising services and
credit for some purpose. The guarantee does not provide for bookstore and library access. For more information,
the refund of tuition for any other course(s), any fees or any contact Franklin University at 1-888-341-6237 or visit
incidental or consequential expenses or claims whatsoever, but www.alliance.franklin.edu.
only for refund of tuition for the guaranteed course(s) for which
course credit is not given by the receiving university.
High School Requirements
Students’ rights under the guarantee are personal and may not be As of the 1993 fall semester, students applying for admission to a
assigned or transferred, voluntarily or involuntarily. Further, no baccalaureate transfer program (Associate in Arts, Associate in
refund is required or is made if the scholarship, financial aid Science, Associate in Engineering Science, Associate in Fine Arts
program, loan or other source used to pay the tuition prohibits or Associate of Arts in Teaching) must meet the minimum high
payment or reimbursement of tuition directly to the students. school course pattern requirements as outlined in Illinois Public
Act 86-0954 (see table below). A student who does not meet
For further information concerning this program, contact the these requirements at the time of application is provisionally
Executive Vice President of Educational Affairs/Chief Learning admitted to Waubonsee as a pre-baccalaureate transfer student.
Officer (see directory). When course deficiencies have been completed, the student is
reclassified as a baccalaureate transfer student.
HIGH SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS

On-Campus/Online Bachelor’s
Degree Completion Subject Years Courses
Waubonsee Community College is working to make it even English 4 Written and Oral
easier for our associate degree graduates to earn their bachelor’s Communication,
degree. Through unique partnerships with several colleges Literature
and universities, WCC graduates can complete their four-year Mathematics 3 Algebra, Geometry,
degrees by taking classes at WCC campuses, at other sites close Algebra Trigonometry
to home, or even online. Social Studies 3 History, Government
Science 3 Laboratory Science
Electives 2 Foreign Language, Art,
Northern Illinois University Music or Vocational
Students can finish their bachelor’s degree and boost their
earning potential with convenient courses offered by Northern Students with academic deficiencies are considered by
Illinois University, in partnership with Waubonsee Community Waubonsee Community College to have satisfied these
College. Attend part-time, during the evenings and weekends, deficiencies upon successful completion of a minimum of 24
with classes offered at Waubonsee, online and at a variety of college-level credits. Included in these 24 units must be
other nearby locations. ENG 101 - First-Year Composition I, COM 100 - Fundamentals
of Speech Communication, a social science course, a lab-science
Choose from several programs, including Bachelor of General course, and a mathematics course chosen from courses meeting
Studies in Health and Human Sciences, Bachelor of General general education requirements in their respective categories.
Studies in Liberal Arts and Sciences, Bachelor of Science in
Industrial Technology and Bachelor of Science in Nursing
for RNs.
For more information, visit www.niu.edu/offcampusacademics.
2008/2009
Assessment of Purpose of General Education
Academic Achievement Requirements
As part of Waubonsee’s Assessment of Student Academic General education at Waubonsee Community College provides
Achievement Plan, students are asked to complete assessment learning experiences that promote attitudes and skills to prepare
testing measuring general education competencies. students for the challenges of the 21st century. Learners will
experience a variety of ways of learning as they develop an ability
to listen and read critically; to inquire, analyze and reason both
Assessment of Student independently and collaboratively; and to communicate clearly
Learning Outcomes: and effectively. Learners will acquire a body of knowledge to
make informed decisions within the global community and
The Outcomes Program (TOP) prepare for continuous self-directed learning.
The Outcomes Program (TOP) is responsible for providing
resources, support and information about assessing student The general education foundation develops:
learning at the college. Waubonsee’s TOP MEASURE is a • aesthetic appreciation
faculty-driven, holistic outcomes model, used to align transfer, • critical thinking
occupational and developmental course outcomes for improved • historical consciousness
student success. This model, which is unique to Waubonsee, • intellectual curiosity
reflects the skills, abilities and knowledge that the college strives • multicultural perspectives
to develop in all of its students. Each program has unique • oral and written communication
characteristics, focus, goals and objectives, but they all share the • quantitative and qualitative problem solving
general student outcomes as defined in the TOP MEASURE. • scientific awareness
College courses provide evidence to support the measurement of • social responsibility
the general student outcomes listed in the TOP MEASURE. • technological competence
• wellness
Waubonsee’s TOP MEASURE General education requirements for the AA and AS transfer
Waubonsee Community College is committed to placing learning
degrees listed in the following section are outlined in
first in every facet of the college experience. Students build a firm
conformance with the Illinois Articulation Initiative (see earlier
foundation during their time here. This foundation will provide
explanation of IAI).
our students with the following abilities:
• Managing Human Interaction: the ability to make and Purpose of Area of Concentration
navigate relationships
and Elective Requirements
• Expanding Knowledge: the ability to build on one’s own
The purpose of the area of concentration and elective
knowledge base
requirements in Waubonsee transfer degrees is to prepare the
• Adapting Concepts: the ability to build upon a concept student for a major course of study at a transfer institution.
• Shaping the Future: the ability to use knowledge for change Students who have decided upon a major course of study to
• Utilizing Facts: the ability to apply a fact to a new situation pursue at a transfer institution should see a Waubonsee
counselor or advisor to choose elective courses that provide the
• Reflecting: the ability to think about one’s own thinking foundation for that major. The Transfer Degree Guidelines
and learning show recommended programs of study for certain areas of
• Exploring: the ability to search for the purpose of discovery concentration; however, other individual programs can be
devised to meet both Waubonsee’s graduation requirements
and those of the chosen transfer institution.
Students who have not decided on a major course of study to

pursue at a transfer institution or who do not intend to transfer
may explore a combination of any of the electives listed under
the degrees.
Students intending to transfer should narrow their choice of a

major at a transfer institution as soon as possible. Counseling
offers students additional guidance for this process. Courses
taken at other colleges and/or universities are evaluated upon
request.
See the list under “Degree Requirements” for area of

concentration and elective choices.
www.waubonsee.edu
Degree Requirements B. Social and Behavioral Sciences

AA/AS ................................................................9 sem hrs
Associate in Arts (AA) Select courses from at least two of the following
Associate in Science (AS) disciplines. See also item III.E. World Cultures. (Courses
The following sections list program requirements to achieve in bold satisfy World Cultures; N indicates non-Western;
either an AA or an AS transfer degree at Waubonsee. For specific D indicates diversity.)
guidelines on choosing courses, see the “Transfer Degree Anthropology: ANT 100 (N), 101 (N), 102, 110
Guidelines” and consult with a counselor. Economics: ECN 100, 110, 121, 122
Geography: GEO 220 (N), 230 (N), 235 (N)
I. College Requirements History**: HIS 101 (N), 102 (N), 121, 122, 205 (N),
A. Semester Hours 215 (N), 225 (N), 235 (N)
A total of 64 semester hours or more completed as Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260 (N)
specified in the following sections. Psychology: PSY 100, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235
B. Grade-Points Sociology: SOC 100, 120 (D), 130, 210, 230 (D)
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student status C. Physical and Life Sciences
and in good standing. AA/AS ................................................................7 sem hrs
C. Academic Residency Select at least one course from Physical Sciences and one
Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: a course from Life Sciences. Select at least one lab course.
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have
Physical Sciences
been achieved at Waubonsee, excluding CLEP and
Astronomy: AST 100, 105 (4), 110 (4)
proficiency credits.
Chemistry: CHM 100, 101 (1), 102, 103 (1), 106 (4), 121 (4)
D. Constitution Requirement
Earth Science: ESC 100, 101 (1), 120 (4) (under IAI review),
Fulfill the requirements of Illinois Senate Bill 195 in one of
130, 220 (under IAI review)
the following ways:
Geography: GEO 121 (4)
1. A transcript from an Illinois high school (excluding home
Geology: GLG 100, 101 (1), 103
school programs), Illinois college or Illinois GED scores
Physics: PHY 103, 104 (1), 111 (4), 221 (5)
on file in Registration and Records showing evidence
that the Illinois Senate Bill 195 constitution requirement Life Sciences
has been met; or Biology: BIO 100, 101 (1), 102 (under IAI review), 110,
2. A minimum grade of D in PSC 100 - Intro. to American 111 (1), 120 (4), 126 (4), 200, 240 (4), 244 (4), 250 (4),
Government at Waubonsee or the equivalent at another 254, 270 (4)
Illinois college; or
3. Successful completion of the U.S. and Illinois D. Mathematics
constitution test at Waubonsee. AA/AS ................................................................3 sem hrs
Mathematics: MTH 101, 107, 131 (4), 132 (4), 202, 210,
II. General Education Requirements 211, 233 (4)
Waubonsee’s requirements conform to IAI General Education
Core Curriculum guidelines. Courses listed in section II match E. Humanities and Fine Arts
Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2008. AA/AS ................................................................9 sem hrs
(Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.) Select at least one course from Humanities and one
Associate in Arts (AA) ..............................................................37 sem hrs course from Fine Arts. Courses used to fulfill second
Associate in Science (AS) .......................................................37 sem hrs language (item III.B.) may not be used to fulfill the
Humanities and Fine Arts general education requirement.
A. Communications See also item III.E. World Cultures. (Courses in bold
AA/AS ................................................................9 sem hrs satisfy World Cultures; N indicates non-Western;
Communications: COM 100 D indicates diversity.)
English: ENG 101* and 102*
Humanities
English: ENG 211, 212, 215, 220 (D), 221, 222, 225, 226,
229 (under IAI review), 230, 235, 240, 245, 255 (D)
Degree Requirements Footnotes Film Studies: FLM 270 (under IAI review)
French: FRE 202
* IAI General Education requires a C or better in these courses. German: GER 202
** No more than two history courses can be used to fulfill general History**: HIS 111, 112, 125
education requirements. Humanities***: HUM 101, 102 (N), 201
*** Interdisciplinary humanities courses that encompass both Philosophy: PHL 100, 101, 105, 110, 120 (N)
humanities and fine arts may be used for either humanities or Spanish: SPN 202, 205
fine arts credit.
2008/2009
Fine Arts choice based on your major and intended transfer school.
Art: ART 100, 101, 102, 103 (N), 104, 105 (D) Astronomy: AST 100, 105 (4), 110 (4)
Film Studies: FLM 250 (under IAI review), 260 (under IAI Biology: BIO 100, 101 (1), 102, 110, 111 (1), 120 (4), 122 (4),
review), 270 (under IAI review) 126 (4), 128 (4), 200, 240 (4), 244 (4), 250 (4), 254,
Humanities***: HUM 101, 102 (N), 201 270 (4), 272 (4)
Music: MUS 100, 101 (N), 102 Chemistry: CHM 100, 101 (1), 102, 103 (1), 106 (4), 121 (4),
Theatre: THE 100, 130 (D) 122 (4), 231 (5), 232 (5)
Earth Science: ESC 100, 101 (1), 120 (4), 130, 220
III. Additional College Requirements Geography: GEO 121 (4)
When selecting courses for the Additional College Require- Geology: GLG 100, 101 (1), 103
ments, consult with a counselor/advisor (see directory); Physics: PHY 103, 104 (1), 111 (4), 112 (4), 221 (5), 222 (5)
different baccalaureate schools have different requirements.
Associate in Arts (AA).............................................................8-9 sem hrs E. World Cultures
Associate in Science (AS)......................................................8-9 sem hrs One course satisfying degree requirements must have a
world culture emphasis. These courses are highlighted in
A. Wellness General Education Requirements Social and Behavioral
AA/AS .............................................................2-3 sem hrs Sciences (item II.B.) and Humanities and Fine Arts (item
Health Education: HED 100 II.E.). This is not an additional credit hour requirement.
Physical Education activity courses: Check early with your counselor for course
PED 100-149 (0.5-1) recommendations appropriate to your particular program.
(Students who served in the Armed Services may be
granted credit for the wellness requirement. See page IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements
246 for details.) Associate in Arts..................................................................18-19 sem hrs
Associate in Science ..........................................................18-19 sem hrs
B. Second Language Select transfer courses from the following disciplines not
AA.......................................................................6 sem hrs used to fulfill the General Education Requirements (item II.)
AS...................................................................not required or Additional College Requirements (item III.). Consult with a
Select two courses from the same language. Courses counselor early in your program of studies to determine
used to fulfill second language may not be used to fulfill appropriate choices and transferability of courses. The
the Humanities and Fine Arts (item II.E.) general education Transfer Degree Guidelines recommend choices for certain
requirement. This requirement can be satisfied by having areas of concentration; however, individual programs may
passed two years of one second language in high school. vary depending upon a student’s interests and the transfer
If so, students are encouraged to enroll in the advanced requirements of the four-year college and particular
second language courses. Students also may satisfy the departments. See also “Course Descriptions” (page 164).
6 semester hours by enrolling in additional major or Accounting (ACC) History (HIS)
elective courses. Anthropology (ANT) Humanities (HUM)
French: FRE 101, 102, 201, 202 Art (ART) Independent Study (IND)+
German: GER 101, 102, 201, 202 Astronomy (AST) Information and Communication
Japanese: JPN 101, 102 Biology (BIO) Technology (ICT)
Sign Language: SGN 101, 102 Business (BUS) Interdisciplinary Studies (IDS)
Spanish: SPN 101, 102, 201, 202, 205 Chemistry (CHM) Japanese (JPN)
Communications (COM) Management (MGT)
C. Mathematics Computer Information Systems Marketing (MKT)
(CIS) Mass Communication (MCM)
AA .....................................additional hours not required
Criminal Justice (CRJ) Mathematics (MTH)
AS.....................................................3 additional sem hrs
Disability Studies (DIS) Music (MUS)
Select any course from the following list not used to fulfill Early Childhood Education (ECE) Personal Development (PDV)+
the general education Mathematics requirement (item Earth Science (ESC) Philosophy (PHL)
II.D.). Consult with a counselor to determine the Economics (ECN) Physical Education (PED)+
appropriate choice based on your major and the four-year Education (EDU) Physics (PHY)
institution to which you intend to transfer. Engineering (EGR) Political Science (PSC)
Mathematics: MTH 101, 107, 110, 112, 131 (4), 132 (4), English (ENG) Psychology (PSY)
141, 201, 202, 210, 211, 233 (4), 236 (4), 240 Film Studies (FLM) Reading (RDG)
Finance and Banking (FIN) Sign Language (SGN)
French (FRE) Social Science (SSC)
D. Physical and Life Sciences
Geography (GEO) Sociology (SOC)
AA .....................................additional hours not required
Geology (GLG) Spanish (SPN)
AS.....................................................3 additional sem hrs German (GER) Theatre (THE)
Select any course from the following list not used to fulfill Health Education (HED)
the general education Physical and Life Sciences
requirement (item II.C.). A lab course is not required. + A maximum of 4 semester hours may be applied toward a degree. The maximum
semester hours for Physical Education (PED) credit may be waived for physical
Consult with a counselor to determine the appropriate education, fitness leadership or education majors.
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Sequence
2008/2009
24
for Math
MTH 050
Transfer Degrees Program

Basic Mathematical Skills
Placement determined by assessement
MTH 060 MTH 104 MTH 103

Elementary Algebra Business Math Elementary Tech Math
Prereq: "C" or better in MTH 050 Assessment score consistent Assessment score consistent
or placement by assessment with placement in MTH 060 with placement in MTH 060
MTH 075 MTH 070 MTH 113

Elementary Geometry Intermediate Algebra Technical Mathematics
Prereq: "C" or better in MTH 060 Prereq: "C" or better in MTH 060 Prereq: MTH 103 or MTH 060
or placement by assessment or placement by assessment or placement by assessment
MTH 101 MTH 107 MTH 110 MTH 112 MTH 201 MTH 203
College Mathematics Basic Statistics College Algebra Plane Trigonometry Math for Elementary Teachers I Adv. Math Methods for Technology
IAI: M1 901 IAI: M1 902 Prereq: MTH 113 or MTH 070
MTH 211 MTH 202

Calculus for Bus. and Soc. Sci. Math for Elementary Teachers II
Prereq: "C": or better in MTH 110 IAI: M1 903
IAI: M1 900-B
Prerequisites for MTH 101, 107
110, 112, and 201 are: MTH 141
Scientific Programming
"C" or better in MTH 070 and MTH 075 Prereq: MTH 131 or MTH 211
or placement determined by assessment. IAI: EGR 921
IAI codes represent the approved MTH 210

MTH 112
Finite Mathematics
transfer course recognized by Illinois Prereq: "C" or better in MTH 110
Plane Trigonometry
colleges and universities. Visit IAI:M1 906
www.iTransfer.org for more information.

MTH 131
Calculus with Analytic Geometry I
Prereq: "C" or better in
MTH 110 and MTH 112
IAI: M1 900-1
MTH 141 MTH 132

Scientific Programming Calculus with Analytic Geometry II
Prereq: MTH 131 or MTH 211 Prereq: "C" or better in MTH 131
IAI: EGR 921 IAI: M1 900-2
MTH 236 MTH 233 MTH 240

Intro to Linear Algebra Calculus with Analytic Geometry III Differrential Equations
Prereq: "C": or better in MTH 233 Prereq: "C": or better in MTH 132 Prereq: “C” or better in MTH 233
IAI: M1 900-3
Degree Requirements II. General Education Requirements

Since completion of the Associate in Engineering Science
Associate in Engineering Science (AES) (AES) degree does not fulfill the requirements of the IAI
The following sections list program requirements to achieve an General Education Core Curriculum, students must complete
Associate in Engineering Science degree at Waubonsee. This the general education requirements of the institution to
degree is designed to provide students a smooth transition to a which they transfer. Courses listed in section II are included
four-year baccalaureate engineering degree program. Students on Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2008. (Courses are
who complete the AES degree can transfer to an engineering 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
program and complete a Bachelor of Science degree in an Associate in Engineering Science
additional two years, depending upon the requirements of the (AES) .....................................................................36 sem hrs
four-year institution. Students who are unsure of a major in
engineering may wish to choose an Associate in Science (AS) A. Communications
degree. Although students completing an Associate in Science AES.....................................................................6 sem hrs
degree can complete all general education requirements at English: ENG 101* and 102 *
Waubonsee, they may be required by the program prerequisites
at the transfer school to take three years to complete the B. Social and Behavioral Sciences and
baccalaureate engineering program. Humanities and Fine Arts
AES.....................................................................9 sem hrs
I. College Requirements Students are encouraged to complete a two-semester
A. Semester Hours sequence in either the Social and Behavioral Sciences or
A total of 64 semester hours or more completed as the Humanities and Fine Arts categories. At least one
specified in the following sections. course must satisfy the World Cultures requirement (item
B. Grade-Points III.B.). (Courses in bold satisfy World Cultures; N indicates
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 non-Western; D indicates diversity.)
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student
status and in good standing. Social and Behavioral Sciences
C. Academic Residency Anthropology: ANT 100 (N), 101 (N), 102, 110
Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: a Economics: ECN 100, 110, 121, 122
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have Geography: GEO 220 (N), 230 (N), 235 (N)
been achieved at Waubonsee, excluding CLEP and History**: HIS 101 (N), 102 (N), 121, 122, 205 (N),
proficiency credits. 215 (N), 225 (N), 235 (N)
D. Constitution Requirement Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260 (N)
Fulfill the requirements of Illinois Senate Bill 195 in one of Psychology: PSY 100, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235
the following ways: Sociology: SOC 100, 120 (D), 130, 210, 230 (D)
1. A transcript from an Illinois high school (excluding home Humanities and Fine Arts
school programs), Illinois college or Illinois GED scores Art: ART 100, 101, 102, 103 (N), 104, 105 (D)
on file in Registration and Records showing evidence English: ENG 211, 212, 215, 220 (D), 221, 222, 225, 226,
that the Illinois Senate Bill 195 constitution requirement 229 (under IAI review), 230, 235, 240, 245, 255 (D)
has been met; or Film Studies: FLM 250 (under IAI review), 260 (under IAI
2. A minimum grade of D in PSC 100 - Intro. to American review), 270 (under IAI review)
Government at Waubonsee or the equivalent at another French: FRE 202
Illinois college; or German: GER 202
3. Successful completion of the U.S. and Illinois History**: HIS 111, 112, 125
constitution test at Waubonsee. Humanities: HUM 101, 102 (N), 201
Music: MUS 100, 101 (N), 102
Philosophy: PHL 100, 101, 105, 110, 120 (N)
Spanish: SPN 202, 205
Degree Requirements Footnotes
Theatre: THE 100, 130 (D)
* IAI General Education requires a C or better in these courses.
** No more than two history courses can be used to fulfill general C. Physical and Life Sciences
education requirements. AES.....................................................................9 sem hrs
Chemistry: CHM 121 (4)
Physics: PHY 221 (5)
D. Mathematics
AES...................................................................12 sem hrs
Math: MTH 131 (4), 132 (4), 233 (4)
www.waubonsee.edu
III. Additional College Requirements B. Engineering Specialty Courses

AES ......................................................................2-3 sem hrs AES................................................................6-15 sem hrs
Students must select specialty courses based on their
A. Wellness engineering major. Students should consult with a
AES..................................................................2-3 sem hrs counselor to determine the appropriate choice based on
Health Education: HED 100 their major and the four-year institution to which they
Physical Education activity courses: intend to transfer. Students may wish to complete
PED 100-149 (0.5-1) courses above the requirements of the AES degree
(Students who served in the Armed Services may be upon advice of a counselor. See also “Course
granted credit for the wellness requirement. See page Descriptions” in this catalog.
246 for details.)
Biology
BIO 120 Principles of Biology I
B. World Cultures
BIO 122 Principles of Biology II
One course satisfying degree requirements must have a
world culture emphasis. These courses are highlighted in Chemistry
General Education Requirements Social and Behavioral CHM 122 Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis
Sciences and Humanities and Fine Arts (item II. B.). CHM 231 Organic Chemistry I
This is not an additional credit hour requirement. Students CHM 232 Organic Chemistry II
are encouraged to select a course that emphasizes non-
Western (N) cultures. Check early with your counselor for Economics
course recommendations appropriate to your particular ECN 122 Principles of Economics-
program. Microeconomics
[If ECN 122 is used to satisfy a general education
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements requirement (item II.B.), it cannot be used as an
AES ..................................................................25-26 sem hrs engineering specialty course.]
Engineering
A. Essential Prerequisite Courses EGR 101 Engineering Graphics
AES ...................................................................11 sem hrs EGR 220 Analytical Mechanics-Statics
Mathematics: MTH 141, 240 EGR 230 Analytical Mechanics-Dynamics
Physics: PHY 222 (5) EGR 240 Introduction to Circuit Analysis
C. Elective Courses
AES..................................................................0-9 sem hrs
Students should select transfer courses based on their
specific engineering major. Students should consult with a
counselor early in their program of studies to determine
the appropriate choices based on their major and the four-
year institution to which they intend to transfer.
2008/2009
Since completion of the Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) degree
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) does not fulfill the requirements of the Illinois General
Art and Art Education Education Core Curriculum, students must complete the
The following sections list program requirements to achieve an general education requirements of the institution to which
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) transfer degree with an emphasis in they transfer. Courses listed in section II are included on
art or art education at Waubonsee. This degree is designed to Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2008.
provide students a smooth transition to a four-year baccalaureate (Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
art program. Transfer institutions may require art majors to Associate in Fine Arts (AFA)
submit a portfolio for review. Because of teacher certification Emphasis in Art ......................................................................... 31 sem hrs
requirements, transfer school requirements and WCC graduation Emphasis in Art Education.......................................................40 sem hrs
requirements, art education students must meet with an advisor
as soon as they declare this program as their intended major. A. Communications
AFA/all emphases .............................................9 sem hrs
I. College Requirements Communications: COM 100
A. Semester Hours English: ENG 101* and 102*
A total of 63 semester hours (Art) or 64 semester hours
(Art Education) as specified in the following sections. B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
B. Grade-Points Emphasis in Art .................................................6 sem hrs
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 Select courses from two different disciplines from the
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student following list. See also item III.B. World Cultures. (Courses
status and in good standing. in bold satisfy World Cultures; N indicates non-Western;
C. Academic Residency D indicates diversity.)
Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: Anthropology: ANT 100 (N), 101 (N), 102, 110
a minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have Economics: ECN 100, 110, 121, 122
been achieved at Waubonsee, excluding CLEP and Geography: GEO 220 (N), 230 (N), 235 (N)
proficiency credits. History**: HIS 101 (N), 102 (N), 121, 122, 205 (N),
D. Constitution Requirement 215 (N), 225 (N), 235 (N)
Fulfill the requirements of Illinois Senate Bill 195 in one of Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260 (N)
the following ways: Psychology: PSY 100, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235
1. A transcript from an Illinois high school (excluding home Sociology: SOC 100, 120 (D), 130, 210, 230 (D)
on file in Registration and Records showing evidence Emphasis in Art Education ...............................9 sem hrs
that the Illinois Senate Bill 195 constitution requirement Required: HIS 121 or 122, PSC 100 and PSY 100
has been met; or
2. A minimum grade of D in PSC 100 - Intro. to American C. Physical and Life Sciences
Government at Waubonsee or the equivalent at another AFA/all emphases .............................................7 sem hrs
Illinois college; or Select at least one course from Physical Sciences and one
3. Successful completion of the U.S. and Illinois course from Life Sciences. Select at least one lab course.
constitution test at Waubonsee. NOTE: Teacher certification may require additional hours;
some hours may need to be completed at the transfer
institution. See your counselor.
Physical Sciences
Astronomy: AST 100, 105 (4), 110 (4)
Chemistry: CHM 100, 101 (1), 102, 103 (1), 106 (4), 121 (4)
Geology: GLG 100, 101 (1), 103
Physics: PHY 103, 104 (1), 111 (4), 221 (5)
Life Sciences
Biology: BIO 100, 101 (1), 102 (under IAI review), 110,
111 (1), 120 (4), 126 (4), 200, 240 (4), 244 (4), 250 (4),
254, 270 (4)
www.waubonsee.edu
D. Mathematics III. Additional College Requirements

AFA/all emphases .............................................3 sem hrs AFA /all emphases..............................................2-3 sem hrs
Mathematics: MTH 101, 107, 131 (4), 132 (4), 202, 210,
211, 233 (4) A. Wellness
Emphasis in Art ............................................. 2-3 sem hrs
E. Humanities Health Education: HED 100
Emphasis in Art .................................................6 sem hrs Physical Education activity courses:
Select two courses from the following list. See also item PED 100-149 (0.5-1)
III.B. World Cultures. (Courses in bold satisfy World (Students who served in the Armed Services may be
Cultures; N indicates non-Western; D indicates diversity.) granted credit for the wellness requirement. See page
English: ENG 211, 212, 215, 220 (D), 221, 222, 225, 226, 246 for details.)
229 (under IAI review), 230, 235, 240, 245, 255 (D)
Emphasis in Art Education ...............................3 sem hrs
Film Studies: FLM 270 (under IAI review)
Required: HED 100
French: FRE 202
German: GER 202
B. World Cultures
History**: HIS 111, 112, 125
Humanities: HUM 101, 102 (N), 201
Philosophy: PHL 100, 101, 105, 110, 120 (N)
General Education Requirements Social and Behavioral
Sciences (item II.B.) and Humanities (item II.E.). This
Emphasis in Art Education .............................12 sem hrs is not an additional credit hour requirement.
Required: ART 101, ART 102; select one literature course
from the following: ENG 211, 212, 215, 220 (D), 221, IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements
222, 225, 245, 255 (D); see item III.B. World Cultures. Associate in Fine Arts (AFA)
NOTE: Teacher certification may require additional hours; Emphasis in Art..............................................................30 sem hrs
some hours may need to be completed at the transfer Emphasis in Art Education...........................................21 sem hrs
Emphasis in Art
Required core art courses ...................................21 sem hrs
ART 101, 102, 110, 111, 120, 121, 222
Elective studio art courses................................... 9 sem hrs
Select 9 semester hours from the following elective list;
select courses from at least two media.
Ceramics: ART 130, 131
Graphic Design: GRD 173
Painting: ART 260, 261
Photography: ART 140, 240
Emphasis in Art Education
Required core art courses ...................................12 sem hrs
ART 110, 111, 120, 121
Elective studio art courses....................................9 sem hrs
Select 9 semester hours from the following elective list;
select courses from at least two media.
Ceramics: ART 130, 131
* IAI General Education requires a C or better in these courses. Graphic Design: GRD 173
** No more than two history courses can be used to fulfill general Life/Figure Drawing: ART 222
education requirements. Painting: ART 260, 261
Photography: ART 140, 240
2008/2009
Degree Requirements A. Communications
AFA/all emphases .............................................9 sem hrs
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) Communications: COM 100
Music Performance and Music Education English: ENG 101* and 102*
The following sections list program requirements to achieve an
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) transfer degree with an emphasis in B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
music performance or music education at Waubonsee. This Emphasis in Music Performance .....................3 sem hrs
degree is designed to provide students a smooth transition to a Select course from the following list. See also item III.B.
four-year baccalaureate music degree program. Music majors World Cultures. (Courses in bold satisfy World Cultures;
may be required to demonstrate skill level through audition and N indicates non-Western; D indicates diversity.)
placement testing at the transfer institution. Because of teacher Anthropology: ANT 100 (N), 101 (N), 102, 110
certification requirements, transfer school requirements and Economics: ECN 100, 110, 121, 122
WCC graduation requirements, music education students must Geography: GEO 220 (N), 230 (N), 235 (N)
meet with an advisor as soon as they declare this program as History**: HIS 101 (N), 102 (N), 121, 122, 205 (N),
their intended major. 215 (N), 225 (N), 235 (N)
Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260 (N)
I. College Requirements Psychology: PSY 100, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235
A. Semester Hours Sociology: SOC 100, 120 (D), 130, 210, 230 (D)
A total of 65 semester hours (Music Performance) or 66
semester hours (Music Education) as specified in the Emphasis in Music Education .........................6 sem hrs
following sections. Required: PSC 100 and HIS 121 or HIS 122
B. Grade-Points NOTE: Teacher certification may require additional hours;
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 some hours may need to be completed at the transfer
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student institution. See your counselor.
status and in good standing.
C. Academic Residency C. Physical and Life Sciences
Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: a AFA/all emphases .............................................7 sem hrs
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have Select at least one course from Physical Sciences and one
been achieved at Waubonsee, excluding CLEP and course from Life Sciences. Select at least one lab course.
proficiency credits. NOTE: Teacher certification may require additional hours;
D. Constitution Requirement some hours may need to be completed at the transfer
Fulfill the requirements of Illinois Senate Bill 195 in one of institution. See your counselor.
the following ways:
Physical Sciences
Astronomy: AST 100, 105 (4), 110 (4)
Chemistry: CHM 100, 101 (1), 102, 103 (1), 106 (4), 121 (4)
that the Illinois Senate Bill 195 constitution requirement
has been met; or
2. A minimum grade of D in PSC 100 - Intro. to American
Geology: GLG 100, 101 (1), 103
Government at Waubonsee or the equivalent at another
Physics: PHY 103, 104 (1), 111 (4), 221 (5)
3. Successful completion of the U.S. and Illinois Life Sciences
constitution test at Waubonsee. Biology: BIO 100, 101 (1), 102 (under IAI review), 110,
111 (1), 120 (4), 126 (4), 200, 240 (4), 244 (4), 250 (4),
II. General Education Requirements 254, 270 (4)
Since completion of the Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) degree
does not fulfill the requirements of the Illinois General D. Mathematics
Education Core Curriculum, students must complete the AFA/all emphases .............................................3 sem hrs
general education requirements of the institution to which Mathematics: MTH 101, 107, 131 (4), 132 (4), 202, 210,
they transfer. Courses listed in section II are included on 211, 233 (4)
Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2008.
(Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
Associate in Fine Arts (AFA) Degree Requirements Footnotes
Emphasis in Music Performance ...............................28 sem hrs * IAI General Education requires a C or better in these courses.
Emphasis in Music Education.................................... 28 sem hrs ** No more than two history courses can be used to fulfill general
education requirements.
www.waubonsee.edu
E. Humanities IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements

Emphasis in Music Performance .....................6 sem hrs AFA/all music emphases.....................................35 sem hrs
Select two courses from the following list. See also item
III.B. World Cultures. (Courses in bold satisfy World Required core music courses .........................23 sem hrs
Cultures; N indicates non-Western; D indicates diversity.) MUS 121 (4), 123, 124 (1), 200, 221, 222 (1), 223, 224 (1);
English: ENG 211, 212, 215, 220 (D), 221, 222, 225, 226, 4 semester hours from the following based on
229 (under IAI review), 230, 235, 240, 245, 255 (D) proficiency: MUS 151 (2), 251 (2), 252 (2)
Film Studies: FLM 270 (under IAI review)
Elective music courses ...................................12 sem hrs
French: FRE 202
Select 8 semester hours from the applied music courses
German: GER 202
and 4 semester hours from the performing ensemble
History**: HIS 111, 112, 125
courses.
Humanities: HUM 101, 102 (N), 201
Applied Music Electives: MUS 281 (2), 282 (2), 283 (2),
Philosophy: PHL 100, 101, 105, 110, 120 (N)
284 (2), 285 (2), 286 (2), 287 (2)
Performing Ensemble Electives: MUS 160 (1), 162 (1),
164 (1), 165 (1), 166 (1), 167 (1), 168 (1), 169 (1), 171 (1),
Emphasis in Music Education......................... 3 sem hrs
175 (1.5), 176 (1.5)
See item III. B. World Cultures.
NOTE: Teacher certification may require additional hours;
some hours may need to be completed at the transfer
III. Additional College Requirements

AFA /all emphases..............................................2-3 sem hrs
A. Wellness
Emphasis in Music Performance ..................2-3 sem hrs
Health Education: HED 100
Physical Education activity courses:
PED 100-149 (0.5-1)
(Students who served in the Armed Services may be
granted credit for the wellness requirement. See page
246 for details.)
Emphasis in Music Education......................... 3 sem hrs
Required: HED 100
B. World Cultures
General Education Requirements Social and Behavioral
Sciences (item II.B.) and Humanities (item II.E.). This is not
an additional credit hour requirement.
2008/2009
Waubonsee’s requirements conform to IAI General Education
Associate of Arts in Teaching (AAT) Core Curriculum guidelines. Courses listed in section II match
Secondary Mathematics Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2008.
The Associate of Arts in Teaching - Secondary Mathematics (Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
degree allows students who are interested in teaching Associate in Teaching (AAT)
mathematics at the secondary level the opportunity to complete Secondary Mathematics .....................................39 sem hrs
the first two years of their college course work at the community
college in preparation for transferring to a college or university. A. Communications
Students who earn the AAT-Secondary Mathematics degree will AAT .....................................................................9 sem hrs
have completed their general education core courses, developed a Communications: COM 100
basic understanding of the essential qualifications required of English: ENG 101* and 102*
educators, mastered the fundamental mathematics concepts that
serve as a basis for advanced study in the discipline, and achieved B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
a satisfactory score on the Enhanced Illinois Basic Skills Test AAT .....................................................................9 sem hrs
required for entry into teacher certification programs at colleges Select three courses. See also item III.B. World Cultures.
and universities. Because of teacher certification requirements, (Courses in bold satisfy World Cultures; N indicates non-
transfer school requirements and WCC graduation requirements, Western; D indicates diversity.)
students must meet with an advisor as soon as they declare this History: HIS 121, 122
program as their intended major. Political Science: PSC 100
Psychology: PSY 100
I. College Requirements Sociology: SOC 120 (D)
A. Semester Hours
A total of 64 semester hours as specified in the following C. Physical and Life Sciences
sections. AAT .....................................................................8 sem hrs
B. Grade-Points Select one course and a lab course from Physical
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 Sciences and one course and a lab course from Life
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student Sciences.
status and in good standing. Physical Sciences
C. Academic Residency Earth Science: ESC 100 and 101 (1)
Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: a Geography: GEO 121 (4)
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have Physics: PHY 111 (4), 112 (4)
Life Sciences
Biology: BIO 100 and 101 (1); 110 and 111 (1); 120 (4)
D. Constitution Requirement
D. Mathematics
the following ways:
AAT .....................................................................4 sem hrs
Mathematics: MTH 131 (4)
E. Humanities and Fine Arts
AAT .....................................................................9 sem hrs
has been met; or
Select at least one course from Humanities and one
course from Fine Arts. See also item III.B. World Cultures.
Government at Waubonsee or the equivalent at another
(Courses in bold satisfy World Cultures; N indicates non-
Western; D indicates diversity.)
3. Successful completion of the U.S. and Illinois
constitution test at Waubonsee. Humanities
Humanities**: HUM 102 (N)
Philosophy: PHL 100, 105
Fine Arts
* IAI General Education requires a C or better in these courses. Art: ART 100
** Interdisciplinary humanities courses that encompass both Humanities**: HUM 101
humanities and fine arts may be used for either humanities or Music: MUS 101 (N)
fine arts credit.
www.waubonsee.edu
III. Additional College Requirements Degree Requirements

AAT .........................................................................4 sem hrs
Associate of Arts in Teaching (AAT)
A. Wellness Special Education
AAT .....................................................................1 sem hrs The Associate of Arts in Teaching - Special Education degree
Health Education: HED 100 allows students who are interested in teaching special education
Physical Education activity courses: the opportunity to complete the first two years of their college
PED 100-149 (0.5-1) course work at the community college in preparation for
Students who served in the armed forces may be granted transferring to a college or university. Students who earn the
credit for the wellness requirement. See page 246 for AAT - Special Education degree will have completed their
details. general education core courses, professional education courses
and courses in the special education major area. These courses
B. World Cultures include the 11 Illinois Professional Teaching Standards, the
One course satisfying degree requirements must have a Technology Standards for All Teachers, and the Core Language
World Culture emphasis. These courses are highlighted in Arts Standards for All Teachers. Students must also achieve a
General Education Requirements Social and Behavioral satisfactory score on the Illinois Basic Skills Test required for
Sciences (item II.B.) and Humanities and Fine Arts (item entry into teacher certification programs at colleges and
II.E.). This is not an additional credit hour requirement. universities. Because of teacher certification requirements,
transfer school requirements and WCC graduation requirements,
C. Additional Course Work students must meet with an advisor as soon as they declare this
AAT .....................................................................3 sem hrs program as their intended major. AAT students will be advised to
Consult with a counselor to select one course based on complete the program before they transfer as the degree allows
specific transfer institution requirements. transfer students to be on an equal footing with native students
when seeking entrance to an upper division special education
English: Literature course program. Completion of these courses does not guarantee
Additional Physical or Life Sciences course admission to a baccalaureate program.
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements I. College Requirements

AAT........................................................................21 sem hrs A. Semester Hours
A total of 64 semester hours as specified in the following
A. Professional Education Requirements sections.
AAT .....................................................................9 sem hrs B. Grade-Points
Education: EDU 200, 202, 205 A minimum cumulative grade-point average of 2.0
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student
B. Major Area Requirements status and in good standing.
AAT ...................................................................12 sem hrs C. Academic Residency
Mathematics: MTH 132 (4), 233 (4), 236 (4) Meet the college's academic residency requirement: a
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have
D. Constitution Course
the following ways:
has been met; or
2. A minimum grade of D in PSC100-Introduction to
American Government at Waubonsee or the equivalent
at another Illinois college; or
constitution test at Waubonsee.
2008/2009
II. General Education Requirements III. Additional College Requirements
Waubonsee’s requirements conform to IAI General Education AAT..........................................................................3 sem hrs
Core Curriculum guidelines. Courses listed in section II match
Waubonsee’s IAI Web site as of March 2008. (Courses are A. Mathematics
3 sem hrs unless indicated.) AAT .....................................................................3 sem hrs
Associate in Teaching (AAT) Mathematics: MTH 201
Special Education ................................................40 sem hrs
B. World Cultures
A. Communications One course satisfying degree requirements must have a
AAT ....................................................................9 sem hrs World Culture emphasis. These courses are highlighted in
Communications: COM 100 General Education Requirements Social and Behavioral
English: ENG 101* and 102* Sciences (item II.B.) and Humanities and Fine Arts (item
II.E.). This is not an additional credit hour requirement.
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences
AAT ....................................................................9 sem hrs IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements
Select three courses from at least two disciplines. See AAT ...................................................................21 sem hrs
also item III.B. World Cultures. (Courses in bold satisfy
World Cultures; N indicates non-Western; D indicates Early Childhood Education: ECE115
diversity.) Education: EDU200, 202, 205, 210, 220; 215 or 225
History: HIS 121, 122
Political Science: PSC 100 (recommended)
Psychology: PSY 100 (recommended)
C. Physical and Life Sciences * IAI General Education requires a C or better in these courses.
AAT .....................................................................7 sem hrs
Select one course from Physical Sciences and one course Note: Students planning to major in special education at
from Life Sciences. Select at least one lab course. Northern Illinois University need to contact the university’s
Physical Sciences special education undergraduate advisor no later than one
Astronomy: AST100, 105 (4), 110 (4) year prior to their admission to ensure clinical placement.
Earth Science: ESC 100 and 101 (1) Failure to do so may result in a delay of registration for the
Geography: GEO 121 (4) initial block sequence of courses needed for the degree.
Life Sciences
Biology: BIO 100 and 101 (1); 110 and 111 (1); 120 (4)
D. Mathematics
AAT ....................................................................6 sem hrs
Mathematics: MTH 101, 202
E. Humanities and Fine Arts

AAT .....................................................................9 sem hrs
Select at least one course from Humanities and one
course from Fine Arts. See also item III.B. World Cultures.
(Courses in bold satisfy World Cultures; N indicates non-
Western; D indicates diversity.)
Humanities
Humanities: HUM 101, 102 (N)
Philosophy: PHL 100, 105
Fine Arts
Art: ART 100
Music: MUS 101 (N)
www.waubonsee.edu
34
WAU B O N S E E
how you’ll prepare
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees Division of Health and Life Sciences
Area of Concentration: Biology (AS)
Program Guidelines Area of Concentration: Clinical Laboratory Science (AS)
The following guidelines help students plan their individual Area of Concentration: Nursing Transfer for BSN (AS)
transfer program. Course lists are patterned after the “Degree Area of Concentration: General Science (AS)
Requirements” in the previous section. Many different
programs can be devised to meet the requirements of either
an Associate in Arts or Associate in Science degree and to Division of Humanities, Fine Arts and Languages
earn credit to transfer to a four-year school. Use the Area of Concentration: Art (AA or AS)
guidelines as a starting point. Counselors and students, Area of Concentration: Graphic Art (AA or AS)
working together with the transfer institution, can build a Fine Arts (see “Degree Requirements: AFA”)
transfer degree program appropriate for each individual. Area of Concentration: Philosophy (AA or AS)
Area of Concentration: Music (AA or AS)
These course lists are ONLY guidelines. If you intend to
transfer, check early with your transfer school and Counseling Division of Social Science and Education
and Advising to ensure you’re meeting ALL requirements.
Area of Concentration: Physical Education (AS)
Area of Concentration: Fitness Leadership (AS)
Area of Concentration: Early Childhood Education (AS)
Program guidelines are included for the following: Area of Concentration: Elementary Education (AS)
Area of Concentration: Secondary Education (AS)
Division of Business and Information Systems Area of Concentration: Special Education (AS)
Area of Concentration: Business (AS) Area of Concentration: History (AA)
Area of Concentration: Economics (AA) Area of Concentration: Political Science (AA)
Area of Concentration: Computer Science (AS) Area of Concentration: Psychology (AA)
Area of Concentration: Sociology (AA)
Division of Communications and Library Services Area of Concentration: Social Work (AS)
Area of Concentration: Organizational Communication Area of Concentration: Criminal Justice (AS)
(AA or AS)
Area of Concentration: Mass Communication
(AA or AS) Division of Technology, Mathematics and
Area of Concentration: English (AA or AS) Physical Sciences
Area of Concentration: Liberal Arts (AA or AS)
Area of Concentration: Aviation Pilot (AS)
Area of Concentration: Theatre (AA or AS)
Area of Concentration: Chemistry (AS)
Engineering Science (see “Degree Requirements: AES”)
Area of Concentration: Math (AS)
Area of Concentration: Physics (AS)
In order to help students prepare for a variety of popular college majors, certain areas of concentration have been developed,
complete with a recommended curriculum. However, Waubonsee students should feel free to develop their own personalized
course of study with the help of a counselor or advisor.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
36 Program Guidelines
How to Schedule Your Classes • Summer session (even with limited class selection) allows
students to take classes they can’t fit in otherwise.
To successfully complete an associate degree as a full-time or
part-time student, students should work with a counselor or • When choosing courses, students should consult degree
advisor to plan their courses each semester. Counseling has requirements, read program guidelines and course
Student Academic Plan sheets that can be used as shown in the descriptions, fill out a Student Academic Plan worksheet, get
following example. Keep in mind these considerations: information from their intended transfer school, and work
with a counselor or advisor. Many different programs are
• A minimum of 12 semester hours is considered full time. To
possible, not just the ones proposed in the guidelines.
complete an associate degree in two years, students must take
15-18 hours per semester. • Students should make early contact with Counseling to get
help determining their intended transfer school and
• Check course prerequisites. Some courses must be taken in a
coordinating their courses with the school’s requirements.
sequence or concurrently.
• Be sure to meet Waubonsee graduation requirements,
• Courses may only be offered certain semesters. Work with
including completing a petition to graduate. (Students need to
Counseling to plan your course work each semester.
do this early in the semester before they intend to complete
• Register early. Classes close when they fill up or can be requirements.)
canceled for insufficient enrollment.
Student Academic Plan Illustration

Here’s an illustration: a full-time student planning to complete an Associate in Science degree in the area of business administration
in two years. The Student Academic Plan sheet has been completed; a checkmark indicates courses to be taken first semester.
Call the Counseling and Advising Center (see directory).
Visit the Counseling and Advising Center for help in completing your own academic
plan (see directory).
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines 37
Division of Business and Information Systems

TRANSFER DEGREES PROGRAM GUIDELINES
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Business (Major code AS16)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: BUSINESS IV. Area of Concentration/Elective

(Accounting, Management, Finance, Marketing or Requirements .................................................18-19
ACC 120 Financial Accounting* ....................................3
Operations Management) ACC 121 Managerial Accounting* ................................3
BUS 100 Introduction to Business................................3
I. College Requirements BUS 207 Business Statistics.........................................3
BUS 210 Legal Environment of Business .....................3
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 CIS 110 Business Information Systems ......................3
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 Transfer Elective**......................................0-1
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 TOTAL.....................................................18-19
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I................................ 3
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3
✔ Assessment required.
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ....................................9 * Students with grade-point average below 3.0 should consider
ECN 121 Principles of Economics-Macro .....................3
ECN 122 Principles of Economics-Micro ......................3 taking ACC 115 or MTH 104 before ACC 120 or 121.
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 ** See a counselor for a list of transferable courses.
C. Physical and Life Sciences ............................................7 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
D. Mathematics ✔...............................................................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
MTH 211 Calculus/Business & Social Science ..............3 course choices listed on pages 22-23.
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9 NOTE: To prepare for the CPA (Certified Public Accountant)
PHL 105 Introduction to Ethics
or Examination or the CMA (Certified Management Accountant)
PHL 120 Introduction to World Religions......................3 Examination, see page 72.
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9
A. Wellness ......................................................................2-3
B. Second Language........................................not required
C. Mathematics ✔ ...............................................add. hrs. 3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
MTH 110 College Algebra .............................................3 with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
D. Physical and Life Sciences ............................add. hrs. 3 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
E. World Cultures
mp l e
S a
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees

AA Degree – Area of Concentration: Economics (Major code AA10)
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective

AREA OF CONCENTRATION: ECONOMICS Requirements .................................................18-19
ACC 120 Financial Accounting* ....................................3
ACC 121 Managerial Accounting* ................................3
I. College Requirements BUS 100 Introduction to Business................................3
BUS 207 Business Statistics.........................................3
II. General Education Requirements ........................37 BUS 210 Legal Environment of
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 Business ........................................................3
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 CIS 110 Business Information
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I................................ 3 Systems .........................................................3
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 Transfer Elective..........................................0-1
TOTAL.....................................................18-19
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ....................................9
ECN 121 Principles of Economics-Macro .....................3
ECN 122 Principles of Economics-Micro ......................3 ✔ Assessment required.
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 * Students with grade point average below 3.0 should consider
C. Physical and Life Sciences ............................................7 taking ACC 115 or MTH 104 before ACC 120 or 121.
D. Mathematics ✔...............................................................3 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
MTH 211 Calculus/Business & Social Science ..............3 not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9 course choices listed on pages 22-23.
PHL 105 Introduction to Ethics
or
PHL 120 Introduction to World Religions......................3
III. Additional College Requirements ......................8-9
A. Wellness ......................................................................2-3
B. Second Language ..........................................................6
C. Mathematics ................................add. hrs. not required
D. Physical and Life Sciences..........add. hrs. not required This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
E. World Cultures
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
mp l e
S a
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
39
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Computer Science (Major code AS60)

AREA OF CONCENTRATION: Requirements .................................................18-19
CIS 110 Business Information Systems ......................3
COMPUTER SCIENCE CIS 130 C++ Programming .........................................3
Transfer Electives ....................................12-13
I. College Requirements TOTAL.....................................................18-19
II. General Education Requirements .....................37 Recommended Electives:
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 BUS 207 Business Statistics.........................................3
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 CIS 115 Introduction to Programming .........................3
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 CIS 117 Discrete Structures ........................................3
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 CIS 230 Advanced Topics/C ++ ...................................3
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences....................................9
ECN 121 Principles of Economics-Macro .....................3 ✔ Assessment required.
ECN 122 Principles of Economics-Micro ......................3 * Students with grade point average below 3.0 should consider
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3
taking ACC 115 or MTH 104 before ACC 120 or 121.
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
D. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
MTH 211 Calculus for Business and Social Science .....3 course choices listed on pages 22-23.
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ...........................................9
III. Additional College Requirements ....................8-9
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
B. Second Language .......................................not required
C. Mathematics ✔ .............................................add. hrs. 3
MTH 210 Finite Mathematics ........................................3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3 with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
E. World Cultures
p le
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
Division of Communications and Library Services

AA or AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Organizational Communication (Major code AA50)
AA or AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Mass Communication (Major code AA40)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: AREA OF CONCENTRATION:

ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION MASS COMMUNICATION
I. College Requirements I. College Requirements
II. General Education Requirements .....................37 II. General Education Requirements .....................37
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 A. Communications ✔........................................................9
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 ECN 121 Principles of Economics-Macro .....................3
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology ...............................3 SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology ...............................3
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7 C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7
D. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................................3 D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9 E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9
PHL 110 Introduction to Critical Thinking......................3 ART 100 Art Appreciation .............................................3
THE 100 Introduction to Theatre...................................3 HUM 101 Survey of Humanities ....................................3
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 III. Additional College Requirements ....................8-9
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
B. Second Language ..................................................AA-6 B. Second Language ...................................................AA-6
AS-not required AS-not required
C. Mathematics ✔ ....................AA-add. hrs. not required C. Mathematics ✔ .....................AA-add. hrs. not required
AS-add. hrs. 3 AS-add. hrs. 3
D. Physical and D. Physical and
Life Sciences .........................AA-add. hrs. not required Life Sciences .........................AA-add. hrs. not required
AS-add. hrs. 3 AS-add. hrs. 3
E. World Cultures E. World Cultures
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
Requirements .................................................18-19 Requirements .................................................18-19
COM 120 Interpersonal Communication........................3 MCM 130
Introduction to Mass Communication ...........3
e
COM 122 Group Communication ...................................3 MCM 140
Television Production I ...................................3
l
COM 201 Business and Professional Presentations ......3 MCM 201
Broadcast Writing...........................................3
p
Transfer Electives .................................... 9-10 MCM 215
Basic News Writing........................................3
TOTAL.....................................................18-19 MCM 221
Basic News Editing ........................................3
Transfer Electives ........................................3-4
m
Recommended Electives:
BUS 100 Introduction to Business................................3 TOTAL.....................................................18-19
a
COM 115 Online Communication ..................................3 Recommended Electives:
S
COM 135 Intro. to Advertising Communication .............3 COM 110 Voice and Diction ...........................................3
COM 200 Advanced Speech Communication ................3 MCM 205 Basic Broadcast Announcing .........................3
MCM 130 Intro. to Mass Communication ......................3 MCM 240 Television Production II - Live Studio .............3
PSY 245 Industrial/Organizational Psychology..............3 MCM 245 Mass Media Ethics and Law .........................3
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements. course choices listed on pages 22-23.
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
41
AA or AS Degree – Area of Concentration: English (Major code AA15)
AA or AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Liberal Arts (Major code AA35)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: ENGLISH AREA OF CONCENTRATION: LIBERAL ARTS

ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ...............................3 ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ...............................3
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 B. Social and Behavioral Sciences....................................9
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government ..........3
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7 PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology ...............................3
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9 C. Physical and Life Sciences.............................................7
Recommended Courses: BIO 100 Introduction to Biology...................................3
ENG 215 Masterpieces of American Literature ............3 ESC 100 Survey of Earth Science.................................3
ENG 226 Introduction to Shakespeare ..........................3 and
ENG 245 World Literature .............................................3 ESC 101 Survey of Earth Science Laboratory ..............1
ENG 255 Women’s Literature........................................3 D. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................................3
FLM 250 The Film as Art...............................................3 MTH 101 College Mathematics .....................................3
HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities ..............................3
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9
ART 105 Women in Art.................................................3
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 FLM 250 Film as Art .....................................................3
HUM 101 Survey of Humanities ....................................3
B. Second Language + ................................................AA-6
AS-not required III. Additional College Requirements ....................8-9
C. Mathematics ✔ ....................AA-add. hrs. not required A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3

AS-add. hrs. 3 B. Second Language + ................................................AA-6
D. Physical and Life Sciences ..AA-add. hrs. not required AS-not required
AS-add. hrs. 3 C. Mathematics ✔ ....................AA-add. hrs. not required
E. World Cultures AS-add. hrs. 3
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective D. Physical and
e
Life Sciences .........................AA-add. hrs. not required
l
Requirements .................................................18-19
Recommended Electives: AS-add. hrs. 3
p
ENG 211 American Literature to 1865 ..........................3 BIO 110 Environmental Biology ...................................3
ENG 212 American Literature from 1865......................3
E. World Cultures
m
ENG 220 Multicultural Literatures of the U.S................3
ENG 221 British Literature to 1800 ...............................3 IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
a
ENG 222 British Literature From 1800 ..........................3 Requirements .................................................18-19
S
ENG 230 Introduction to Poetry ....................................3 Recommended Electives:
ENG 235 Introduction to Fiction....................................3 ANT 101 Cultural Anthropology ....................................3
ENG 240 Introduction to Drama as Literature ..............3 ENG 212 American Literature from 1865......................3
ENG 220 Multicultural Literatures of the U.S................3
PHL 100 Introduction to Philosophy .............................3
PHL 105 Introduction to Ethics.....................................3
+ For English and Liberal Arts majors, 12 hours of foreign PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology .....................................3
language is recommended. Spanish is highly recommended. SOC 120 Racial/Ethnic Relations...................................3
Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
course choices listed on pages 22-23.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees

AA or AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Theatre (Major code AA85)

AREA OF CONCENTRATION: THEATRE Requirements .................................................18-19
COM 110 Voice and Diction ...........................................3
I. College Requirements THE 100 Theatre Appreciation......................................3
II. General Education Requirements .....................37 THE 110 Art of Oral Interpretation ...............................3
THE 130 Diversity in American Theatre ........................3
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 THE 201 Fundamentals of Acting I ...............................3
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 THE 202 Fundamentals of Acting II ..............................3
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 THE 205 Creative Dramatics in Learning .....................3
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 THE 210 Theatre Practicum..........................................3
THE 220 Musical Theatre Practicum.............................3
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ...........................................9 not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
Recommended Fine Arts courses: course choices listed on pages 22-23.
HUM 201 Modern Culture and the Arts .........................3
MUS 100 Music: Art of Listening ..................................3
MUS 101 Musics of the World.......................................3
MUS 102 Music in America ...........................................3
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
B. Second Language ...................................................AA-6
AS-not required
C. Mathematics ✔ ....................AA-add. hrs. not required
AS-add. hrs. 3
D. Physical and This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
Life Sciences .........................AA-add. hrs. not required with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
AS-add. hrs. 3 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
E. World Cultures
mp l e
S a
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
43
Division of Health and Life Sciences
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Biology (Major code AS12)
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Clinical Laboratory Science (Major code AS24)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: BIOLOGY AREA OF CONCENTRATION:

CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE
I. College Requirements
II. General Education Requirements ......................37
II. General Education Requirements ......................37
A. Communications ✔........................................................9
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3
CHM 121 General Chemistry .........................................4
BIO 120 Principles of Biology I ....................................4
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 CHM 121 General Chemistry .........................................4
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ...........................................9 D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
MTH 107 Basic Statistics...............................................3
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
Recommended: III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9
HED 100 Personal Wellness ..........................................3
A. Wellness ......................................................................2-3
B. Second Language .......................................not required HED 100 Personal Wellness ..........................................3
C. Mathematics ✔ .............................................add. hrs. 3 B. Second Language .......................................not required
D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3 C. Mathematics ✔ .............................................add. hrs. 3
CHM 122 Chemistry/Qualitative Analysis ......................4
D. Physical and Life Sciences ............................add. hrs. 3
E. World Cultures CHM 122 Chemistry/Qualitative Analysis ......................4
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective E. World Cultures
Requirements .................................................18-19
BIO 120 Principles of Biology I ....................................4
Requirements .................................................18-19
BIO 122 Principles of Biology II ...................................4
BIO 122 Principles of Biology II ...................................4
BIO 126 Ecology and Field Biology ..............................4
BIO 250 Microbiology ..................................................4
BIO 128 Evolution ........................................................4
BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I..............................4
BIO 240 Survey of Plant Kingdom ...............................4
BIO 272 Anatomy and Physiology II.............................4
e
BIO 244 Survey of Animal Kingdom ............................4
l
CHM 231 Organic Chemistry I.......................................5
BIO 254 Introduction to Genetics ................................3
CHM 232 Organic Chemistry II......................................5
p
m
a
not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
S
course choices listed on pages 22-23. course choices listed on pages 22-23.
NOTE: The sequence of courses outlined in the biology,

chemistry, and general science emphases is considered a
general guide for the student who plans to go on to a
baccalaureate program majoring in natural sciences and/or
preparatory to applying to a school of medicine, dentistry, This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
nursing, veterinary science or related fields. See also the with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
Nursing Transfer Guidelines. ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees

AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Nursing Transfer for BSN (Major code AS72)

BIO 270 Anatomy/Physiology I.....................................4
NURSING TRANSFER FOR BSN BIO 272 Anatomy/Physiology II....................................4
BIO 250 Microbiology ..................................................4
I. College Requirements CHM 102 Introduction to Organic Chemistry ................3
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 CHM 103 Intro. to Organic Chemistry Lab ....................1
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 TOTAL.....................................................18-19
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 ✔ Assessment required.
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences....................................9 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology .....................................3 course choices listed on pages 22-23.
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology ...............................3
C. Physical and Life Sciences ............................................7 NOTE: This sequence of courses is for students intending to
BIO 120 Principles of Biology ......................................4 transfer to a baccalaureate program for a Bachelor of Science
CHM 100 Introduction to Chemistry (3) in nursing. Students who want to enter the nursing field
and immediately upon their graduation from Waubonsee should
CHM 101 Introduction to Chemistry Lab (1) enroll in the AAS degree career program (see page 133).
or
CHM 121 General Chemistry ........................................4
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
MTH 107 Basic Statistics...............................................3
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
Recommended:
C. Mathematics ✔...............................................add. hrs. 3
MTH 110 College Algebra..............................................3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
D. Physical and Life Sciences ............................add. hrs. 3 with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
l e
BIO 200 Nutrition .........................................................3 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
p
E. World Cultures
S am
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: General Science (Major code AS48)

GENERAL SCIENCE CHM 122 Chemistry/Qualitative Analysis ......................4
I. College Requirements CHM 232 Organic Chemistry II......................................5
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 MTH 132 Calculus/Analytic Geometry II........................4
MTH 233 Calculus/Analytic Geometry III.......................4
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 ✔ Assessment required.
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 course choices listed on pages 22-23.
PHY 221 General Physics I ...........................................5 NOTE: The sequence of courses outlined in the biology,
chemistry, and general science emphases is considered a
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
general guide for the student who plans to go on to a
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9 baccalaureate program majoring in natural sciences and/or
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 preparatory to applying to a school of medicine, dentistry,
nursing, veterinary science or related fields. See also the
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
Recommended: Nursing Transfer Guidelines.
C. Mathematics ✔ .............................................add. hrs. 3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
PHY 222 General Physics II ..........................................5 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
E. World Cultures
p l e
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees
Division of Humanities, Fine Arts and Languages

AA or AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Art (Major code AA05)
AA or AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Graphic Art (Major code AA20)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: ART AREA OF CONCENTRATION: GRAPHIC ART

ANT 101 Cultural Anthropology .....................................3 C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology .............................3
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 Recommended Fine Arts courses:
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ...........................................9 ART 101 History of Western Art-
Recommended Fine Arts courses: Ancient to Medieval .......................................3
ART 101 History of Western Art-Ancient to Medieval ...3 ART 102 History of Western Art-
ART 102 History of Western Art-Renaissance to Renaissance to Modern Art
Modern Art or
or ART 103 History of Non-Western Art ..........................3
ART 103 History of Non-Western Art ...........................3 HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities ..............................3
HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities ..............................3 III. Additional College Requirements ....................8-9
III. Additional College Requirements ....................8-9 A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 B. Second Language ...................................................AA-6
B. Second Language ...................................................AA-6 AS-not required
AS-not required C. Mathematics ✔ ....................AA-add. hrs. not required
C. Mathematics ✔ .....................AA-add. hrs. not required AS-add. hrs. 3
AS-add. hrs. 3 D. Physical and Life Sciences .... AA-add. hrs. not required
D. Physical and Life Sciences ......AA-add. hrs. not required AS-add. hrs. 3
AS-add. hrs. 3 E. World Cultures
E. World Cultures IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements .................................................18-19
l e
Requirements .................................................18-19 ART 110
Design I .........................................................3
ART 110
Design I..........................................................3 GRD 173
Graphic Design I ...........................................3
p
ART 111
Design II.........................................................3 GRD 273
Graphic Design II ..........................................3
ART 120
Basic Drawing I ..............................................3 GRD 290
Studio Art .......................................................3
m
ART 121
Basic Drawing II .............................................3 Transfer Electives..................................... 6-7
Transfer Electives..................................... 6-7 TOTAL.....................................................18-19
a
TOTAL.....................................................18-19 Recommended Electives:
S
Recommended Electives: ART 111 Design II.........................................................3
ART 104 History of Photography ..................................3 ART 120 Basic Drawing I ..............................................3
ART 140 Photography I.................................................3 ART 140 Photography I.................................................3
ART 130 Ceramics I ......................................................3
ART 222 Life Drawing...................................................3
ART 260 Painting I ........................................................3
ART 290 Studio Art .......................................................3
GRD 173 Graphic Design I ............................................3
Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are not listed This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see course choices listed on with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
pages 22-23. ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
Transfer Degrees
AA or AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Philosophy (Major code AA55)

AREA OF CONCENTRATION: PHILOSOPHY Requirements .................................................18-19
PHL 100 Introduction to Philosophy .............................3
I. College Requirements PHL 101 Introduction to Logic......................................3
II. General Education Requirements .....................37 PHL 110 Introduction to Critical Thinking......................3
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 * PHL 120 Introduction to World Religions......................3
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 ✔ Assessment required.
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ...............................3
* Check with your transfer school. Some colleges count PHL 120
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 as a religion course.
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
ART 100 Art Appreciation .............................................3
HUM 201 Modern Culture and Arts ...............................3
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
B. Second Language ..................................................AA-6
AS-not required
C. Mathematics ✔ .....................AA-add. hrs. not required
AS-add. hrs. 3
D. Physical and This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
Life Sciences .........................AA-add. hrs. not required with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
AS-add. hrs. 3 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
E. World Cultures
mp l e
S a
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees

AA or AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Music (Major code AA45)

AREA OF CONCENTRATION: MUSIC Requirements* ...............................................18-19
MUS 121 Theory of Music I...........................................4
MUS 123 Theory of Music II..........................................3
I. College Requirements MUS 221 Theory of Music III.........................................3
MUS 223 Theory of Music IV ........................................3
II. General Education Requirements .....................37 MUS 124 Aural Skills II: ................................................1
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 MUS 222 Aural Skills III: ...............................................1
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 MUS 224 Aural Skills IV: ...............................................1
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 MUS 280 through 287 Applied Music ................................8
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 MUS 160 through 169 Ensemble........................................4
Highly Recommended:
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 MUS 150 Vocal Techniques:
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government ..........3 An Introduction to Singing .............................2
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 (for non-voice majors)
MUS 200 Music Literature:
A Historical Survey.........................................3
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 MUS 212 Conducting: An Introduction ..........................2
MUS 151 Class Instruction Piano I ................................2
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ...........................................9 (for non-piano majors)
Recommended Fine Arts courses: MUS 251 Class Instruction Piano II ...............................2
ART 100 Art Appreciation .............................................3 (for non-piano majors)
HUM 101 Survey of Humanities ....................................3 Other Electives:
HUM 201 Modern Culture & Arts ..................................3 MUS 180 through 187 Applied Music.................................1
MUS 101 Musics of the World.......................................3
MUS 102 Music in America ...........................................3
THE 100 Theatre Appreciation......................................3 ✔ Assessment required.
III. Additional College Requirements ....................8-9 * Students may be required to complete more than the 64
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 semester hours necessary for an associate degree to be
accepted into a four-year college’s music program with junior
B. Second Language ...................................................AA-6 status. Consult with a music instructor or counselor/advisor.
AS-not required
C. Mathematics ✔ .....................AA-add. hrs. not required not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
AS-add. hrs. 3 course choices listed on pages 22-23.
D. Physical and
Life Sciences .........................AA-add. hrs. not required
AS-add. hrs. 3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
E. World Cultures with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
e
amp l
S
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
49
Division of Social Science and Education
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Physical Education (Major code AS76)
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Fitness Leadership (Major code AS44)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: AREA OF CONCENTRATION:

PHYSICAL EDUCATION FITNESS LEADERSHIP
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 II. General Education Requirements ......................37
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government ..........3 SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology* .............................3
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7 C. Physical and Life Sciences ............................................7
BIO 270 Anatomy/Physiology.......................................4 BIO 120 Principles of Biology I ....................................4
CHM 100 Introduction to Chemistry**..........................3
D. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................................3
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
HED 100 Personal Wellness ..........................................3 A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
B. Second Language........................................not required
BIO 200 Nutrition .........................................................3 D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3
BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I..............................4
E. World Cultures
E. World Cultures
Requirements .................................................18-19 IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
BIO 272
Anatomy and Physiology II.............................4 Requirements .................................................18-19
EDU 200
Introduction to Education...............................3 BIO 272 Anatomy and Physiology II.............................4
EDU 210
Educational Psychology..................................3 Transfer Electives ................................... 14-15
e
EDU 220
Introduction to Special Education ..................3 TOTAL.....................................................18-19
l
PED 200
Introduction to Physical Education.................2 Recommended Electives:
Transfer Electives ....................................... 3-4 Choose from PED 101 - PED 238.
p
TOTAL.....................................................18-19
Recommended Electives: ✔ Assessment required.
m
Choose from PED 101 - PED 238.
* Students planning to attend Aurora University should
a
substitute ECN 121 and ECN 122.
NOTE: Because of teacher certification requirements,
S
transfer school requirements and WCC graduation ** Students planning to attend Aurora University or Northern
Illinois University should also take the CHM 101 lab course.
requirements, students should meet with an advisor as soon
as they declare education their intended major. Please note: • Aurora University requires students to minor in Business
Administration. For electives students should take ACC 120,
• Students must successfully complete the ICTS Basic Skills ACC 121, BUS 100 and BUS 210.
Test before being admitted into most schools of education in
Illinois. • Students should complete the BIO 270 and 272 sequence at
Waubonsee prior to transfer.
• Students should complete the BIO 270 and BIO 272 sequence Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
at Waubonsee prior to transfer. not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees

AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Early Childhood Education (Major code AS32)

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION ECE 101 Introduction to Early Childhood Education.....3
ECE 115 Child Growth & Development........................3
I. College Requirements EDU 200 Introduction to Education...............................3
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education ....................3
EDU 205 Introduction to Technology in Education ........3
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education ..................3
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 ✔ Assessment required.
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences....................................9 * Students planning to attend Northern Illinois University should
HIS 121 American History to 1865 omit PSC 100 and take HIS 121 and HIS 122.
or
HIS 122 American History Since 1865 ........................3 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ...........................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government* ........3 course choices listed on pages 22-23.
C. Physical and Life Sciences ............................................7
BIO 100 Introduction to Biology (3) NOTE: Because of teacher certification requirements,
BIO 101 Introduction to Biology transfer school requirements and WCC graduation
Laboratory (1) requirements, meet with an advisor as soon as you declare
or early childhood education as your intended major.
BIO 120 Principles of Biology I ....................................4 Note the following:
D. Mathematics ✔...............................................................3
• Students must successfully complete the ICTS Basic Skills Test
MTH 202 Math for Elementary Teachers II ....................3
before being admitted into most schools of education in
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ..............................................9 Illinois.
ART 100 Art Appreciation .............................................3
MUS 100 Music: The Art of Listening ...........................3 • Northern Illinois University requires specific courses for
PHL 105 Introduction to Ethics.....................................3 admission to the early childhood education program. Contact
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 Counseling and Advising for additional information (see
directory).
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
C. Mathematics ✔...............................................add. hrs. 3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers I .....................3 with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
l e
E. World Cultures
S amp
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
51
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Elementary Education (Major code AS40)
ECE 115 Child Growth and Development.....................3
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: EDU 210 Educational Psychology..................................3
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education ..................3
MUS 210 Music for the Elementary Teacher .................3
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 ✔ Assessment required.
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 * Students planning to attend Northern Illinois University
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 should omit PSC 100 and take HIS 121 and HIS 122.
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 ** Students planning to attend Aurora University or Illinois State
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences....................................9 University should also complete the accompanying laboratory
HIS 121 American History to 1865 course — ESC 101.
or
HIS 122 American History Since 1865* ......................3 *** Illinois State University requires 12 credit hours of Physical
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 and Life Sciences courses. Students planning to attend ISU
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government* ........3 should also complete the accompanying laboratory course.
C. Physical and Life Sciences*** ......................................7 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
BIO 100 Introduction to Biology...................................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
BIO 101 Introduction to Biology Laboratory ................1
ESC 100 Survey of Earth Science** ...........................3
D. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................................3 NOTE: Because of teacher certification requirements,
MTH 202 Math for Elementary Teachers II ...................3 transfer school requirements and WCC graduation
E. Humanities and Fine Arts..............................................9 requirements, meet with an advisor as soon as you declare
ART 100 Art Appreciation .............................................3 education as your intended major. Note the following:
MUS 100 Music: The Art of Listening............................3
PHL 120 Introduction to World Religions......................3 • Students are advised to investigate whether or not their
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 transfer institution requires a subject area concentration.
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 • Many transfer institutions require attendance at an

informational meeting prior to enrollment in a school of
education.
MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers I .....................3 • Students must successfully complete the ICTS Basic Skills
D. Physical and Life Sciences *** ....................add. hrs. 3 Illinois.
E. World Cultures
l e
Requirements .................................................18-19
p
EDU 200 Introduction to Education...............................3
EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education ....................3
m
EDU 205 Introduction to Technology in Education ........3
Transfer Electives .....................................9-10 with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
a
TOTAL.....................................................18-19 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
S
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees

AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Secondary Education (Major code AS40)

SECONDARY EDUCATION EDU 200 Introduction to Education...............................3
EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education ....................3
I. College Requirements EDU 205 Introduction to Technology in Education ........3
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 Subject Electives *....................................9-10
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 ✔ Assessment required.
* Secondary education students concentrate electives in the
subject they plan to teach.
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences....................................9
HIS 121 American History to 1865 ** Students planning to attend Aurora University should also
or complete the accompanying lab course.
HIS 122 American History Since 1865 ........................3
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government ..........3
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
C. Physical and Life Sciences ............................................7
BIO 110 Environmental Biology ...................................3
BIO 111 Environmental Biology Laboratory.................1 NOTE: Because of teacher certification requirements,
CHM 100 Introduction to Chemistry** transfer school requirements and WCC graduation
or requirements, meet with an advisor as soon as you declare
ESC 100 Survey of Earth Science** ...........................3 education as your intended major. Note the following:
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 • Many transfer institutions require attendance at an
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9 informational meeting prior to enrollment in a school of
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 education.
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 • Students must successfully complete the ICTS Basic Skills
Illinois.
D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3
E. World Cultures
mp l e This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early

S a
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
53
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Special Education (Major code AS40)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: * Students planning to attend Northern Illinois University
SPECIAL EDUCATION should take HIS 121, HIS 122, PSC 100 and PSY 100.
I. College Requirements Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 course choices listed on pages 22-23.
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 NOTE: Because of teacher certification requirements,
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 transfer school requirements and WCC graduation
requirements, meet with an advisor as soon as you declare
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences* ..................................9 education as your intended major. Note the following:
HIS 121 American History to 1865
or • Many transfer institutions require attendance at an
HIS 122 American History Since 1865 ........................3 informational meeting prior to enrollment in a school of
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government ..........3 education.
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3
• Students must successfully complete the ICTS Basic Skills
BIO 100 Introduction to Biology...................................3
BIO 101 Introduction to Biology Laboratory ................1 Illinois.
D. Mathematics ✔ ..............................................................3 • Some transfer institutions require documentation of previous
MTH 202 Math for Elementary Teachers II ....................3 work with special populations.
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9 • Students planning to major in special education at Northern
Illinois University need to contact the university’s special
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 education undergraduate advisor no later than one year prior to
their admission to ensure clinical placement. Failure to do so may
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 result in a delay of registration for the initial block sequence of
B. Second Language .......................................not required courses needed for the degree.
MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers I .....................3
D. Physical and Life Sciences ............................add. hrs. 3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
E. World Cultures with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
l e
Requirements .................................................18-19
ECE 115
Child Growth and Development.....................3
p
EDU 200
Introduction to Education...............................3
EDU 202
Clinical Experience in Education ....................3
am
EDU Introduction to Technology in Education ........3205
EDU 220
Introduction to Special Education ..................3
S
TOTAL.....................................................18-19
EDU 210 Educational Psychology..................................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees

AA Degree – Area of Concentration: History (Major code AA25)
AA Degree – Area of Concentration: Political Science (Major code AA60)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: HISTORY AREA OF CONCENTRATION: POLITICAL SCIENCE

B. Social and Behavioral Sciences * ................................9 B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ................................9
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government ..........3 PSC 100 Introduction to American Government ..........3
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
E. Humanities and Fine Arts * .........................................9 E. Humanities and Fine Arts ...........................................9
III. Additional College Requirements ....................8-9 III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9
B. Second Language .........................................................6 B. Second Language .........................................................6
C. Mathematics................................add. hrs. not required C. Mathematics................................add. hrs. not required
D. Physical and Life Sciences .........add. hrs. not required D. Physical and Life Sciences .........add. hrs. not required
E. World Cultures E. World Cultures
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
Requirements .................................................18-19 Requirements .................................................18-19
HIS 111
Western Civilization to 1648 ..........................3 PSC 220
Comparative Government ..............................3
HIS 112
Western Civilization Since 1648.....................3 PSC 240
State and Local Government .........................3
HIS 121
American History to 1865 ..............................3 Transfer Electives ....................................12-13
HIS 122
American History Since 1865 ........................3 TOTAL.....................................................18-19
Transfer Electives ........................................6-7 Recommended Electives:
TOTAL.....................................................18-19 PSC 260 Introduction to International Relations...........3
Recommended Electives: PSC 280 Introduction to Political Philosophy ................3
HIS 101 World History to 1500....................................3
l e
HIS 102 World History Since 1500 ..............................3
HIS 125 American Culture: Colonial Period ✔ Assessment required.
p
to the Present ................................................3 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
HIS 205 History of the Middle East.............................3 not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
am
HIS 215 History of China and Japan............................3 course choices listed on pages 22-23.
HIS 225 History of Africa .............................................3
HIS 235 Latin American History ..................................3
S
* No more than two history courses can be used to fulfill general This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
education requirements. with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
55
AA Degree – Area of Concentration: Psychology (Major code AA65)
AA Degree – Area of Concentration: Sociology (Major code AA75)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: PSYCHOLOGY AREA OF CONCENTRATION: SOCIOLOGY

B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ..................................9 B. Social and Behavioral Sciences....................................9
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 ANT 101 Cultural Anthropology
or
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7 ANT 102 Human Origins ...............................................3
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3
Recommended: SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology ...............................3
MTH 107 Basic Statistics C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7
or
MTH 210 Finite Mathematics D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
or Recommended:
MTH 211 Calculus for Business & Social Science.........3 MTH 107 Basic Statistics (3)
or
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ...........................................9 MTH 131 Calculus with Analytic Geometry I (4)
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 or
MTH 210 Finite Mathematics (3)
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
B. Second Language .........................................................6
III. Additional College Requirements ......................8-9
C. Mathematics................................add. hrs. not required
e
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
l
D. Physical and Life Sciences .........add. hrs. not required
B Second Language .........................................................6
p
E. World Cultures
C. Mathematics ...............................add. hrs. not required
m
Requirements .................................................18-19 D. Physical and Life Sciences .........add. hrs. not required
Recommended Electives*:
a
E. World Cultures
PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology
S
or IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging Requirements .................................................18-19
or Recommended Electives:
PSY 220 Child Psychology PSY 235 Social Psychology...........................................3
or SOC 120 Racial and Ethnic Relations............................3
PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology ..................................3 SOC 130 Marriage and the Family ................................3
PSY 235 Social Psychology...........................................3 SOC 210 Social Problems .............................................3
PSY 240 Abnormal Psychology.....................................3 SOC 215 Introduction to Social Work............................3
PSY 245 Industrial/Organizational SOC 230 Sociology of Sex and Gender ........................3
Psychology .....................................................3 SOC 240 Sociology of Deviance ...................................3
PSY 250 Theories of Personality ..................................3
* Northern Illinois University and Illinois State University
accept only two psychology elective courses.
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees

AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Social Work (Major code AS96)
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Criminal Justice (Major code AS28)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: SOCIAL WORK AREA OF CONCENTRATION: CRIMINAL JUSTICE

B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 B. Social and Behavioral Sciences....................................9
PSC 100 Introduction to American Government ..........3 PSC 100 Introduction to American Government ..........3
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3 PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ............................3
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology ...............................3 SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology ...............................3
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3
Recommended: Recommended:
MTH 101 College Mathematics MTH 101 College Mathematics
or or
MTH 107 Basic Statistics...............................................3 MTH 107 Basic Statistics...............................................3
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ...........................................9 E. Humanities and Fine Arts ...........................................9
Recommended:
PHL 100 Introduction to Philosophy
or A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
PHL 120 Introduction to World Religions......................3 B. Second Language ......................................not required
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 C. Mathematics ✔ ............................................ add. hrs. 3
Recommended:
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 MTH 110 College Algebra..............................................3
B. Second Language .......................................not required D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3
C. Mathematics ✔ .............................................add. hrs. 3 E. World Cultures
Recommended:
MTH 110 College Algebra..............................................3 IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
Requirements .................................................18-19
D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3
e
CRJ 100
Introduction to Criminal Justice ....................3
l
CRJ 107
Juvenile Justice..............................................3
E. World Cultures
Transfer Electives ....................................12-13
p
IV. Area of Concentration/Elective TOTAL.....................................................18-19
Requirements .................................................18-19 Recommended Electives:
m
PSY 220
Child Psychology ...........................................3 CIS 110 Business Information Systems* ....................3
SOC 215
Introduction to Social Work............................3 CRJ 101 Introduction to Corrections ............................3
a
Transfer Electives ....................................12-13 CRJ 120 The American Court System..........................3
S
TOTAL.....................................................18-19 CRJ 200 Criminal Investigation.....................................3
Recommended Electives: CRJ 220 Criminal Law ..................................................3
PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology .....................................3 CRJ 226 Criminal Evidence ..........................................3
PSY 235 Social Psychology...........................................3 CRJ 230 Criminology ....................................................3
PSY 240 Abnormal Psychology.....................................3
SOC 120 Racial and Ethnic Relations............................3 * Some transfer schools will require criminal justice students to
SOC 130 Marriage and the Family ................................3 demonstrate knowledge of computer systems and proficiency in
SOC 210 Social Problems .............................................3 the use of office software and the Internet.
Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are not listed
here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see course choices listed on with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
pages 22-23. ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
57
Division of Technology, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
AS Degree – Area of Concentration: Aviation Pilot (Major code AS08)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: AVIATION PILOT The student completes all aviation pilot training at any FAA-
approved flight school or equivalent military flight-training
program and receives 18 semester hours of credit for AVP 100,
I. College Requirements AVP 110, AVP 120 and AVP 130 at Waubonsee. This credit
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 is officially awarded when the student completes 15 hours of
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 credit at Waubonsee. Credit may be awarded as each level of pilot
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication...................3 training is completed or all at once. See the Dean for Technology,
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 Mathematics and Physical Sciences. The required academic
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II ................................3 work to complete the Associate in Science degree is completed
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 at Waubonsee.
PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I ................................4 ✔ Assessment required.
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 Note: If specific course requirements or recommendations are
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9 course choices listed on pages 22-23.
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3
MTH 110 College Algebra .............................................3
ESC 100 Survey of Earth Science ...............................3
E. World Cultures
Requirements .................................................18-19
AST 110 Planetary Science ..........................................4
AVP 100 Private Pilot Certificate...................................5
AVP 110 Professional Instrument Rating......................5
AVP 120 Professional Commercial Pilot .......................5
AVP 130 Professional Multiengine Rating ....................3
MTH 112 Plane Trigonometry ........................................3
l e
NOTE: Students who complete the Associate in Science degree
p
and follow the aviation pilot suggested program can transfer to This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
a university offering aviation management as a junior-level with your transfer school and Counseling to ensure you’re meeting
student. See a counselor or advisor for specific information about
m
the transfer status of this program.
S a
www.waubonsee.edu
Transfer Degrees

AS Degree - Area of Concentration: Chemistry (Major code AS20)

AREA OF CONCENTRATION: CHEMISTRY Requirements .................................................18-19
CHM 122 Chemistry/Qualitative Analysis ......................4
I. College Requirements CHM 231 Organic Chemistry I.......................................5
CHM 232 Organic Chemistry II......................................5
II. General Education Requirements ......................37 MTH 132 Calculus/Analytic Geometry II........................4
A. Communications ✔........................................................9 MTH 233 Calculus/Analytic Geometry III.......................4
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I .................................3 ✔ Assessment required.
B. Social and Behavioral Sciences ...................................9 not listed here, consult with Counseling and Advising or see
C. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................................7 course choices listed on pages 22-23.
PHY 221 General Physics I ...........................................5
D. Mathematics ✔ .............................................................3 NOTE: The sequence of courses outlined in the biology,
MTH 131 Calculus/Analytic Geometry I.........................4 chemistry, and general science emphases is considered a general
guide for the student who plans to go on to a baccalaureate
program majoring in natural sciences and/or preparatory to
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 applying to a school of medicine, dentistry, nursing, veterinary
A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3 science or related fields. See also the Nursing Transfer
Recommended: Guidelines.
MTH 112 Plane Trigonometry ........................................3 This is ONLY an EXAMPLE. If you intend to transfer, check early
PHY 222 General Physics II ..........................................5 ALL requirements. Transfer schools may vary in their requirements.
E. World Cultures
p l e
S am
2008/2009
Transfer Degrees
Program Guidelines
59
AS Degree - Area of Concentration: Math (Major code AS68)
AS Degree - Area of Concentration: Physics (Major code AS80)
AREA OF CONCENTRATION: MATH AREA OF CONCENTRATION: PHYSICS

II. General Education Requirement ........................37 II. General Education Requirements ......................37
PHY 221 General Physics I ...........................................5 CHM 121 General Chemistry .........................................4
D. Mathematics ✔..............................................................3 D. Mathematics ✔...............................................................3
MTH 131 Calculus/Analytic Geometry I.........................4 MTH 131 Calculus/Analytic Geometry I.........................4
E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9 E. Humanities and Fine Arts ............................................9
III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9 III. Additional College Requirements .....................8-9
B. Second Language........................................not required B. Second Language .......................................not required
C. Mathematics ✔ ...............................................add. hrs. 3 C. Mathematics ✔...............................................add. hrs. 3
MTH 132 Calculus/Analytic Geometry II........................4 MTH 132 Calculus/Analytic Geometry II........................4
D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3 D. Physical and Life Sciences ...........................add. hrs. 3
CHM 122 Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis ...............4
E. World Cultures
E. World Cultures
Requirements .................................................18-19 IV. Area of Concentration/Elective
MTH 233 Calculus/Analytic Geometry III.......................4 Requirements .................................................18-19
MTH 240 Differential Equations.....................................3 MTH 233 Calculus/Analytic Geometry III.......................4
PHY 222 General Physics II ..........................................5 PHY 221 General Physics I ...........................................5
Transfer Electives ........................................6-7 PHY 222 General Physics II ..........................................5
TOTAL.....................................................18-19 Transfer Electives ........................................4-5
TOTAL.....................................................18-19
e
l
MTH 141 Scientific Programming..................................3
p
MTH 236 Introduction to Linear Algebra .......................4
MTH 240 Differential Equations.....................................3
m
a
S
www.waubonsee.edu
60
WAU B O N S E E
the value of variety
General Studies
Program
2008/2009
General Studies Program 61
General Studies Program II. General Education Requirements

Associate in General Studies
Waubonsee offers an Associate in General Studies degree and a
(AGS).....................................................................41 sem hrs
General Studies Certificate of Achievement.
(Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
Degree Requirements A. Communications...............................................9 sem hrs

Communications: COM 100, 121
Associate in General Studies (AGS) English: ENG 070, 101, 102, 151, 152, 153
(GS10) major code
The Associate in General Studies degree is designed primarily B. Social and
for students who have chosen to pursue a broad general program Behavioral Sciences........................................12 sem hrs
rather than a specific occupational-oriented or baccalaureate- Anthropology: ANT 100, 101, 102, 110, 120
oriented program. This degree is not designed to transfer to a Economics: ECN 100, 105, 110, 121, 122
four-year institution, and general education requirements do Geography: GEO 220, 230, 235
not meet IAI General Education Core Curriculum guidelines. History: HIS 101, 102, 121, 122, 205, 215, 225, 235, 290
Courses numbered 050-299 may be counted toward this degree. Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260
Psychology: PSY 100, 200, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235, 240,
I. College Requirements 245, 250
A. Semester Hours Social Science: SSC 110
A total of 64 semester hours or more completed as Sociology: SOC 100, 120, 130, 210, 215, 230, 240
specified in the following sections.
C. Physical and Life Sciences and
B. Grade-Points Mathematics......................................................9 sem hrs
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 Astronomy: AST 100, 105 (4), 110 (4)
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student Biology: BIO 100, 101 (1), 102, 110, 111 (1), 120 (4),
status, and in good standing. 122 (4), 126 (4), 128 (4), 200, 240 (4), 244 (4), 250 (4),
254, 260 (4), 262, 264, 270 (4), 272 (4)
C. Academic Residency Chemistry: CHM 100, 101 (1), 102, 103 (1), 106 (4),
Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: 121 (4), 122 (4), 231 (5), 232 (5)
a minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have Earth Science: ESC 100, 101 (1), 120 (4), 130, 220
been achieved at Waubonsee, excluding CLEP and Geography: GEO 121 (4)
proficiency credits. Geology: GLG 100, 101 (1), 103
Health Education: HED 100
D. Constitution Requirement Mathematics: MTH 050, 060 (4), 070 (4), 075, 101, 103,
Fulfill the requirements of Illinois Senate Bill 195 in one of 104, 107, 110, 112, 113 (5), 131 (4), 132 (4), 141, 201,
the following ways: 202, 203 (4), 210, 211, 233 (4), 236 (4), 240
1. A transcript from an Illinois high school (excluding Physics: PHY 103, 104 (1), 111 (4), 112 (4), 115 (4), 116 (4),
home school programs), Illinois college or Illinois GED 221 (5), 222 (5)
scores on file in the Office of Admissions and Records
showing evidence that the Illinois Senate Bill 195
constitution requirement has been met; or
e
l
Government at Waubonsee or the equivalent at
p
another Illinois college; or
S am
www.waubonsee.edu
62 General Studies Program
D. Humanities and Fine Arts .................................9 sem hrs General Studies

Art: ART 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 110, 111, 115, 120,
121, 123, 130, 131, 140, 222, 230, 240, 260, 261, 262, Certificate Requirements
265, 290 (GS20) major code
Communications: COM 110, 115, 120, 122, 125 (2), 135, This certificate signifies the completion of one year of college
200, 201 and is awarded to students who apply for the certificate and meet
English: ENG 050, 051, 204, 205, 211, 212, 215, 220, 221, the following requirements:
222, 225, 226, 227, 229, 230, 235, 240, 245, 255 • complete at least 30 semester hours of credit (earned in
Film Studies: FLM 250, 260, 270 any curriculum), and
French: FRE 101, 102, 201, 202 • complete at least 15 semester hours of credit at Waubonsee.
German: GER 101, 102, 201, 202 Students can combine credits from traditional and distance
History: HIS 111, 112, 125, 245 learning courses to complete a Certificate of Achievement at any
Humanities: HUM 101, 102, 201 time during a semester. Contact Registration and Records or
Intensive English-Basic: IEB 055 (4), 056 (4), 057 (4), submit a letter to the Graduate/Credentials Analyst to apply for
058 (4), 059 (2) the certificate (see directory).
Intensive English Institute: IEI 060 (4), 061 (4), 062 (4),
063 (4), 065 (4), 066 (4), 067 (4), 068 (4), 070 (4),
071 (4), 072 (4), 073 (4)
Japanese: JPN 101, 102
Mass Communication: MCM 201, 205, 215, 221, 231, 245
Music: MUS 100, 101, 102, 105, 110 (2), 120, 121 (4), 123,
124 (1), 150 (2), 151 (2), 154 (2), 160 (1), 161 (1),
162 (1), 163 (1), 164 (1), 165 (1), 166 (1), 167 (1),
168 (1), 169 (1), 170 (1), 171 (1), 175 (1.5), 176 (1.5),
180 (1), 181 (1), 182 (1), 183 (1), 184 (1), 185 (1),
186 (1), 187 (1), 191 (2), 192 (2), 193 (2), 194 (2),
195 (2), 200, 210 (4), 211, 212 (2), 213, 214, 221, 222
(1), 223, 224 (1), 251 (2), 252 (2), 254 (2), 280 (2), 281
(2), 282 (2), 283 (2), 284 (2), 285 (2), 286 (2), 287 (2),
291 (2), 292 (2)
Personal Development: PDV 100, 102 (1), 131 (1), 136 (1),
140
Philosophy: PHL 100, 101, 105, 110, 120
Reading: RDG 071, 072, 073, 074, 075, 076, 110
Sign Language: SGN 101, 102
Spanish: SPN 101, 102, 110, 111, 201, 202, 205, 211
Theatre: THE 100, 110, 130, 201, 202, 205, 210 (1-3), 220
E. Wellness .........................................................2-3 sem hrs

Health Education: HED 100 or
Physical Education activity courses:
PED 100-149 (0.5-1)
(Students who served in the Armed Services are exempt
from the health education requirement.)
III. Elective Requirements........................23 sem hrs

Choose electives from any discipline.
2008/2009
63
WAU B O N S E E
yourself in a job you enjoy
Career Education
Program
www.waubonsee.edu
64 Career Education Program
Purpose of the Career Education 4. The employer must verify in writing, within 90 days of the
graduate’s initial employment, that the graduate lacks
Curriculum competency in specific technical skills as represented by the
Career education programs are designed for students seeking degree information printed in the college catalog.
specialized training in preparation for employment after leaving 5. The retraining is limited to courses regularly offered by the
Waubonsee Community College. Both the Associate in Applied college.
Science degree (AAS — two-year program) and certificates 6. A written retraining plan must be developed by the employer,
(usually one year or less) are offered in many technical areas. the graduate and the appropriate instructional administrator
Although these programs are not primarily designed to transfer specifying the courses needed for retraining and the
to four-year colleges and universities, Waubonsee has established competencies to be mastered.
articulation agreements with a number of colleges and 7. Prerequisites and other admission requirements for retraining
universities, and many of the Associate in Applied Science courses must be met and are not included in the courses
degrees may transfer. See Counseling and Advising for covered by this guarantee.
more details. 8. A maximum of 15 credit hours of occupational course work is
provided free of tuition under the terms of this guarantee. Lab
fees and other course costs are not included.
Occupational Program Guarantee 9. All retraining must be completed within two calendar years
Waubonsee Community College, as an expression after the claim is filed.
of confidence in its faculty, staff and educational programs,
guarantees the skills of all occupational AAS degree and For further information concerning this program, contact the
certificate graduates subject to the following conditions: Executive Vice President of Educational Affairs/Chief Learning
Officer (see directory).
1. All course work for the degree or certificate must have been
completed at Waubonsee Community College.
2. The student must have graduated within four years of initial
enrollment.
3. The student must be employed in a job directly related to
his/her program of study within two years after graduation Many of Waubonsee’s occupational programs support
from a Waubonsee Community College Associate in Applied student participation in SkillsUSA activities. See an adviser
Science degree or certificate program. or instructor for details.
2008/2009
Career Education Program 65
Associate in Applied Science
Associate in Applied Science (AAS) AAS ..................................................................................18 sem hrs
The college recommends that all students create an educational (Courses are 3 sem hrs unless indicated.)
plan with a counselor or advisor. Courses numbered 100-299 may
be counted toward this degree. This degree is not intended for A. Communications ...............................................6 sem hrs
transfer, and general education requirements do not meet IAI Unless particular courses are specified in the curriculum,
General Education Core Curriculum guidelines. For information students choose two of these courses:
about courses in the curriculum that transfer, or about a transfer- English: ENG 101, 102, 151, 152, 153
oriented program, see a counselor or advisor.
B. Social and Behavioral
I. College Requirements Sciences .............................................................3 sem hrs
Unless a particular course is specified in the curriculum,
A. Semester Hours students choose a course from below.
A minimum of 64 semester hours or more completed as Anthropology: ANT 100, 101, 102, 110, 120
specified in the following sections. Economics: ECN 100, 105, 110, 121, 122
Geography: GEO 220, 230, 235
B. Grade-Points History: HIS 101, 102, 121, 122, 205, 215, 225, 235, 290
A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 Political Science: PSC 100, 220, 240, 260
(C average) in all course work taken, regular student Psychology: PSY 100, 200, 205, 215, 220, 226, 235, 240,
status and in good standing. An “m” denotes major 245, 250
courses in which a minimum grade of C must be Social Science: SSC 110
achieved. Sociology: SOC 100, 120, 130, 210, 215, 230, 240
C. Academic Residency C. Math or

Meet the college’s academic residency requirement: a Physical and Life Sciences................................3 sem hrs
minimum of 15 semester hours in courses must have Unless a particular course is specified in the curriculum,
been achieved at Waubonsee, excluding CLEP and students choose a course from below.
proficiency credits. Astronomy: AST 100, 105 (4), 110 (4)
Biology: BIO 100, 101 (1), 102, 110, 111 (1), 120 (4), 122 (4),
D. Constitution Requirement 126 (4), 128 (4), 200, 240 (4), 244 (4), 250 (4), 254,
Fulfill the requirements of Illinois Senate Bill 195 in one of 260 (4), 262, 264, 270 (4), 272 (4)
the following ways: Chemistry: CHM 100, 101 (1), 102, 103 (1), 106 (4), 121 (4),
1. A transcript from an Illinois high school (excluding home 122 (4), 231 (5), 232 (5)
school programs), Illinois college or Illinois GED scores Earth Science: ESC 100, 101 (1), 120 (4), 130, 220
on file in the Office of Admissions and Records Geography: GEO 121 (4)
showing evidence that the Illinois Senate Bill 195 Geology: GLG 100, 101 (1), 103
constitution requirement has been met; or Mathematics: MTH 101, 103, 104, 107, 110, 112, 113 (5),
2. A minimum grade of D in PSC 100 - Intro. to American 131 (4), 132 (4), 141, 201, 202, 203 (4), 210, 211,
Government at Waubonsee or the equivalent at another 233 (4), 236 (4), 240
Illinois college; or Physics: PHY 103, 104 (1), 111 (4), 112 (4), 115 (4), 116 (4),
3. Successful completion of the U.S. and Illinois 221 (5), 222 (5)
www.waubonsee.edu
D. Humanities and Fine Arts .................................3 sem hrs Certificate of Achievement

Unless a particular course is specified in the curriculum,
students choose a course from below. Requirements
Art: ART 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 110, 111, 115, 120, Occupational certificate programs are developed and offered in
121, 123, 130, 131, 140, 222, 230, 240, 260, 261, 262, areas where job-entry training and educational requirements
265, 290 usually can be met in less than two years. Some certificate
Communications: COM 100, 110, 115, 120, 121, 122, 135, programs are offered during evening or weekend classes. Some
200, 201 require that courses be taken concurrently. Some require
English: ENG 204, 205, 211, 212, 215, 220, 221, 222, 225, concurrent employment in the field. Other programs are
226, 227, 229, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 255 designed for students who can only take one course a semester
Film Studies: FLM 250, 260, 270 and complete the certificate over a longer period of time.
French: FRE 101, 102, 201, 202 Students should check the curriculum carefully and consult with
German: GER 101, 102, 201, 202 a counselor for help meeting requirements for each individual
History: HIS 111, 112, 125, 245 program.
Humanities: HUM 101, 102, 201
Japanese: JPN 101, 102 To be awarded a Certificate of Achievement, students must
Mass Communication: MCM 201, 205, 215, 221, 231, 245 complete the following general requirements:
Music: MUS 100, 101, 102, 105 (2), 110 (2), 120, 121 (4), • complete one of the prescribed certificate curricula;
123, 124 (1), 150 (2), 151 (2), 154 (2), 160 (1), 161 (1), • achieve a minimum grade of C in each major course
162 (1), 163 (1), 164 (1), 165 (1), 166 (1), 167 (1), completed at Waubonsee;
168 (1), 169 (1), 170 (1), 171 (1), 175 (1.5), 176 (1.5), • complete at least one-half of all major courses
180 (1), 181 (1), 182 (1), 183 (1), 184 (1), 185 (1), at Waubonsee;
186 (1), 187 (1), 191 (2), 192 (2), 193 (2), 194 (2), • attain matriculated student status before completing
195 (2), 200, 210 (4), 211, 212 (2), 213, 221, 222 (1), requirements for a certificate requiring 31 or more
223, 224 (1), 251 (2), 252 (2), 254 (2), 280 (2), 281 (2), semester hours.
282 (2), 283 (2), 284 (2), 285 (2), 286 (2), 287 (2),
291 (2), 292 (2) NOTE: The letter “m” in a curriculum listing indicates a major
Philosophy: PHL 100, 101, 105, 110, 120 course in which a minimum grade of C must be achieved.
Reading: RDG 110
Sign Language: SGN 101, 102
Spanish: SPN 101, 102, 110, 111, 201, 202, 205, 211
Theatre: THE 100, 110, 130, 201, 202, 205, 210 (1-3), 220
E. Electives ............................................................3 sem hrs

Choose an additional course from any of those listed for
B, C, or D above. Communications is recommended.
III. Major Field and Elective Requirements

Students must satisfactorily complete all courses specified in
the curriculum of their choice. See the individual occupational
degree and certificate sections and the course descriptions
for details.
2008/2009
Career Education Program 67
Occupational Program Business Careers
Business Communications
Descriptions Organizational Communication Certificate
Each occupational program offered at the college is described in Organizational Communication for the
the following sections. These programs are designed as career Business Professional Certificate
education and are not intended to transfer. The curriculum
Management
required to achieve either the Associate in Applied Science
Human Resources Management (AAS)
degree (AAS) or the Certificate of Achievement for each
particular area is described in detail. Management Certificate
Management (AAS)
Although most AAS degrees can be accomplished in two years MBA Preparation Certificate
of full-time study, some may require additional time because of Marketing (AAS)
class scheduling criteria or because of required practicums or Marketing Certificate
additional course work. For example, the Interpreter Training Materials Management/APICS
program specifically requires an additional session following Materials Management (AAS)
the standard program. Students should work closely with their Materials Management Certificate
counselors or advisors to anticipate required course work in each Small Business
individual program they start.
Small Business Management (AAS)
Small Business Certificate
The list below shows all Associate in Applied Science (AAS)
degrees and Certificates of Achievement offered at Waubonsee Computer Careers
Community College and explained in the following sections. Computer-Aided Design and Drafting (AAS)
Computer-Aided Mechanical Drafting Certificate
For additional AAS degree and certificate curricula offered in
3-D Modeling Certificate
cooperation with other community colleges, see “Cooperative
Architectural Drafting Certificate
Agreements” in the Career Connections section of this catalog.
Computer Information Systems
Accounting (AAS) Computer Software Development (AAS)
Accounting Certificate Computer Software Development Certificate
Accounting Clerk Certificate Computer Technology Essentials (A+) Certificate
Accounting Payroll Clerk Certificate Network Administration Certificate
CPA Preparation Certificate Network Administration and Security (AAS)
CMA Preparation Certificate Digital Network Technology (CISCO) Certificate
Geographic Information Systems
Administrative Office Systems Geographic Information Systems Certificate
Office Support (AAS) Advanced Geographic Information Systems Certificate
Administrative Assistant (AAS) Microcomputer Systems
Office Essentials Certificate Computer Support (AAS)
Office Skills Certificate Computer Support Analyst Certificate
Office Software Specialist Certificate Microcomputer Applications Certificate
Medical Office Certificate Help Desk Specialist, Level I Support Certificate
Medical Transcription Certificate Master Microsoft Office Specialist Prep Certificate
Health Care Coding Certificate World Wide Web/Internet
Word Processing Certificate Web Site Design and Development (AAS)
IC3 Internet and Computing Core Web Server Programming Certificate
Certification Certificate Web Page Design Certificate
Auto Body Repair Web Authoring and Design Certificate
Auto Body Repair Business Operations (AAS) Construction Management Technology (AAS)
Advanced Auto Body Repair Certificate
Basic Auto Body Repair Certificate Criminal Justice (AAS)
Commercial Security Operations Certificate
Automotive Technology (AAS)
Automotive Brake and Suspension Certificate
Automotive Electrical/Electronics Certificate
Automotive Maintenance Certificate
Automotive Transmission and Driveline Certificate
Engine Performance Certificate
www.waubonsee.edu
Early Childhood Education (AAS) Industrial Technology

Child Care Worker Certificate Industrial Maintenance (AAS)
Early Childhood Aide Certificate Basic Industrial Maintenance Certificate
Infant and Toddler Care Certificate Advanced Industrial Maintenance Certificate
Before and After School-Age Care Certificate Industrial Maintenance Management Certificate
Industrial Technology Basics Certificate
Electronics Technology (AAS)
Advanced CAD/CAM Certificate
Basic Electronics Technology Certificate
CNC Operator Certificate
Advanced Electronics Technology Certificate
Electrical Maintenance Certificate Interpreter Training (AAS)
Microcomputer Maintenance Certificate Interpreter Training Certificate
Telecommunication Technician Certificate Sign Language Certificate
Facility Service Technology Certificate Mass Communication (AAS)
Mass Communication Certificate
Fire Science Technology (AAS)
Electronic Music Technology Certificate
Firefighter Certificate
Fire Officer I Certificate Paraprofessional Educator (AAS)
Fire Officer II Certificate Paraprofessional Educator Certificate
Fire Service Instructor Certificate
Photography
Graphic Design (AAS) Traditional Photography Certificate
Beginning Graphic Design Certificate Basic Digital Photography Certificate
Comprehensive Graphic Design Certificate Intermediate Digital Photography Certificate
Electronic Publishing Certificate Comprehensive Photography Certificate
Animation Certificate
Real Estate
Web Design and Publishing Certificate
Real Estate Sales Certificate
Health Care Interpreting (AAS) Real Estate Broker Certificate
Health Care Interpreting Certificate
Sign Language Certificate
Health Care Interpreting-Practitioner Certificate
(see Interpreter Training)
Health Careers
Translation Certificate
Emergency Medical Technician
Emergency Medical Technician-Paramedic (AAS) Welding Technology (AAS)
Emergency Medical Technician-Basic Certificate Beginning Welding Certificate
Exercise Science Advanced Welding Certificate
Health and Wellness Specialist (AAS)
Exercise Science Certificate Note: General career information found in the following section is based
on the U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics Occupational Outlook Handbook.
Medical Assistant Certificate
Visit www.bls.gov/oco/home.htm.
Nurse Assistant
Basic Nurse Assistant Training Certificate
Perioperative Nursing Certificate
Phlebotomy Technician Certificate
Registered Nursing
Nursing (AAS)
Surgical Technology Certificate
Therapeutic Massage (AAS)
Therapeutic Massage Certificate
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning (AAS)
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning Certificate
Human Services (AAS)
Addictions Counseling Certificate
2008/2009
69
WAU B O N S E E
the skills employers want
Career Education
Degrees and Certificates
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
70 Degrees and Certificates
Accounting
JobTitles
• Accountant
Accounting
• Accounting Clerk Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Auditor (010A) major code
• Billing Clerk
This program prepares the student for entry-level positions or to be a junior member
• Bookkeeper
of the accounting staff of a private business, industrial enterprise, public accounting
• Payroll Clerk
firm or governmental agency. Emphasis is on the financial record keeping aspects of
• Tax Preparer
accounting and the preparation and analysis of reports as a basis for managerial
About the Occupation decisions.
Accountants generally work in one of four General Education Requirements
major areas. Public accountants are
COM 100 or 121 or 201 Communications ............................3
employed primarily in auditing, taxation
ENG 101 or 151 English .......................................................3
or consulting businesses. Management
ENG 102 or 152 or 153 English ...........................................3
accountants provide financial guidance
ECN 100 or 110 Economics..................................................3
and planning for a company. Government
MTH 104 Business Mathematics..........................................3
accountants maintain and examine the
General Education elective • .................................3
records of government agencies and audit
TOTAL .............................................................18
private businesses that are subject to
government regulations. Internal auditors Accounting Major Program Requirements
review their company’s operations. m ACC 120* Financial Accounting..............................................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m ACC 121 Managerial Accounting ..........................................3
Program m ACC 130 Payroll Accounting .................................................2
m ACC 201 Individual Tax Accounting.......................................3
• Earn college credit and gain hands-on
m ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I .....................................3
experience preparing taxes for low to
m ACC 230 Microcomputer Accounting Applications...............3
moderate-income families in the
m ACC 240 Cost Accounting ....................................................3
Volunteer Income Tax Assistance
TOTAL .............................................................20
(VITA) program. Waubonsee has
participated since 2005. Additional Program Requirements
Professional Certification BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
Opportunities: BUS 211 or 210 Business Law.............................................3
CIS 110 or AOS 110 Computers .........................................3
• Certified Public Accountant (CPA)—To
MCS 141 Comprehensive Electronic Spreadsheet ...............3
sit for the CPA examination in Illinois,
MGT 200 Principles of Management ....................................3
the candidate must have 150 hours of
TOTAL .............................................................15
acceptable college level education,
including at least a bachelor’s degree. Accounting Electives
Twenty-four semester hours must be in Accounting electives may be taken in Accounting, Business,
accounting (see page 72); an additional Economics, Finance, Management, Marketing or Small
24 hours in business courses are Business. Accounting Internship recommended.
required (business law is included TOTAL..............................................................11
here).
• Certified Management Accountant TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE .................................................. 64
(CMA)—The CMA is a national
program with no state affiliates. The m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
candidate must have senior standing at • See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
an accredited college or university, hold
a baccalaureate degree in any field, or * Students with a grade point average below a B should consider taking ACC 115
have passed a state CPA examination. Fundamentals of Accounting or MTH 104 Business Math before taking ACC 120.
Anyone who has passed a state CPA Students who choose ACC 115 may apply it as an elective in this program.
exam is given credit for part two of the
CMA exam.
2008/2009
Career Education
Accounting Degrees and Certificates
71
Accounting Accounting Payroll Clerk

Certificate of Achievement Certificate of Achievement
(013A) major code (015A) major code
The certificate in accounting is given for completion of the This certificate prepares the student for entry-level jobs as a
accounting sequence of courses. The certificate acknowledges payroll clerk and general accounting clerk.
proficiency in accounting and prepares the student for entry-level
or junior accountant positions. Course Requirements
m ACC 115 Fundamentals of Accounting ................................3
Course Requirements m ACC 130 Payroll Accounting .................................................2
m ACC 120 Financial Accounting..............................................3 m ACC 201 Individual Tax Accounting.......................................3
m ACC 121 Managerial Accounting ..........................................3 m ACC 230 Microcomputer Accounting Applications...............3
m ACC 201 Individual Tax Accounting CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3
or MCS 141 Comprehensive Electronic Spreadsheet ...............3
m ACC 205 Business Tax Accounting .......................................3 PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................17
m ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I .....................................3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m ACC 221 Intermediate Accounting II ....................................3
BUS 210 or 211 Business Law ............................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................27
Accounting Clerk
Certificate of Achievement
(014A) major code
This certificate prepares the student for entry-level jobs as
accounts receivable clerk, accounts payable clerk or general
accounting clerk.
Course Requirements
m ACC 115 Fundamentals of Accounting ................................3
CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3
MCS 120 Introduction to Windows .......................................1
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................16
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Accounting
CPA Preparation CMA Preparation

This certificate provides the student who has already earned This certificate provides the student who has already earned
a bachelor’s or higher degree from an accredited educational a bachelor’s or higher degree from an accredited educational
institution the minimum accounting requirements to sit for the institution the minimum accounting and business requirements
Certified Public Accounting examination in Illinois. Additional to sit for the Certified Management Accountant examination.
courses in business are required to sit for the exam.*
Course Requirements
*Note: To sit for the CPA exam, students must complete at least m ACC 120
Financial Accounting..............................................3
24 semester hours in business courses, which can be taken in m ACC 121
Managerial Accounting ..........................................3
the following areas: Economics, Business Law, Finance, Business m ACC 220
Intermediate Accounting I .....................................3
and Technical Communication, Business Ethics, International m ACC 221
Intermediate Accounting II ....................................3
Business, Legal and Social Environment of Business, m ACC 240
Cost Accounting ....................................................3
Management, Business/Management Information Systems, m BUS 207
Business Statistics ................................................3
Quantitative Methods. Other courses are subject to review by m BUS 210
Legal Environment of Business.............................3
the Board of Examiners. It is recommended that at least 3 m ECN 121
Macroeconomics ...................................................3
of these semester hours be in business law. Students must have m ECN 122
Microeconomics ....................................................3
a total of 150 semester hours of acceptable credit. Students m FIN 200
Principles of Finance .............................................3
should contact a counselor for advisement. Select 6 hours from elective list............................6
Course Requirements PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................36
m ACC 120
Financial Accounting..............................................3
Elective List (Select 6 hours)
m ACC 121
Managerial Accounting ..........................................3
m ACC 201 Individual Tax Accounting
m ACC 220
Intermediate Accounting I .....................................3
or
m ACC 221
Intermediate Accounting II ....................................3
m ACC 205 Business Tax Accounting .......................................3
m ACC 250
Auditing I ...............................................................3
m BUS 208 Advanced Business Statistics ...............................3
m ACC Individual Tax Accounting 201
m CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3
or
m MGT 200 Principles of Management ....................................3
m ACC 205 Business Tax Accounting .......................................3
Select 6 hours from elective list............................6 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................24
Elective List (Select 6 hours)

m ACC 201 Individual Tax Accounting
or
m ACC 205 Business Tax Accounting ......................................3
m ACC 251 Auditing II ..............................................................3
m ACC 255 Fund and Governmental Accounting .....................3
m ACC 260 Advanced Accounting ............................................3
m ACC 297 Accounting Internship............................................1
m MCS 141 Comprehensive Electronic Spreadsheet ...............3
2008/2009
Career Education
73
Administrative Office Systems

Administrative Assistant JobTitles
• Office Manager
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Administrative Assistant
(031A) major code • Legal or Medical Secretary
• Secretary or Receptionist
This program provides students with skills and general knowledge for administrative,
• Records Manager
office supervisory and administrative support positions. It also provides for
• Office Clerk
general educational growth.
About the Occupation
General Education Requirements
Secretarial and administrative office
personnel are at the center of the
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
communications hub in any organization.
ENG 152 or 102 English .......................................................3
Efficiency in business operations depends
on processing and transmitting
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
information to staff and others. These
General Education elective• ..................................3
support positions can be found in
TOTAL .............................................................18
virtually all industries.
AOS Core Major Requirements
Highlights of Waubonsee’s
m AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office.........................3 Program
m AOS 115* Document Formatting............................................3
• Waubonsee offers hands-on training
m AOS 116 Advanced Document Formatting...........................3
using all the latest software for word
m AOS 130 Customer Service..................................................2
processing, spreadsheets, databases
m AOS 140 Proofreading and Number Skills ............................3
and presentations.
m AOS 205 Records Management ...........................................3
m AOS 210 Digital Communications for the Office .................3 Professional Certification
m AOS 280 Administrative Office Systems ..............................3 Opportunities:
m MCS 131 Intermediate Word Processing ..............................1 • Internet and Computing Core
m MCS 170 Beginning Presentation Graphics ..........................1 Certification (IC3)
m MCS 230 Advanced Word Processing...................................1 • Certified Medical Transcriptionist
m WEB 100* Introduction to the Internet ...................................1 (CMT) — Graduates of the Medical
TOTAL .............................................................27 Transcription program are eligible to
Additional Administrative Assistant sit for the national certification exam
Program Requirements offered by the American Association
for Medical Transcription (AAMT).
ACC 120 or 115 Accounting .................................................3
• Medical Coding certifications —
BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
Students in the medical-based
BUS 211 or 210 Business Law ............................................3
Administrative Office Systems
MGT 205 Office Management ..............................................3
programs are encouraged to investigate
AOS/MCS electives ...............................................7
these certifications offered by the
TOTAL .............................................................19
American Health Information
Management Association (AHIMA).
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE .......................................64
• Certified Professional Secretary (CPS)
or Certified Administrative Professional
* Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency test. Students who hold (CAP) — Students who earn the
Microsoft Office Specialist certificates may apply for proficiency in relevant MCS Administrative Assistant AAS degree,
courses. Contact the division of Business and Information Systems for test dates or the Office Skills or Office Essentials
and times (see directory). Certificate of Achievement, may be
eligible to earn these designations from
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66. the International Association of
Administrative Professionals (IAAP).
Students who successfully complete
the national exam and have the
appropriate work experience and
college education receive the
credential.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Administrative Office
Office Support Emphases:

Medical Transcription Emphasis
Associate in Applied Science AOS 224* Medical Terminology I............................................3
AOS 226 Medical Terminology II...........................................3
Degree AOS 227 Medical Transcription I ...........................................3
(030D) major code AOS 228 Medical Transcription II ..........................................3
This program prepares students for general or specialized
secretarial positions depending upon the electives selected. It Medical Insurance and Coding Emphasis
also provides for general educational growth and provides the AOS 222 Medical Terms for Health Occupations .................1
student with some documented office experience to enhance AOS 235 Medical Insurance and Reimbursement................3
employability. AOS 236 ICD Coding ............................................................3
AOS 237 CPT Coding............................................................3
COM 121 or 100 or 201 Communications ............................3 Software Emphasis
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3 MCS 120* Introduction to Windows .......................................1
ENG 152 or 102 or 153 English ...........................................3 MCS 140* or 141 Introduction to Electronic
MTH 104 or 101 Mathematics ..............................................3 Spreadsheet ....................................1.5 or 3
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 MCS 150* or 151 Introduction to Database
General Education Elective •.................................3 Management ...................................1.5 or 3
TOTAL .............................................................18 MCS 181 Outlook ..................................................................1
MCS 260 Microsoft Office Specialist Exam Preparation ......1
AOS Core Major Requirements
m AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office.........................3
m AOS 115* Document Formatting............................................3
m AOS 116 Advanced Document Formatting...........................3
m AOS 130 Customer Service..................................................2 * Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency
m AOS 140 Proofreading and Number Skills ............................3 test. Students who hold Microsoft Office Specialist certificates
m AOS 205 Records Management ...........................................3 may apply for proficiency in relevant MCS courses. Contact
m AOS 210 Digital Communications for the Office .................3 the division of Business and Information Systems for test
m AOS 280 Administrative Office Systems ..............................3 dates and times (see directory).
m MCS 131 Intermediate Word Processing ..............................1
** Students desiring to specialize in a particular office area
m MCS 170 Beginning Presentation Graphics ..........................1
should choose courses from one of the emphases listed above
m MCS 230 Advanced Word Processing...................................1
as part of their elective requirements.
m WEB 100* Introduction to the Internet ...................................1
TOTAL .............................................................27 • See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
Additional Office Support Program Requirements
ACC 120 or 115 Accounting .................................................3
AOS 105* Automated Office Skills.........................................3
BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
AOS/MCS electives** .........................................10
TOTAL .............................................................19
2008/2009
Career Education
Administrative Office Degrees and Certificates
75
Office Skills Office Essentials

This program provides students with entry-level skills for general This accelerated program will provide students with the basic
office employment including the use of computerized systems. skills needed to obtain an office position. The student will
develop essential keyboarding skills and learn to use the proper
Course Requirements document formatting required in business. People skills such as
ACC 115
Fundamentals of Accounting ................................3 human relations, communication, professional presence, stress
m *AOS 105
Automated Office Skills.........................................3 management and team building will be included with emphasis
m AOS 110
Computer Software/Office ....................................3 placed on job-search strategies.
m *AOS 115
Document Formatting............................................3
m AOS 130
Customer Service..................................................2 Course Requirements
m AOS 140
Proofreading and Number Skills ............................3 m *AOS 100 Keyboarding...........................................................1
m AOS 205
Records Management ...........................................3 m AOS 101 Keyboarding Speed Building...............................0.5
m**AOS 210
Digital Communications for the Office ..................3 m AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office.........................3
ENG 151
or 101 English .......................................................3 m *AOS 115 Document Formatting............................................3
ENG 152
Business Comm./Letter Writing ............................3 m **AOS 210 Digital Communications for the Office ..................3
AOS/MCS/WEB Electives......................................4 m AOS 280 Administrative Office Systems ..............................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................33 PROGRAM TOTAL ..........................................................13.5
* Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency
* Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency test. Students who hold Microsoft Office Specialist certificates
test. Students who hold Microsoft Office Specialist certificates may apply for proficiency in relevant MCS courses. Contact
may apply for proficiency in relevant MCS courses. Contact the division of Business and Information Systems for test
the division of Business and Information Systems for test dates and times (see directory).
dates and times (see directory).
** WEB 100 and knowledge of a word processing software
** WEB 100 and knowledge of a word processing software program are prerequisites.
program are prerequisites.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Administrative Office
Medical Office Medical Transcription

This program prepares students to work in medical offices This certificate is designed to prepare students for medical
including the use of computerized systems. transcription positions. Medical transcription career
opportunities exist in hospitals, professional medical centers,
Course Requirements health care service industries and for freelance services.
m *AOS 105 Automated Office Skills.........................................3
m AOS 110 Computer Software/Office ....................................3 Course Requirements
m *AOS 115 Document Formatting m AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office.........................3
or m *AOS 115 Document Formatting
m AOS 116 Advanced Document Formatting...........................3 or
m AOS 130 Customer Service..................................................2 m AOS 116 Advanced Document Formatting...........................3
m AOS 140 Proofreading and Number Skills ............................3 m AOS 221 Medical Office Procedures ....................................3
m AOS 205 Records Management ...........................................3 m *AOS 224 Medical Terminology I............................................3
m AOS 210 Digital Communications for the Office ..................3 m AOS 226 Medical Terminology II...........................................3
m AOS 221 Medical Office Procedures ....................................3 m AOS 227 Medical Transcription I ...........................................3
m *AOS 224 Medical Terminology I............................................3 m AOS 228 Medical Transcription II ..........................................3
m AOS 226 Medical Terminology II...........................................3 m AOS 280 Administrative Office Systems ..............................3
m AOS 227 Medical Transcription I ...........................................3 m BIO 260 Human Structure/Function.....................................4
m AOS 235 Medical Insurance and Reimbursement................3 m MCS 131 Intermediate Word Processing ..............................1
m AOS 280 Administrative Office Systems ..............................3 PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................29
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................39 * Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency
test. Contact the division of Business and Information
Systems for test dates and times (see directory).
test. Students who hold Microsoft Office Specialist certificates m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
may apply for proficiency in relevant MCS courses. Contact
the division of Business and Information Systems for test
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. Health Care Coding
(043A) major code
This program prepares students for a career in medical coding.
Medical coding opportunities exist in physician offices, billing
companies, insurance offices and in the home.
Course Requirements
m AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office.........................3
m AOS 221 Medical Office Procedures ....................................3
m AOS 222 Medical Terms for Health Occupations (1) or
m AOS 224 Medical Terminology I (3) ...............................1 or 3
m AOS 235 Medical Insurance and Reimbursement................3
m AOS 236 ICD Coding ............................................................3
m AOS 237 CPT Coding............................................................3
m BIO 260 Human Structure and Function..............................4
PROGRAM TOTAL ..................................................................23
2008/2009
Career Education
Administrative Office Degrees and Certificates
77
Word Processing * Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency

test. Students who hold Microsoft Office Specialist certificates
Certificate of Achievement may apply for proficiency in relevant MCS courses. Contact
(047A) major code dates and times (see directory).
This program prepares students for extensive work with word
processing equipment and positions in word processing. m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
Course Requirements
m AOS 110 Computer Software/Office ....................................3
m AOS 111 Integrated Software Applications ..........................1 IC 3 Internet and Computing
m *AOS 115
m AOS 116
Document Formatting............................................3
Advanced Document Formatting...........................3
Core Certification
m AOS 130 Customer Service..................................................2 Certificate of Achievement
m AOS 210 Digital Communications for the Office ..................3
(049A) major code
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3 This program prepares the student to take the IC3 Certification
ENG 152 Business Comm./Letter Writing ............................3 Exams to demonstrate computer and Internet literacy. The
m MCS 131 Intermediate Word Processing ..............................1 three certification exams are: Computing Fundamentals, Key
m MCS 230 Advanced Word Processing...................................1 Applications (word processing and spreadsheets), and Living
AOS/MCS electives ...............................................3 Online (Internet).
PROGRAM TOTAL ..................................................................29 Course Requirements
m *AOS 100 Keyboarding...........................................................1
m AOS 110 or CIS 110 Computers...........................................3
m AOS 210 Digital Communications for the
Office .....................................................................3
m *MCS 120 Introduction to Windows .......................................1
m MCS 190 IC3 Exam Preparation ............................................1
m *WEB 100 Introduction to the Internet ...................................1
Office Software Specialist PROGRAM TOTAL..............................................................10
Certificate of Achievement m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
(048A) major code * Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency

This program provides students with the software skills
necessary to work with typical business applications in an office
environment. A program graduate has office experience using
these applications: word processing, spreadsheet, database,
presentation graphics, Outlook and personal digital assistants.
Course Requirements
m AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office (3)
or
m *MCS 130 Beginning Word Processing (1)
and
m *MCS 140 Introduction to Electronic Spreadsheet (1.5)
and
m *MCS 150 Introduction to
Database Management (1.5) ..............................3-4
m AOS 111 Integrated Software Applications ..........................1
m *AOS 115 Document Formatting............................................3
m AOS 210 Digital Communications for the Office ..................3
m MCS 181 Outlook ..................................................................1
PROGRAM TOTAL ............................................................16 ✆ See directory inside back cover.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Auto Body Repair

Job Titles Auto Body Repair Business Operations
• Automotive Body Painter
• Automotive Body Repairer Associate in Applied Science Degree
(700A) major code
About the Occupation This degree gives the student the technical knowledge and experience to gain
While automotive technology continues to employment or advance in the auto body repair industry. It is intended for those
advance, the need will always exist for students interested in owning, operating or managing an auto body repair business.
highly skilled automobile body repair The basic and advanced Certificates of Achievement in auto body repair are built into
personnel. These individuals repair or this degree, allowing the student to complete the degree after having completed the
replace damaged parts and paint vehicles certificates. Auto body courses are accredited by the National Institute for Automotive
of all types. The equipment they use Service Excellence. Students who successfully complete all auto body courses are
ranges from simple hand tools to prepared to take the ASE’s Auto Body Certification Exam.
computerized alignment equipment. First Semester
m ABR 100 Auto Body Welding ................................................2
Highlights of Waubonsee’s Program m ABR 105 Sheet Metal Repair................................................2
• Students get real-life experience m ABR 110 Fiberglass Panel & Plastic Repair ..........................1
working on a variety of vehicles, m ABR 115 Basic Auto Body Repair .........................................4
including local ambulances, SWAT m ABR 120 Auto Painting & Refinishing...................................4
trucks and fire trucks. m ABR 125 Auto Body Careers ................................................1
TOTAL .............................................................14
• The program includes coursework
covering virtually every aspect of auto Second Semester
body repair and is structured around m ABR 130 Automotive Collision Appraisal ..............................1
standards established by the m ABR 135 Frame Repair .........................................................6
Automotive Service Excellence (ASE) m ABR 140 Glass Service.........................................................1
Foundation. m ABR 145 Intermediate Auto Body Repair .............................6
m ABR 150 Chassis and Electrical Systems
for Auto Collision ...................................................2
NOTE: All students enrolled in the TOTAL .............................................................16
automotive technology or auto body
programs are required to provide their Summer Semester
own hand tools, safety glasses, protective m ABR 215 Advanced Auto Body Repair ..................................3
clothing and safety shoes. A list m *ABR 297 Auto Body Internship.............................................1
of specific requirements for the program is TOTAL ...............................................................4
available from the automotive parts store
in Akerlow Hall and is distributed to Third Semester
students the first week of classes. AOS 110 or CIS 110 Computers...........................................3
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
MTH 103 Elementary Technical Math....................................3
SBU 100 Creation and Management of a Small Business ...3
Economics elective • ............................................3
TOTAL .............................................................15
Fourth Semester
• See course choices listed on pages
65-66.
ENG 152 or 102 or 153 English ...........................................3
* ABR 298 or ABR 299 may be SBU 115 Entrepreneurship, Leadership and Human
substituted. Resource Management in Small Business ...........3
SBU 120 Marketing and Selling for Small Business.............3
m Major course requires minimum General Education elective • .................................3
grade of C. TOTAL .............................................................15
2008/2009
Career Education
Auto Body Repair Degrees and Certificates
79
Enrolling in the Auto Body Advanced Auto Body Repair

Repair Program Certificate of Achievement
For either the basic or advanced certificate, students are
(705B) major code
required to enroll in the entire program. Both programs begin This program prepares a student with entry-level skill for
in the fall semester only. employment in the field of auto body repair.
Prior to enrolling, students are required to fill out the New This program is accredited by the National Institute
Student Information Form (see back of this catalog) and pass for Automotive Service Excellence. Students who successfully
the college’s reading assessment test. Students who do not complete the certificate are prepared to take ASE’s Auto Body
successfully pass that test will be required to apply for possible Certification Exam.
admission to the auto body repair program. Required forms Course Requirements
are available at the Center for Learning Assessment (see
Fall Semester
directory).
m ABR 100 Auto Body Welding ................................................2
m ABR 105 Sheet Metal Repair................................................2
m ABR 110 Fiberglass Panel and Plastic Repair .......................1
m ABR 115 Basic Auto Body Repair .........................................4
m ABR 120 Auto Painting & Refinishing...................................4
Basic Auto Body Repair m ABR 125 Auto Body Careers ................................................1
TOTAL .............................................................14
Spring Semester
(703A) major code
m ABR 130 Automotive Collision Appraisal ..............................1
Course Requirements m ABR 135 Frame Repair .........................................................6
m ABR 100 Auto Body Welding ................................................2 m ABR 140 Glass Service.........................................................1
m ABR 105 Sheet Metal Repair................................................2 m ABR 145 Intermediate Auto Body Repair .............................6
m ABR 110 Fiberglass Panel and Plastic Repair .......................1 m ABR 150 Chassis and Electrical Systems
m ABR 115 Basic Auto Body Repair .........................................4 for Collision Repair ................................................2
m ABR 120 Auto Painting & Refinishing...................................4 TOTAL .............................................................16
m ABR 125 Auto Body Careers ................................................1 Summer Semester
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................14
m ABR 215 Advanced Auto Body Repair ..................................3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m *ABR 297 Auto Body Internship.............................................1
TOTAL ...............................................................4
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................34

* ABR 298 or ABR 299 may be substituted.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Automotive Technology
Job Titles Automotive Technology
• Automotive Technician
• Automotive Lab Technician Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Automotive Service Manager
• Automotive Parts/Equipment (710A) major code
Salesperson The Associate in Applied Science degree (AAS) provides students a background in the
• Automotive Technical Instructor various phases of automotive technology. It gives students the necessary background to
• Automotive Technical Writer
seek employment in areas indicated in the automotive Certificates of Achievement. In
About the Occupations addition, it provides the background necessary to work as a lab technician. The degree
As automotive technology becomes is accepted, in full, at four-year schools that also offer an automotive degree leading
increasingly sophisticated, the knowledge to jobs in sales, service, research and development and education. This degree and
and skills required by automotive the following certificates prepare the student to take certain ASE certification tests
technicians is constantly changing. sponsored by the National Institute for Automotive Service Excellence. Our program
Today’s automotive technicians must is a master ASE certified training program and a master NATEF certified program.
possess a strong mechanical aptitude and
a sound understanding of automotive First Semester
electronics and computer controls. They
must be skilled problem solvers who are m AUT 100 Fundamentals of Automotive Technology..............2
often called upon to quickly and m AUT 110 Engine Service I ....................................................3
accurately diagnose and repair the most m AUT 111 Automotive Power Trains .......................................3
hard-to-find problems. m AUT 112 Automotive Brake Systems ...................................3
m AUT 113 Automotive Electricity/Electronics Systems..........3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s Program
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
• Waubonsee’s automotive technology TOTAL .............................................................17
program is currently ranked first in the
nation, having won the national Award Second Semester
of Excellence from the Automotive m AUT 120 Engine Service II ...................................................3
Industry Planning Council (AIPC) in m AUT 122 Automotive Suspension and Wheel Alignment.....3
2007. In 2006, the auto program had m AUT 123 Automotive Ignition Systems ................................3
been ranked fourth in the nation by the m AUT 124 Automotive Fuel and Emission Systems...............3
AIPC.
ENG 153 or 102 English .......................................................3
• Waubonsee has been ranked the TOTAL .............................................................15
number one automotive school in the
state of Illinois seven of the past 11 Third Semester
years by SkillsUSA. WCC students m AUT 231 Automotive Transmissions/Transaxles ...................3
have received more than 70 awards at m AUT 232 Advanced Brakes and Suspension Systems .........3
SkillsUSA competitions over the years. m AUT 233 Applied Automotive Fuels and Electricity ..............3
• The program is structured around COM 121 or 100 Communications........................................3
standards established by the MTH 103 Elementary Technical Mathematics .......................3
Automotive Service Excellence (ASE)
TOTAL .............................................................15
Foundation.
• Waubonsee Community College’s Fourth Semester
automotive program has received m AUT 240 Service Shop Operations.......................................3
Master Automotive Service m AUT 243 Advanced Engine Control Systems .......................3
certification by the National m AUT 245 Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning .............3
Automotive Technicians Education m AUT 246 Automotive Accessories and Diagnostics .............3
Foundation.
Professional Certification General Education elective • .................................3
Opportunities TOTAL .............................................................18
Waubonsee’s program prepares students TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ..............................................65
to pass a variety of Automotive Service
Excellence (ASE) Foundation • See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
certifications.
NOTE: All students enrolled in the automotive technology or auto body programs are required to
provide their own hand tools, safety glasses, protective clothing and safety shoes. A list of specific
requirements for the program is available from the automotive parts store in Akerlow Hall and is
distributed to students the first week of classes.
2008/2009
Career Education
Automotive Technology Degrees and Certificates
81
Automotive Brake and Automotive Maintenance

Suspension Certificate of Achievement
Certificate of Achievement (713A) major code
(716A) major code This certificate program provides students with basic knowledge
to diagnose and repair all automotive systems, both foreign and
This certificate is a comprehensive program covering the
domestic. With an emphasis on diagnosing problems quickly and
fundamentals of both front- and rear-wheel drive suspension and
accurately, students learn to develop a comprehensive work plan
alignment. Additionally, the student learns to repair and overhaul
or checklist based on customer complaints and preliminary
brake systems for both domestic and foreign cars. Hydraulic
diagnostics. State-of-the-art tools and diagnostic equipment are
systems are diagnosed and repaired, including master cylinders.
available to aid students in their skill development. Students
Drum/disc brake diagnosis and repair include measuring and
pursuing this certificate should seriously consider completing the
machining of brake drums/rotors. Anti-lock brake systems are
Associate in Applied Science degree. After successful completion
covered. After successful completion of the certificate, the
of the certificate, the student should be eligible to take one or all
student should be eligible to take ASE’s Brakes Exam and the
eight of ASE’s automotive certification exams.
Suspension and Steering Exam.
Course Requirements
Course Requirements
First year
m AUT 100 Fundamentals of Automotive Technology..............2
m AUT 112 Automotive Brake Systems ...................................3 m AUT 100 Fundamentals of Automotive Technology..............2
m AUT 122 Automotive Suspension and Wheel Alignment.....3 m AUT 110 Engine Service I ....................................................3
m AUT 232 Advanced Brakes and Suspension Systems .........3 m AUT 111 Automotive Power Trains .......................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL..............................................................11 m AUT 112 Automotive Brake Systems ...................................3
m AUT 113 Automotive Electricity/
Electronics Systems ..............................................3
Automotive m AUT 120 Engine Service II ...................................................3
m AUT 122 Automotive Suspension and
Electrical/Electronics Wheel Alignment...................................................3
Certificate of Achievement m AUT 123 Automotive Ignition Systems ................................3
m AUT 124 Automotive Fuel and Emission Systems...............3
(715A) major code TOTAL .............................................................26
Electrical/electronics troubleshooting and maintenance is the
fastest growing area of the automotive repair business. It is also Second year
the most complex. The program progresses from understanding m AUT 231 Automotive Transmissions/Transaxles ...................3
the basic electrical system (12-volt) to the intricacies of m AUT 232 Advanced Brakes and Suspension Systems .........3
accessories diagnostics and repair. Competency and accuracy in m AUT 233 Applied Automotive Fuels and Electricity ..............3
the use and calibration of basic electrical/electronics measuring m AUT 240 Service Shop Operations.......................................3
tools (DC voltmeter, oscilloscope, etc.) are emphasized. After m AUT 243 Advanced Engine Control Systems .......................3
successful completion of the certificate, the student should be m AUT 245 Automotive Heating and Air Conditioning .............3
eligible to take ASE’s Electrical Systems Exam. m AUT 246 Automotive Accessories and Diagnostics .............3
TOTAL .............................................................21
Course Requirements
m AUT 113 Automotive Electricity/Electronics Systems..........3 PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................47
m AUT 123 Automotive Ignition Systems ................................3
m AUT 233 Applied Automotive Fuels and Electricity ..............3 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m AUT 243 Advanced Engine Control Systems .......................3
m AUT 246 Automotive Accessories and Diagnostics .............3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................15
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Automotive Technology
Automotive Transmission Engine Performance

and Driveline Certificate of Achievement
(717A) major code This certificate focuses on all aspects of driveability issues,
from fuel injection to computer controls. Hands-on topics move
This certificate covers manual drive train/final drive and
from the routine (engine design and operation) to the complex
automatic transmissions/transaxles. To be proficient in this area,
(fuel and emission systems). This certificate enables the student
one has to have a broad knowledge of all the areas directly related
to gain entry-level employment in automotive dealerships,
to power trains, i.e., engine operation, brakes and suspensions.
independents, and fleet service facilities. After successful
These related topics are adequately covered in the certificate
completion of the certificate, the student should be eligible
course of study. The ability to accurately diagnose and trouble-
to take ASE’s Engine Performance Exam.
shoot in-vehicle transmission/ transaxle is an important learning
outcome. The presentation is hands-on and students get to Course Requirements
repair and test a wide variety of transmissions. After successful m AUT 110 Engine Service I ....................................................3
completion of the certificate, students should be eligible to take m AUT 113 Automotive Electricity/Electronics Systems..........3
ASE’s Automatic Transmission/Transaxle Exam and Manual m AUT 123 Automotive Ignition Systems ................................3
Drive Train and Axle Exam. m AUT 124 Automotive Fuel and Emission Systems...............3
Course Requirements m AUT 233 Applied Automotive Fuels and Electricity ..............3
m AUT 240 Service Shop Operations.......................................3
m AUT 100 Fundamentals of Automotive Technology..............2
m AUT 243 Adv. Engine Control Systems ................................3
m AUT 110 Engine Service I ....................................................3
m AUT 246 Automotive Accessories and Diagnostics .............3
m AUT 111 Automotive Power Trains .......................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................24
m AUT 231 Automotive Transmissions/Transaxles ...................3
m AUT 232 Advanced Brakes and Suspension Systems .........3 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m AUT 240 Service Shop Operations.......................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................17
2008/2009
Career Education
83
Business Careers Business Communications

Organizational Communication Job Titles
• Advertising or Sales Representative
Certificate of Achievement • Publicist
(073A) major code • Ad Copy/Script Writer
This interdisciplinary certificate is designed to enhance a business person’s • Corporate Communication Specialist
communication abilities within and between organizations. Careers to which this • Instructional Design Assistant
certificate applies include advertising, sales, publications, writing and design, • Promotions Coordinator
promotions coordination, human resources, meeting and planning manager, public • Product Display
relations, journalism, and media production. Graduates with effective communication • Human Resources Representative
skills are in demand in all career endeavors. • Meeting and Planning Manager
• Public Relations Specialist
Course Requirements • Webmaster
AOS 110
or CIS 110 Computers...........................................3 • Content Creator
BUS 100
Introduction to Business .......................................3 • Journalist
COM 121
Communication in the Workplace .........................3 • Sports Media Representative
ENG Foundations of Written Business 151 • Media Production
Communication .....................................................3
About the Occupations
PSY 245 Indust./Organiz. Psychology ..................................3
Select 3 hours from Elective List I ........................3 Organizations rely on trained individuals
Select 12 hours from Elective List II ...................12 to help prepare and present information
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................30 to the public. Advertising representatives,
sales representatives, publicists, writers
and designers are responsible for
promoting their firm’s products. The
Elective List I (Select 3 hours) promotions coordinator will plan events
COM 135 Introduction to Advertising Communication..........3 to help promote a firm or its activities.
COM 201 Business and Professional Presentations .............3 The human resource representative
MGT 200 Principles of Management ....................................3 handles various personnel issues. A
MKT 200 Principles of Marketing..........................................3 journalist writes news articles based
on the facts surrounding a particular
situation.
Elective List II (Select 12 hours) Highlights of Waubonsee’s
COM 110
Voice and Diction...................................................3 Program
COM 120
Interpersonal Communication ...............................3
• According to the National Association
COM 122
Group Communication ..........................................3
of Colleges and Employers,
COM 135
Introduction to Advertising Communication..........3
communication skills are consistently
COM 201
Business and Professional Presentations .............3
at the top of the list when it comes to
ENG 152
or 102 or 153 English ...........................................3
what employers are looking for in job
MCM 140
Television Production I...........................................3
candidates.
MCM 235
Publications Production .........................................3
MCS 170
Beginning Presentation Graphics ..........................1
MGT 200
Principles of Management ....................................3
MKT 200
Principles of Marketing..........................................3
MKT 210
Principles of Selling ...............................................3
TOU Introduction to Meeting and 205
Convention Planning..............................................3
WEB 100 Introduction to the Internet ...................................1
WEB 110 Web Development with HTML/XHTML ................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Business Communications
Organizational
Communication for the
Business Professional
(074A) major code
This certificate is designed for business professionals who wish to
expand their communications knowledge and abilities. Graduates
select electives to meet specific organizational or individual
needs.
Course Requirements
AOS 110 or CIS 110 Computers...........................................3
COM 121 Communication in the Workplace .........................3
ENG 151 Foundations of Written Business
Communication .....................................................3
Select 6 hours from electives ...............................6
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................15
Electives (Select 6 hours)

BUS 100
Introduction to Business .......................................3
COM 110
Voice and Diction...................................................3
COM 120
Interpersonal Communication ...............................3
COM 122
Group Communication ..........................................3
COM 135
Introduction to Advertising Communication..........3
COM 201
Business and Professional Presentations .............3
ENG 152
or 102 or 153 English ...........................................3
MCM 140
MCM 235
Publications Production .........................................3
MCS 170
MGT 200
Principles of Management ....................................3
MKT 200
MKT 210
Principles of Selling ...............................................3
PSY 245
Indust./Organiz. Psychology ..................................3
TOU Introduction to Meeting and 205
Convention Planning..............................................3
WEB 100 Introduction to the Internet ...................................1
2008/2009
Career Education
85
Business Careers Management

Human Resources Management Job Titles
• Supervisor
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Manager
(131B) major code • Production Controller
This degree prepares the student for employment in the area of human resources About the Occupation
management. Courses in the areas of office management, applied human relations and Managers are needed in every business to
personnel management are offered. plan, organize, lead, and direct its major
General Education Requirements functions toward organizational goals.
The many job titles used for managers
reflect either the specific responsibility of
ECN 100 or 110 or 121 or 122 Economics ..........................3
a position or the industry in which the
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
manager works.
ENG 152 Business Communication......................................3
MTH 104 Business Mathematics..........................................3 Highlights of Waubonsee’s
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 Program
TOTAL .............................................................18 • As in all of Waubonsee’s business
Human Resources Management programs, management students are
Major Program Requirements encouraged to complete an internship
to gain both college credit and valuable
m ACC 120 or 115 Accounting ................................................3
on-the-job experience.
m ACC 121 or 230 Accounting or MCS 141
Comprehensive Spreadsheet ...............................3 • Students who already have a bachelor’s
m BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3 degree can prepare for graduate school
m BUS 207 Business Statistics ................................................3 with the college’s MBA Preparation
m BUS 211 or 210 Business Law ............................................3 certificate.
m CIS 110 or AOS 110 Computers .........................................3 Professional Association
m MGT 200 Principles of Management ....................................3 Opportunities
m MGT 215 Human Resource Management ............................3
• Society for Human Resource
m MGT 230 Labor Relations......................................................3
Management (SHRM) — This national
m MGT 235 Compensation Management.................................3
organization is committed to
m MGT 240 Training and Development .....................................3
advancing the HR profession. Student
m PSY 245 Indust./Organiz. Psychology ..................................3
membership is available. Visit
TOTAL .............................................................36
www.shrm.org.
Business Electives • American Management Association
Business electives may be taken in Accounting, Administrative Office Systems, (AMA) — This international
Business, Communications, Computer Information Systems, Economics, Finance, organization is dedicated to building
Management, Marketing, Microcomputer Systems and Tourism. Business Internship management excellence. Student
recommended. membership is available. Visit
TOTAL..............................................................10 www.amanet.org.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Management
Management Emphases:
Associate in Applied Science Entrepreneurship Emphasis

SBU 100 Creation and Management
Degree of a Small Business...............................................3
(130B) major code SBU 115 Entrepreneurship, Leadership and
This degree prepares the student for employment as a manager. Human Resource Management in
Skills are developed in supervisory communications, both oral Small Business ......................................................3
and written; in the management of personnel; accounting and Information Systems Emphasis
economics. CIS 203 Systems Analysis and Design ...............................3
General Education Requirements CIS 205 Information Technology Project
m COM 121 or 100 or 201 Communications ............................3 Management .........................................................3
ECN 100 or 110 Principles of Economics ............................3 International Business Emphasis
m ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
BUS 240 International Business ...........................................3
ENG 152 or 102 or 153 English ...........................................3
CIS 275 E-Business Technologies .......................................3
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 Real Estate/Construction Emphasis
TOTAL .............................................................18 REL 110 Real Estate Transactions........................................3
Management Major Program Requirements CMT 220 Construction Management....................................3
m ACC 120
or 115 Accounting .................................................3 Supervisory Emphasis
m ACC 121
or 230 Accounting.................................................3 MGT 205 Office Management ..............................................3
m BUS 100
Introduction to Business .......................................3 MGT 230 Labor Relations......................................................3
m BUS 207
Business Statistics ................................................3
m BUS 211
or 210 Business Law ............................................3 Tourism, Travel and Event Emphasis
m CIS 110
Business Information Systems..............................3 TOU 100 Introduction to Travel and Tourism .........................3
m MCS or 151 Comprehensive Spreadsheet/ 141 TOU Elective..........................................................3
Database Management .........................................3
Training and Development Emphasis
m MGT 210 Supervisory Management .....................................3 PSY 245 Industrial/Organizational Psychology .....................3
m MGT 215 Human Resource Management ............................3 MGT 240 Training and Development .....................................3
TOTAL .............................................................30
Management Electives
Electives may be taken from the areas of: Accounting,
Business, Computer Information Systems, Construction
Management Technology, Management, Marketing,
Microcomputer Systems, Political Science, PSY 245, Tourism,
and World Wide Web.
NOTE: Students desiring to specialize in a particular manage-
ment area should choose courses from one of the emphases
listed at right as part of their elective requirement.
TOTAL ......................................................................16

2008/2009
Career Education
Management Degrees and Certificates
87
Management MBA Preparation

(138B) major code (139A) major code
This certificate allows students to design their own business This certificate provides the student who has already earned a
certificate. The certificate is awarded upon the completion of 18 baccalaureate or higher degree in an area other than business
semester hours of business courses taken with the prior approval from an accredited educational institution the core business
of business faculty and the Dean for Business and Information courses required of many graduate business programs. This
Systems. curriculum also provides a business skill set to those with a
liberal arts education that may be working in a business
The following is a list of recommended business courses that will
environment.
help fulfill the requirements for this certificate.
NOTE: Please check with the graduate business program
Recommended Courses you wish to attend to learn of their waiver policy and degree
BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3 requirements. This certificate will provide a core of business
CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3 courses to build upon and may reduce the number of courses
MGT 200 Principles of Management ....................................3 you need to take in a graduate business program. Completing
MGT 210 Supervisory Management .....................................3 this certificate does not imply a guarantee of a favorable
MGT 215 Human Resource Management ............................3 admission decision to a graduate business program.
TOTAL ......................................................................15
Course Requirements
Plus, select one 200-level course from any of the m ACC 120 Financial Accounting..............................................3
following areas: m ACC 121 Managerial Accounting ..........................................3
Accounting, Business, Finance, m BUS 207 Business Statistics
Management, Marketing ................................................3 or
MTH 211 Calculus for Business and Social Science* ...........3
PROGRAM TOTAL ...................................................18 m BUS 210 Legal Environment of Business or BUS 211.........3
m ECN 121 Principles of Economics-Macroeconomics............3
m ECN 122 Principles of Economics-Microeconomics.............3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................18
* Some MBA programs may require either or both. The student
is advised to work closely with the advisor for the MBA
program for which they are considering entering to determine
those specific program requirements.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Business Careers Marketing

Job Titles Marketing
• Buyer
• Salesperson Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Advertising or Customer Service (150B) major code
Representative
This degree prepares the student to comprehend the broad spectrum of marketing
• Retail Merchandiser
trends, inclusive of sales, marketing communications and entrepreneurship.
• Product Manager
• Marketing Representative General Education Requirements
• Consultant COM 121 or 100 Communications........................................3
About the Occupations ECN 100 or 110 Economics .................................................3
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
The success of any business venture
ENG 152 or 102 or 153 English ...........................................3
depends largely on its marketing efforts.
Whether selling clothing, equipment, or
raw materials, marketing is management
TOTAL .............................................................18
in action. Marketing uses research,
strategies and tools to match consumer Marketing Major Program Requirements
needs and desires with products and m ACC 120 or 115 Accounting .................................................3
services. m ACC 121 or 230 Accounting or MCS 141
Highlights of Waubonsee’s Comprehensive Spreadsheet ................................3
Program m BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
m BUS 207 Business Statistics ................................................3
• As in all of Waubonsee’s business m BUS 211 or 210 Business Law ............................................3
programs, marketing students are m CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3
encouraged to complete an internship m MGT 200 Principles of Management ....................................3
to gain both college credit and valuable m MKT 200 Principles of Marketing..........................................3
on-the-job experience. m MKT 260 Consumer Behavior ...............................................3
Professional Association m MCS 170 Beginning Presentation Graphics ..........................1
Opportunities TOTAL .............................................................28
• American Marketing Association Marketing Electives
(AMA) — The AMA is the Electives may be taken from the areas of Accounting, Administrative
largest worldwide professional Office Systems, Business, Communication, Construction Management
marketing association and leading Technology, Management, Marketing, Microcomputer Systems, PSY 245,
source for information in the Real Estate, Tourism and World Wide Web. Business Internship recommended.
marketing profession. Student
membership is available. Visit NOTE: Students desiring to specialize in a particular marketing area should
www.marketingpower.com. choose courses from one of the emphases listed on the next page as part of
their elective requirement.
TOTAL .............................................................18

2008/2009
Career Education
Marketing Degrees and Certificates
89
Emphases: Marketing
Sales Emphasis Certificate of Achievement
MKT 210 Principles of Selling ...............................................3
MKT 215 Principles of Advertising ........................................3
(153A) major code
MKT 230 Industrial Marketing...............................................3 This certificate is specifically designed for individuals who
MKT 235 Industrial Sales ......................................................3 are already employed in the marketing field or are seeking
employment in the industry. The emphasis of this program is
Marketing Communications Emphasis on sales and retailing leading to a sales-related position in the
COM 201 Business and Professional Presentations .............3 marketing industry.
COM 135 or MKT 215 Principles of Advertising....................3
Course Requirements
Entrepreneurship Emphasis ACC 120
or 115 Accounting ................................................3
SBU 100 Creation and Management of AOS 110
or CIS 110 Computers...........................................3
a Small Business ...................................................3 BUS 100
Introduction to Business .......................................3
SBU 120 Marketing and Selling for a Small Business ..........3 m MKT 200
BUS 215 Business Ethics .....................................................3 m MKT 205
Retailing.................................................................3
m MKT 210
Principles of Selling
or 101 Fashion Merchandising ..............................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................21
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Business Careers Materials Management/APICS

Job Titles Materials Management
• Production
• Distribution Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Materials (060A) major code
• Operations This degree prepares the student to work in the materials management field. Courses
• Support in the areas of production, inventory control and materials requirement planning are
• Consulting offered. The program is taught in cooperation with the American Production and
About the Occupations Inventory Control Society (APICS).
Manufacturers have to gather needed General Education Requirements
resources and transform them into COM 121 or 201 or 100 Communications ............................3
products that meet the needs of the ECN 100 or 110 Economics..................................................3
marketplace with on-time delivery. ENG 152 Business Communication......................................3
Materials management concentrates on ENG 153 or 151 or 101 English............................................3
the entire supply chain, starting with the MTH 104 Business Mathematics..........................................3
supplier and ending with the customer. PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
Systems vary from industry to industry TOTAL .............................................................18
and company to company, but the basic
elements are the same: supply, production Materials Management Major
and distribution. The relative importance Program Requirements
of each depends on the costs of the three m APC 125 Basics of Supply Chain Management .................1.5
elements. m APC 130 Master Planning of Resources............................1.5
m APC 135 Detailed Scheduling and Planning.......................1.5
Taking APICS (American Production and
m APC 140 Execution and Control of Operations..................1.5
Inventory Control Society) courses is a
m APC 145 Strategic Management of Resources .................1.5
valuable tool to progress in this career.
m BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
The first part is a series of four courses
m BUS 207 Business Statistics ................................................3
called “Principles.” These courses are
designed for people working in the fields
m MGT 200 or 210 Management .............................................3
of materials and operations management
m PSY 245 Industrial/Organizational Psychology .....................3
(or in a functional area that interfaces
TOTAL ..........................................................22.5
with them) who need to learn the basic
concepts, techniques, and terminology of Additional Program Requirements
these fields. The second part is a series of ACC 120 or 115 Accounting .................................................3
five courses that are designed as review ACC 121 or 230 Accounting or MCS 141
courses for individuals who are familiar Comprehensive Spreadsheet ................................3
with the content and want to pursue the * Business electives.............................................17.5
Certified in Production and Inventory TOTAL ..........................................................23.5
Management (CPIM) credential.
Highlights of Waubonsee’s TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE .......................................64
Program * Business electives may be taken in Accounting, Administrative Office Systems,
• All courses are taught by an APICS- Business, Economics and Information Systems. Business Internship
certified instructor. recommended. Students who lack work experience in production and inventory
• As in all of Waubonsee’s business control should consider, prior to enrolling in APC 125-145 courses, electing one or
programs, materials management more of the following courses as business electives.
students are encouraged to complete
APC 100 Principles of Inventory Control
an internship to gain both college
APC 110 Principles of Planning
credit and valuable on-the-job
APC 115 Principles of Manufacturing Control
experience.
APC 120 Principles of Operations Management
2008/2009
Career Education
Materials Management/APICS Degrees and Certificates
91
Materials Management
(062A) major code
This certificate program is specifically designed for individuals
who are either already employed in a materials management
position or are seeking employment in this field. The program
is taught in cooperation with the American Production and
Inventory Control Society (APICS).
Course Requirements
m APC 125 Basics of Supply Chain Management .................1.5
m APC 130 Master Planning of Resources............................1.5
m APC 135 Detailed Scheduling and Planning.......................1.5
m APC 140 Execution and Control of Operations..................1.5
m APC 145 Strategic Management of Resources .................1.5
PROGRAM TOTAL...........................................................10.5
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Business Careers Small Business

Job Titles Small Business Management
• Small Business Owner/Manager
• Entrepreneur Associate in Applied Science Degree
(170A) major code
This degree aids three types of students: first, students who wish to major in business
About the Occupation with a special emphasis on small business operation; second, fine arts students
Small business managers run businesses interested in their own business (art, music, theatre); and third, students who have or
that have fewer than 55 employees. They wish to have a technology background and are interested in starting their own small
are responsible for the total operation of business. Technology areas include: automotive; electronics; auto body; industrial
the business, including personnel, maintenance; machine tool; heating, ventilation and air conditioning; and real estate.
inventory, advertising and accounting
decisions. They work in a wide variety of
retail, manufacturing and service-oriented COM 121 or 100 or 201 Communications ............................3
businesses. ECN 100 or 110 Economics..................................................3
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
ENG 152 or 102 or 153 English ...........................................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
Program TOTAL .............................................................18
• As in all of Waubonsee’s business
programs, small business students are Small Business Major Program Requirements
encouraged to complete an internship m ACC 120 or 115 Accounting ................................................3
to gain both college credit and valuable m ACC 121 or 230 Accounting or MCS 141
on-the-job experience. Comprehensive Spreadsheet ................................3
• Waubonsee’s Aurora Campus houses m BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
an Illinois Small Business Development m BUS 211 or 210 Business Law ............................................3
Center (SBDC), which provides free m CIS 110 or AOS 110 Computers .........................................3
assistance and advice to budding m ECN 105 or 121 or 122 Principles of
business owners. Economics-Microeconomics .................................3
m MKT 200 Principles of Marketing..........................................3
m SBU 100 Creation and Management of a
Small Business ......................................................3
m SBU 120 Marketing and Selling for Small Business.............3
m SBU 130 Valuing and Financing the Small Business ............3
m SBU 135 Taxes and Financial Management
for Small Business.................................................3
TOTAL .............................................................36
Small Business Management Electives
Electives may be taken from the areas of Accounting, Administrative Office
Systems, Business, Computer Information Systems, Economics, Finance,
Management, Marketing, Microcomputer Systems, PSY 245, Real Estate or Tourism.
Business Internship recommended.
TOTAL..............................................................10
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ..............................................64

2008/2009
Career Education
Small Business Degrees and Certificates
93
Small Business
(173B) major code
This program offers individuals who currently are operating a
small business or plan to operate a small business some training
in basic small business practices. Emphasis is placed on real-
world operations and problems unique to the small business
environment.
Course Requirements
ACC 230
Microcomputer Accounting Applications...............3
m SBU 100
Creation/Management of a Small Business ..........3
m SBU 120
Marketing and Selling for Small Business.............3
m SBU 130
Valuing and Financing the Small Business ............3
m SBU Taxes and Financial Management 135
for Small Business.................................................3
Select 3 hours from Business electives................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................18
Business Electives
Electives may be taken from the areas of: Accounting,
Business, Construction Management Technology,
Management, Marketing, Microcomputer Systems, Political
Science, Tourism, Tourism Internships and World Wide Web.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Computer Careers Computer-Aided Design and Drafting

Job Titles CAD—Computer-Aided Design
• Mechanical Drafter
• Tool Design Drafter and Drafting
• Structural Drafter Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Architectural Drafter
• Computer-Assisted Design Technician (200A) major code
• Product Drafter This curriculum is for students who wish to enter CAD technologies as a mechanical
drafter, mechanical design technician, CAD technician, CAD operator, engineering
assistant or architectural assistant. The curriculum includes a core of mechanical
About the Occupation design courses; related technology courses; and a foundation in mathematics, science
and communication courses.
Nearly everything manufactured and built
in today’s society starts with computer- General Education Requirements
generated drawings. Drafters and COM 121 or 100 Communications........................................3
designers work in a variety of industries, ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
including manufacturing, construction ENG 153 or 102 English .......................................................3
and architecture. Using the latest MTH 112 Plane Trigonometry or 131 Calculus I.................3-4
computer-aided design (CAD) systems, PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I
they create both 2-D and 3-D drawings for or 115 Technical Physics I ......................................4
everything — from the simplest products Social Science elective • ......................................3
like a plastic cup to the largest and most TOTAL ........................................................19-20
complex structures such as bridges and
skyscrapers. CAD Core Requirements
m CAD 100 Basic Technical Drawing.........................................3
m CAD 102 Introduction to 2-D CAD........................................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m CAD 120 2-D CAD Detailing and Layout...............................3
m CAD 200 Introduction to 3-D CAD Modeling........................3
Program
m CAD 220 Design Visualization ...............................................2
• The CAD lab’s 3-D printer allows m IDT 218 Strength of Materials.............................................3
students to print out small plaster-like TOTAL .............................................................17
prototypes of their designs in about an
hour, so they can better visualize and Program Requirements and Electives
verify their ideas. See options on next page ..............................27-28
• Students get to practice reverse
engineering using the 3-D laser TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE .......................................64
scanner.
• Students can develop 2-D, 3-D and
parametric modeling skills. • See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
• Students may specialize in areas like
mechanical design, 3-D modeling and
architectural drafting.
• Courses like Manufacturing Processes,
Machine Tool Basics and Metrology
give students the comprehensive
knowledge they need to become
effective product designers.
2008/2009
Career Education
CAD Degrees and Certificates
95
Program Requirements and Electives for Computer-Aided
Options Within the CAD AAS Degree
Mechanical Drafting
Option 1—Mechanical Design
Program Requirements (26 credits)
(206A) major code
CAD 210 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing .............3
This program prepares students for immediate employment in
CAD 240 Parametric Part Modeling ......................................3
drafting careers by providing basic and advanced experiences
CAD 242 Applied 3-D Parametric Part and
in computer-aided drafting. Students also gain experience in
Assembly Modeling...............................................3
manufacturing processes and materials as they relate to the
CAD 270 Product Design and Development ........................3
mechanical design field. This program may also be used by
IDT 125 Machine Repair......................................................3
those already in the industry to upgrade their skills.
IDT 130 Manufacturing Processes......................................3
IDT 132 Machine Tool Basics ..............................................3 Course Requirements
IDT 134 Metrology ..............................................................2 m CAD 100
Basic Technical Drawing.........................................3
WLD 150 Metallurgy and Heat Treatment .............................3 m CAD 102
Introduction to 2-D CAD........................................3
Electives (1-2 credits) m CAD 120
2-D CAD Detailing and Layout...............................3
m CAD 200
Introduction to 3-D CAD Modeling........................3
Choose electives from the following:
m CAD 210
Geometric Dimensioning and
CAD 150 Introduction to Pro/Engineer .................................3
Tolerancing.............................................................3
CAD 250 Pro/Engineer II .......................................................3
m CAD 220 Design Visualization ...............................................2
CAD 297 Internship...............................................................1
m CAD 240 Parametric Part Modeling ......................................3
CAD 298 Internship...............................................................2
m CAD 242 Applied 3-D Parametric Part and
CAD 299 Internship...............................................................3
IDT 160 Introduction to CNC...............................................3
m IDT 130 Manufacturing Processes......................................3
IDT 260 Computer-Aided Machining (CAM)........................3
m IDT 132 Machine Tool Basics ..............................................3
m IDT 134 Metrology ..............................................................2
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................31
Option 2—Architectural Design
Program Requirements (21 credits) m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
CAD 140 Residential Architectural Drafting ..........................3
CAD 170 Commercial Architectural Drafting.........................3
CAD 176 Structural Drafting..................................................3
CAD 180 Civil Engineering Drafting ......................................3
CAD 230 3-D Architectural Modeling Applications ...............3
CMT 120 Interior Design.......................................................3
CMT 210 Construction Estimating ........................................3
Electives (6-7 credits)

CAD 270 Product Design and Development ........................3
CAD 297 Internship...............................................................1
CAD 298 Internship...............................................................2
CAD 299 Internship...............................................................3
CMT 250 Commercial and Residential Wiring.......................3
IDT 230 Commercial Power Distribution
and Lighting...........................................................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
CAD
3-D Modeling Architectural Drafting

This certificate is designed to provide students the opportunity This program provides students with skills necessary to enter the
to learn the three dimensional modeling skills that are needed construction industry as an architectural drafter. It is intended
for the drafting, design, and engineering fields of employment. for those needing quick entry into the field or those already in the
Classes utilize current hardware and the latest industrial quality field wishing to expand their skills.
CAD software. Students begin learning 2-D drafting, and proceed
to learn how to create complex models of parts and assemblies. Course Requirements
Whether a beginning student, or a working professional looking m CAD 100
Basic Technical Drawing.........................................3
to take their skills to the next level, the course work in this m CAD 102
Introduction to 2-D CAD........................................3
program of study will prepare students to be productive workers m CAD 120
2-D CAD Detailing and Layout...............................3
in today’s highly technical fields of drafting and design. m CAD 140
Residential Architectural Drafting ..........................3
m CAD 170
Commercial Architectural Drafting.........................3
m CAD 176
Structural Drafting..................................................3
Course Requirements m CAD 180
Civil Engineering Drafting ......................................3
m CAD 100
Basic Technical Drawing.........................................3 m CAD 200
Introduction to 3-D CAD Modeling........................3
m CAD 102
Introduction to 2-D CAD........................................3 m CAD 220
Design Visualization ...............................................2
m CAD 120
2-D CAD Detailing and Layout...............................3 m CAD 230
3-D Architectural Modeling
m CAD 150
Introduction to Pro/Engineer .................................3 Applications ...........................................................3
m CAD 200
Introduction to 3-D CAD Modeling........................3 PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................29
m CAD 220
Design Visualization ...............................................2
m CAD 240
Parametric Part Modeling ......................................3
m CAD Applied 3-D Parametric Part and 242
m CAD 250 Pro/Engineer II .......................................................3
m CAD 270 Product Design and Development ........................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................29
2008/2009
Career Education
97
Computer Careers Computer Information Systems

Computer Software Development Job Titles
• Computer Operator
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Computer Programmer
(220D) major code • Computer Programmer/Analyst
• Help Desk Specialist
This degree prepares students for computer programming occupations. A graduate
• Network Administrator
from this program understands the concepts and principles involved in computer
programming and is prepared to function in the business world as a programmer
or programmer/analyst.
Computer programmers write software,
COM 121 or 100 or 201 Communications ............................3 lists of logical steps the computer follows
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3 to organize data, solve a problem or do
ENG 152 or 102 or 153 English ...........................................3 some other task. Applications program-
ECN 100 or 110 Economics..................................................3 mers write programs to handle specific
MTH 110 College Algebra .....................................................3 jobs. Systems programmers usually work
General Education elective• ..................................3 for organizations with large computer
TOTAL .............................................................18 centers and for firms that manufacture
CIS Core Program Requirements computers or develop software. They
make changes in the sets of instructions
that determine how the computer handles
m CIS 115* Introduction to Programming ................................3
the various jobs it has been given.
m CIS 170 Networking Essentials...........................................3
m CIS 205 Information Technology Project Management .......3 Networking and the proliferation of
m WEB 100 Introduction to the Internet ...................................1 computers in business supports new
TOTAL .............................................................13 career opportunities. Network
administrators are software specialists
Computer Software Development Major Program Requirements
who manage environments that share
m CIS 116* Structured Program Design ...................................3 resources and data. Help desk specialists
m CIS 180 UNIX Operating System ........................................3 assist business personnel in using the
m CIS 202 Data Management Concepts and Practices..........3 computer as an effective tool.
m CIS 203 Systems Analysis and Design ...............................3
m 2 Languages – 1st and 2nd Semester
(see options list on next page) ............................12
m CIS/WEB electives.................................................9 Highlights of Waubonsee’s
TOTAL .............................................................33 Program
• Each degree includes a set of five core
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ..............................................64 information systems courses, along
with well-defined elective choices.
NOTE: AOS 100 Keyboarding is recommended.
* Students with limited exposure to computer concepts are encouraged to take CIS
110 before taking CIS 115 and CIS 116.
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Language options Network Administration

Complete a first and second semester of two languages from the
options listed. Certificate of Achievement
Visual BASIC Language (231A) major code
m CIS 120 Visual BASIC Programming ...................................3 This certificate is designed for individuals interested in
m CIS 220 Adv. Visual BASIC Programming............................3 installation and management of network environments.
Graduates are able to install and maintain both Novell and
C++ Programming Language Windows NT networks.
m CIS 130 C++ Programming.................................................3
Course Requirements
m CIS 230 Adv. Topics in C++ Programming ..........................3
m CIS 110
Business Information Systems..............................3
Java Language m CIS 170
Networking Essentials...........................................3
m CIS 150 Introduction to Java ...............................................3 m CIS 171
Novell Network Administration..............................3
m CIS 250 Advanced Java.......................................................3 m CIS 175
Windows Professional Administration
or
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m CIS 176 Windows Server Administration............................3
m CIS 180 UNIX Operating System ........................................3
Computer Software m
m
CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials ........................................3
MCS 200 Advanced Windows...............................................2
Development m WEB 210 Internet Technologies.............................................1
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................21
(228B) major code
This certificate allows students to select a programming option
based on interest, need and employment demand.
Course Requirements
m CIS 110
m CIS 115
Introduction to Programming ................................3
m CIS 116
Structured Program Design ...................................3
1 Language - 1st and 2nd semester
(see options list) .................................................6-9
PROGRAM TOTAL ........................................................15-18
Language options
Complete a first and second semester of one language from
options listed.
Visual BASIC Language
m CIS 120 Visual BASIC Programming ...................................3
m CIS 220 Adv. Visual BASIC Programming............................3
C++ Programming Language
m CIS 130 C++ Programming.................................................3
m CIS 230 Adv. Topics in C++ Programming ..........................3
Java Language
m CIS 150 Introduction to Java ...............................................3
m CIS 250 Advanced Java.......................................................3
m WEB 150 Comprehensive XML.............................................3

2008/2009
Career Education
Computer Information Systems Degrees and Certificates
99
Network Administration Computer Technology

and Security Essentials (A+)
Associate in Applied Science Certificate of Achievement
Degree (230A) major code
This program is designed to teach students the skills needed
(222A) major code
to maintain and repair personal computers. The program
Network Administration and Security prepares students for prepares the student for the Computing Technology Industry
employment in the areas of network infrastructure and security. Association (CompTIA) A+ Essentials certification.
The program includes theoretical and practical components,
preparing entry-level networking technicians to design, install, Course Requirements
monitor, maintain and secure network infrastructure. In addition, m CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials ........................................3
a rich selection of electives allows students to increase the depth m CIS 191 PC Repair Essentials .............................................1
of their understanding and prepares them for industry PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................4
certifications.
ECN 100 or 100 Economics .................................................3 Digital Network Technology
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3 (Cisco)
ENG 152 or 102 or 153 English ...........................................3
MTH 110 College Algebra .....................................................3 Certificate of Achievement
General Education elective• ..................................3 (233A) major code
TOTAL.............................................................18
This program is designed to teach students the skills needed
CIS Core Program Requirements to design, build and maintain small to medium-size networks.
m CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3 This provides them with the opportunity to enter the workforce
m CIS 115 Introduction to Programming ................................3 and/or further their education and training in the computer-
m CIS 170 Networking Essentials...........................................3 networking field. The program leads to Cisco Certified Network
m CIS 205 Information Technology Project Management .......3 Analyst (CCNA) certification and also prepares the student for
m WEB 100 Introduction to the Internet ...................................1 the Computing Technology Industry Association (CompTIA)
TOTAL .............................................................13 Network+ certification. This high-tech training and certification
prepares the student for entry into the very demanding and
Network Adminstration and Security competitive computer network professional career field.
Major Program Requirements
m CIS 173 Introduction to TCP/IP Internetworking .................2
Course Requirements
m CIS 174 Wireless Local Area Networking ...........................2 m CIS 195 Network Technology I ............................................3
m CIS 176 Windows Server Administration............................3 m CIS 196 Network Technology II ...........................................3
m CIS 180 UNIX Operating System ........................................3 m CIS 197 Network Technology III ..........................................3
m CIS 181 Introduction to Information Systems Security.......3 m CIS 198 Network Technology IV ..........................................3
m CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials ........................................3 m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
m CIS 195 Network Technology I ............................................3 m ELT 171 PC Hardware Fundamentals..................................4
m CIS 196 Network Technology II ...........................................3 PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................20
CIS/WEB electives ...............................................11 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
TOTAL .............................................................33
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE...............................................64

www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Computer Careers Geographic Information Systems

Job Titles Geographic Information Systems
• Geographic Information Systems
Technician Certificate of Achievement
• Mapmaker (263A) major code
• Surveying Technician
The certificate program offers a sequence of courses to individuals who wish to
learn GIS technology to begin or complement careers in government, planning,
environment, public works and other urban agencies. The program provides a solid
About the Occupation understanding of basic GIS concepts, technical and institutional factors in GIS design
Geographic Information System (GIS) and implementation, and applications of the technology in various settings.
technicians apply their knowledge of
Course Requirements
computers, electronics and geography to
create maps and graphs using special GIS m GEO 220 Geography of the Developing World .....................3
software. They work in the government m GEO 130 GIS and Mapping Principles ..................................3
sector, as well as industries such as m GEO 131 Geographic Information Systems I .......................3
communications, agriculture, engineering, m GEO 132 Geographic Information Systems II.......................3
health and human services, and education. PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................12
Natural resource management groups, m Major course requires a minimum grade of C.
marketing firms, insurance companies,
real estate developers and utility companies
also employ GIS technicians, making this Advanced Geographic
a rapidly growing field. Furthermore,
GIS training can be of use to other Information Systems
professions such as drafting, surveying, Certificate of Achievement
computer programming and cartographic
design. (265A) major code
This advanced GIS certificate offers students a sequence of GIS courses that provides
a solid understanding of basic GIS concepts, technical and institutional factors in GIS
design and implementation, and applications of the GIS technology in various settings.
This certificate program also introduces individuals to the industry-standard GIS
Program software. In addition, this advanced certificate includes a variety of computer science,
• Students learn in a hands-on computer programming and database course work to enhance the curriculum and to prepare
lab setting. individuals for employment in industries utilizing GIS technology.
• Upon completion of the Waubonsee Course Requirements
GIS certificate, students have the
m GEO 220
Geography of the Developing World .....................3
knowledge and skills to immediately
m GEO 130
GIS and Mapping Principles ..................................3
seek employment in this field.
m GEO 131
Geographic Information Systems I........................3
m GEO 132
Geographic Information Systems II.......................3
m CIS 110
m CIS 202
Data Management Concepts and Practices..........3
m Elective* (select from list) .....................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................21
* Electives
CIS 120 Visual BASIC Programming ...................................3
MTH 107 Basic Statistics ......................................................3
m Major course requires a minimum grade of C.
2008/2009
Career Education
101
Computer Careers Microcomputer Systems

Computer Support Job Titles
• Microcomputer Specialist
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Software Specialist
(300C) major code • Software Trainer
This program prepares students for microcomputer specialist positions in a variety of
business industries. A graduate from this program has a background in microcomputer
operating systems, application software, and networks. About the Occupation
Microcomputer specialists install,
maintain and upgrade office workstations.
COM 121 or 100 or 201 Communications ............................3 A software specialist assists others in
ECN 100 or 110 Economics..................................................3 gaining the skills and knowledge they
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3 need to be competent users of software
ENG 152 or 102 or 153 English ...........................................3 applications.
MTH 110 College Algebra .....................................................3
General Education elective • .................................3
TOTAL .............................................................18
CIS Core Program Requirements Program
m CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3 • Each degree includes a set of five core
m CIS 115 Introduction to Programming ................................3 information systems courses, along
m CIS 170 Networking Essentials...........................................3 with well-defined elective choices.
m CIS 205 Information Technology Project Management .......3
m WEB 100 Introduction to the Internet ...................................1
TOTAL .............................................................13
Computer Support Major Program Requirements
m BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
m CIS 120 Visual BASIC or 130 C++
or 150 Java............................................................3
m CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials ........................................3
m CIS 202 Data Management Concepts and Practices
or MCS 151 Comprehensive Database Mngt.......3
m MCS 120 Introduction to Windows .......................................1
m MCS 130 Beginning Word Processing ..................................1
m MCS 200 Advanced Windows...............................................2
m WEB 110 Web Development with HTML/XHTML
or WEB 230 Web Authoring with Dreamweaver ..3
CIS/WEB electives ...............................................11
TOTAL .............................................................33

www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Microcomputer Systems
Computer Support Analyst Help Desk Specialist,

Certificate of Achievement Level I Support
(308B) major code Certificate of Achievement
This certificate is designed for individuals who are already (309A) major code
employed in business and interested in a computer-based
This program provides students with skills and general
complement or for those seeking employment performing
knowledge as a help desk specialist dealing with internal and
computer support for business. The emphasis is on computer
external applications and technology support to the computer
operating systems, applications software and networks.
operations of a business.
Course Requirements
Course Requirements
m CIS 115
Introduction to Programming ................................3
m AOS 130
Customer Service..................................................2
m CIS 170
Networking Essentials...........................................3
m CIS 180
UNIX Operating System ........................................3
m CIS 190
PC Hardware Essentials ........................................3
m CIS 190
Intro. to Microcomputer Hardware........................2
m MCS 130
Beginning Word Processing ..................................1
CIS 297
m MCS 141
Comprehensive Electronic Spreadsheet ...............3
Internship (Help Desk or Lab Assistant)................1
m MCS 151
Comprehensive Database Software......................3
COM 121 Communication in the Workplace .........................3
m MCS 170
m MCS 200
Advanced Windows...............................................2
m WEB Web Development with HTML/XHTML 110
m MCS 151 Comprehensive Database Software......................3
or WEB 230 Web Authoring with Dreamweaver ..3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................22
m MCS 200 Advanced Windows...............................................2
Electives ................................................................2
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................23
Electives
Microcomputer Applications m CIS 170 Networking Essentials...........................................3
m CIS 171 Novell Network Administration..............................3
Certificate of Achievement m CIS 175 Windows Professional Administration...................3
(307B) major code CIS 298 Computer Information Systems Internship ...........2
The Microcomputer Applications program acquaints the student CIS 299 Computer Information Systems Internship ...........3
with the microcomputer software used in common business * MCS 130 Beginning Word Processing ..................................1
applications. A program graduate has experience using MCS 230 Advanced Word Processing...................................1
microcomputer operating systems and software packages. m WEB 210 Internet Technologies.............................................1
Course Requirements NOTE: AOS 100 Keyboarding is recommended.

test. Please contact the division of Business and Information
m *MCS 130 or 131 Word Processing........................................1
Systems for test dates and times (see directory).
m *MCS 140 Introduction to Electronic Spreadsheet ..............1.5
m *MCS 150 Introduction to Database Management..............1.5 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m *WEB 100 Introduction to the Internet ...................................1
PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................8
may apply for proficiency in relevant MCS courses. Please
contact the division of Business and Information Systems for
test dates and times (see directory).
2008/2009
Career Education
Microcomputer Systems Degrees and Certificates
103
Master Microsoft Office

Specialist Prep
(318A) major code
Completion of this certificate signifies that a student has
completed all of the required course work to prepare him/her to
take all of the Microsoft certification exams to be considered a
Master Microsoft Office Specialist.
Course Requirements
m *AOS 100
Keyboarding...........................................................1
m *MCS 120
Introduction to Windows .......................................1
m *MCS 130
Beginning Word Processing ..................................1
m MCS 131
Intermediate Word Processing ..............................1
m *MCS Introduction to Electronic Spreadsheet (1.5) 140
and
m MCS 240 Advanced Electronic Spreadsheet (1.5)
or
m *MCS 150 Introduction to Database Management (1.5)
and
m MCS 250 Advanced Database Management (1.5)
or
MCS 151 Comprehensive Database Management...............3
m MCS 181 Outlook ..................................................................1
m MCS 260 Microsoft Office Specialist Exam Preparation .......1
m MCS 261 Microsoft Office Specialist Expert
Exam Preparation ..................................................1
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................15
may apply for proficiency in relevant MCS courses. Please
contact the division of Business and Information Systems for
test dates and times (see directory).
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Computer Careers World Wide Web/Internet

Job Titles Web Site Design and Development
• Web Developer
• Webmaster Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Web Designer (331B) major code
• Web Editor
This degree prepares students for designing, developing and maintaining professional
Web content. A graduate from this program will have a background in using cutting-
edge tools to create exciting Web pages with graphic and animated content. Career
About the Occupation opportunities include Web author and Web page designer.
Web developers and Webmasters design
and maintain cyberspace information
pages for business. ART 110 Design I .................................................................3
ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
ENG 153 or 102 English .......................................................3
MTH 110 College Algebra .....................................................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
Program General Education elective• ..................................3
• Each degree includes a set of five core TOTAL .............................................................18
information systems courses, along
with well-defined elective choices. CIS Core Program Requirements
m CIS 115 Introduction to Programming ................................3
m CIS 170 Networking Essentials...........................................3
m CIS 205 Information Technology Project Management .......3
m WEB 100 Introduction to the Internet ...................................1
TOTAL .............................................................13
Web Site Design and Development
Major Program Requirements
m CIS 150 Introduction to Java ...............................................3
m CIS 203 Systems Analysis and Design ...............................3
m WEB 110 Web Development With HTML/XHTML ................3
m WEB 111 Web Site Design ...................................................3
m WEB 140 JavaScript Programming........................................3
m WEB 230 Web Authoring With Dreamweaver.......................3
CIS/GRD/WEB electives ......................................12
TOTAL .............................................................33

2008/2009
Career Education
World Wide Web/Internet Degrees and Certificates
105
Web Page Design Web Server Programming

(338B) major code (336B) major code
This certificate is intended for individuals interested in This certificate is intended for individuals interested in
learning the fundamentals of developing Web sites for the maintaining Web sites for the World Wide Web. Graduates are
World Wide Web. able to perform programming functions in languages applicable
to the World Wide Web.
Course Requirements
m CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3 Course Requirements
m WEB 110 Web Development with HTML/XHTML ................3 CIS 110 or AOS 110 Computers .........................................3
m WEB 111 Web Site Design ...................................................3 m CIS 115 Introduction to Programming ................................3
m WEB 230 Web Authoring with Dreamweaver .......................3 m CIS 116 Structured Program Design ...................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................12 m CIS 150 Introduction to Java ...............................................3
m CIS 180 Unix Operating System .........................................3
m CIS 250 Advanced Java.......................................................3
m WEB 110 Web Development with HTML/XHTML ................3
Web Authoring and Design m
m
WEB 140 JavaScript Programming........................................3
WEB 150 Comprehensive XML.............................................3
Certificate of Achievement m WEB 220 PHP Programming .................................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................30
(337A) major code
This certificate is intended for individuals interested in m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
developing, designing and maintaining Web sites for the World
Wide Web. Graduates are able to develop, design and maintain
Web sites with graphic and animated content.
Course Requirements
m CIS 115 Introduction to Programming ................................3
m GRD 160 Computer Illustration.............................................3
m GRD 170 Digital Image .........................................................3
m WEB 140 JavaScript Programming........................................3
m WEB 210 Internet Technologies.............................................1
m WEB 230 Web Authoring with Dreamweaver .......................3
m WEB 231 Web Authoring/Animation with Flash....................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................31
There are several Web development certificates and degrees offered by both the Graphic Design and Computer
Careers-World Wide Web/Internet curriculums. The certificate and degree titles in both areas may sound similar, but
there are distinct differences between the two. Your own specific background and interest will determine which
certificate or degree is best for you. If you are interested in the artistic design of Web pages through the use of
design software, design layout techniques, advanced use of multimedia, animation, sound and video, the Graphic
Design certificates and programs are appropriate for study. If you are interested in the construction, maintenance
and support of Web pages through the use of computer programming and limited Web design software, the
Computer Careers-World Wide Web/Internet certificates and degrees are appropriate. In short, the Graphic Design
certificates and degree focus on the design of Web pages, while the Computer Careers-World Wide Web/Internet
certificates and degrees primarily focus on the maintenance and support of Web sites. Please contact Counseling
and Advising (see directory) for more specific descriptions of these certificates and degrees and to discuss which
one may be most appropriate for you.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Construction Management Technology

Job Titles Construction Management Technology
• Project Manager
• Site Superintendent Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Construction Manager (730A) major code
The construction management program gives the student fundamental knowledge
of the construction industry. Principles, practices, and estimating processes will be
About the Occupation covered to prepare the student for entry into the field of construction management.
Construction projects are everywhere.
First Semester
They include the building of homes,
schools, hospitals, skyscrapers, roads, CAD 102 Introduction to 2-D CAD........................................3
bridges, industrial parks and much more. m CAD 176 Structural Drafting..................................................3
Project managers, site superintendents, m CMT 100 Intro. to the Construction Industry ........................2
construction managers and others apply ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
their knowledge and skills of materials, PHY 115 Technical Physics I.................................................4
products and processes to oversee the TOTAL .............................................................15
completion of construction projects. Second Semester
In this highly competitive industry,
ACC 115 Fundamentals of Accounting ................................3
construction professions become involved
m CMT 110 Intermediate Construction.....................................2
during the design and bidding phases of
ECN 100 Introduction to Economics ....................................3
projects, and, after the job is awarded,
ENG 153 or 102 English .......................................................3
they help assure that those projects are
m HVA 130 Residential Comfort Systems................................3
completed on time and within budget.
m REL 110 Real Estate Transactions........................................3
TOTAL .............................................................17
Highlights of Waubonsee’s Third Semester

Program CAD 140 Residential Architectural Drafting ..........................3
• The curriculum includes a project m CMT 120 Interior Design.......................................................3
management course where students m CMT 210 Construction Estimating ........................................3
learn the same scheduling software COM 121 or 100 Communications........................................3
used by many construction firms. MTH 113 Technical Mathematics ..........................................5
TOTAL .............................................................17
• Waubonsee’s program is suited for
recent high school graduates as well as Fourth Semester
those who have been employed in CAD 170 Commercial Architectural Drafting.........................3
construction and want to expand their m CMT 220 Construction Management....................................3
skills for professional advancement. m CMT 230 Construction Safety and Health.............................3
m CMT 250 Commercial and Residential Wiring.......................3
m REL 125 Contracts and Conveyancing .................................1
Technical elective...................................................2
TOTAL .............................................................15
Technical Electives
CMT 225 Construction Project Management........................3
CMT 297 Construction Industry Internship ...........................1
CMT 298 Construction Industry Internship ...........................2
REL 120 Advanced Real Estate Principles/2000 ..................1
2008/2009
Career Education
107
Criminal Justice
Criminal Justice Job Titles
• Police Officer
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Police Detective
(550B) major code • Corrections Officer
• Sheriff ’s Deputy
The criminal justice degree is designed to meet the needs of individuals seeking
• Private Policing
employment in the field of law enforcement, corrections and security. The courses are
both practical and theoretical and are supported by courses in the social sciences,
natural sciences and humanities. The design of this degree, while not a transfer degree,
can allow for transfer to a four-year institution with the advice of criminal justice About the Occupation
faculty and/or counselors. Police officers, detectives, guards and
correction officers are employed to
safeguard lives and property. They enforce
COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech Communication.............3 the laws and regulations that protect the
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3 safety and constitutional rights of citizens.
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3
PHL 110 Introduction to Critical Thinking .............................3
Mathematics or Science elective • .......................3 Highlights of Waubonsee’s
TOTAL .............................................................18 Program
• Criminal justice student Vanessa
Criminal Justice Major Program Requirements Escutia placed first in the nation at the
m CRJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice.............................3 2007 Skills USA competition. The
m CRJ 101 Introduction to Corrections....................................3 contest put her knowledge to the test
m CRJ 103 Criminal Justice Report Writing .............................3 with a variety of scenarios, including a
m CRJ 105 Patrol Operations...................................................3 traffic stop, an arrest, a crime scene
m CRJ 107 Juvenile Justice .....................................................3 and fingerprint collection.
m CRJ 120 The American Court System .................................3 • Many Waubonsee graduates have gone
m CRJ 200 Criminal Investigation ............................................3 on to distinguished careers in criminal
m CRJ 220 Criminal Law..........................................................3 justice, including current Oswego
m CRJ 230 Criminology............................................................3 police chief Dwight Baird.
m CRJ 235 Multicultural Law Enforcement .............................3
m CRJ 250 Issues in Justice....................................................3
TOTAL .............................................................33
Additional Program Requirements
CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3
PED 136 or 140 Physical Fitness* .......................................1
TOTAL ...............................................................4
Electives
Select 9 hours from list on next page ...................9
TOTAL ...............................................................9

* A maximum of 4 semester hours of PED activity courses may apply to a degree or
certificate.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Criminal Justice
Electives (select 9 hours)

m CRJ 102 Criminal Justice Career Exploration.......................2
Commercial Security
m CRJ 115 Accident Investigation ...........................................3 Operations
m CRJ 145 Commercial Security Operations ..........................3
m CRJ 201 Crime Scene Investigation Laboratory ..................3 Certificate of Achievement
m CRJ 202 Drug Enforcement Investigation............................3 (554B) major code
m CRJ 207 Juvenile Delinquency.............................................3 Students pursuing a certificate in commercial security operations
m CRJ 226 Criminal Evidence..................................................3 study the responsibilities, techniques and methods of commercial
m CRJ 296 Special Topics/Criminal Justice ...........................1-3 security. Topics include safety, loss reduction, screening of
DIS 101 Disability in Society ...............................................3 employees, alarm systems, physical plant security, post-disaster
HSV 210 Psychopharmacology and the Addictive Process ..3 operations and retail security. Firearms liability, safety and policy
PED 118* Personal Defense ..................................................3 are studied, and live firing on a pistol range is required.
PED 141* Jogging and Calisthenics.......................................1
PED 142* Weight Training ......................................................1 Course Requirements
PED 148* Conditioning...........................................................1 m CRJ 145 Commercial Security Operations ..........................3
PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology..........................................3 PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................3
SSC 297 Social Studies Internship .......................................1
SSC 298 Social Studies Internship .......................................2 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
SSC 299 Social Studies Internship .......................................3
* A maximum of 4 semester hours of PED activity courses may

apply to a degree or certificate.
2008/2009
Career Education
109
Early Childhood Education

Early Childhood Education Job Titles
• Preschool or Child Care Director
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Preschool or Child Care Teacher
(570B) major code • Preschool or Child Care Assistant
• Preschool or Child Care Classroom
The early childhood education degree offers two emphasis areas — preschool teacher
Aide
preparation and preschool director training. Students who complete courses in or
• School Teacher Aide
graduate from the teacher preparation early childhood education program may find
• Family Child Care Provider
employment as preschool teachers in preschools, child care centers, family child care
facilities, recreation centers, children’s camps or park districts. Students may also find
positions as paraprofessional educators in public school settings including preschool,
kindergarten and early elementary grades. About the Occupation
The profession of early childhood
Waubonsee Community College is entitled to confer the Illinois Director Credential,
education offers a wide variety of career
Level I (IDC) to students who complete the early childhood education degree with
opportunities, ranging from caring for
an emphasis in preschool director training and fulfill the additional requirements for
infants and toddlers to working with
the IDC. Students with the early childhood education degree and the Illinois Director
school-age children to supervising child
Credential, Level I, are eligible to apply for positions as directors of early childhood
care centers and programs. Early
education programs. For further information regarding the Illinois Director Credential,
childhood educators may choose to
Level I program, contact Carla Ahmann, Assistant Professor of Early Childhood
provide family child care services, seek
Education, ext. 2311.
employment in the corporate setting, or
Early childhood education courses may transfer into related academic programs at work in public or private preschools and
other colleges or universities. Students must consult with the Counseling and Advising child care centers.
Center and the college or university they plan to attend.
COM 100
Fund. of Speech Communication ..........................3
ENG 101
First-Year Composition I ........................................3 Program
ENG 102
First-Year Composition II .......................................3 • Early childhood education students
PSY 100
Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 often get the chance to observe at the
SOC Racial and Ethnic Relations 120 college’s on-site child care and
or preschool facilities.
SOC 130 Marriage and the Family........................................3 • Waubonsee can confer the Illinois
Math or Physical and Director Credential, Level I (IDC) to
Life Sciences elective •.........................................3 students who complete the early
TOTAL .............................................................18 childhood education degree with an
emphasis in preschool director training
Early Childhood Education Course Requirements and who fulfill additional IDC
Students in both emphasis areas—preschool teacher preparation and the requirements.
IDC preschool director training—are required to complete this core
group of courses.
m ECE 101 Intro. to Early Childhood Education ......................3
m ECE 105 Observation and Guidance of Young Children .......3
m ECE 115 Child Growth/Development ...................................3
m ECE 120 Health, Safety and Nutrition ..................................3
m ECE 210 Language Arts for the Young Child ........................3
m ECE 215 Creative Activities for the Young Child...................3
m ECE 220 Math and Science for the Young Child ..................3
m ECE 235 Curriculum for Early Childhood Programs .............3
m ECE 250 Early Childhood Education Practicum....................3
TOTAL .................................................................27
(continued on next page)

www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Early Childhood Education
Teacher Emphasis Director Emphasis

Early Childhood Education Electives Early Childhood Education Director
(select 19 hours) Credential Requirements (19 hours)
Students who plan to teach in Early Childhood Education set- Students who are pursuing the Illinois Director Credential,
tings should complete their degree by choosing electives from Level I, are required to complete the specialized courses
the courses listed below. listed below, as well as such additional requirements as the
m ECE 102 Career Explorations in Early Childhood .................3 fulfillment of professional contributions.
m ECE 107 Development and Guidance m ECE 125 Child, Family and Community ...............................3
of the School Age Child.........................................3 m ECE 230 Early Childhood Center Administration..................3
m ECE 110 Infant and Toddler Care..........................................3 m ECE 299 Early Childhood Education
m ECE 125 Child, Family and Community ...............................3 Administration Internship ......................................3
m ECE 140 Inclusion in Early Childhood: BUS 100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
Birth Through Age 8...............................................3 EDU 220 Exceptional Child ...................................................3
m ECE 145 Multiculturalism in Early Childhood .......................3 PDV 110 Leadership Studies ................................................3
m ECE 150 Foundations of Early Childhood Elective ..................................................................1
Education...............................................................3
m ECE 207 School-Age Programming ......................................3 TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ..............................................64
m ECE 211 HeadsUp! Reading ................................................1
m ECE 225 Play and Creative Expression for
the Young Child......................................................3
m ECE 230 Early Childhood Center Administration..................3
EDU 220 Introduction to Special Education..........................3
2008/2009
Career Education
Early Childhood Education Degrees and Certificates
111
Child Care Worker Infant and Toddler Care

The certificate program consists of course work directly related This certificate program is designed to provide the student
to the study of children and their development. Students with theory and practice in caring for and educating infants
completing this certificate may work as teacher’s aides or and toddlers.
assistants in various preschool programs. The certificate is also
of value to those choosing to operate licensed family child care Course Requirements
facilities, individuals serving as foster parents, or persons wishing m ECE 110
Infant and Toddler Care..........................................3
to obtain positions as nannies. m ECE 115
Child Growth and Development ............................3
Elective (see list below).........................................3
Course Requirements PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................9
m ECE 101 Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............3
m ECE 105 Observation and Guidance
Electives
of Young Children...................................................3 m ECE 105 Observation and Guidance
m ECE 110 Infant and Toddler Care..........................................3 of Young Children...................................................3
m ECE 115 Child Growth/Development ..................................3 m ECE 120 Health, Safety, and Nutrition .................................3
m ECE 120 Health, Safety and Nutrition ..................................3 m ECE 235 Curriculum for Early Childhood Programs .............3
m ECE 210 Language Arts for the Young Child ........................3 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m ECE 215 Creative Activities for the Young Child...................3
m ECE 220 Math and Science for the Young Child ..................3
m ECE 235 Curriculum for Early Childhood Programs .............3 Before and After
m ECE 250 Early Childhood Education Practicum....................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................30 School-Age Care
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. Certificate of Achievement
(575A) major code
Early Childhood Aide This certificate program acquaints students with basic knowledge
about the development, guidance, and appropriate curriculum for
Certificate of Achievement a school-age program.
(573A) major code Course Requirements
m ECE 105 Observation and Guidance of
Course Requirements
Young Children.......................................................3
m ECE 101 Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............3 m ECE 107 Development and Guidance of
m ECE 105 Observation and Guidance the School-Age Child .............................................3
of Young Children...................................................3 m ECE 207 School-Age Programming ......................................3
m ECE 110 Infant and Toddler Care..........................................3 PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................9
m ECE 115 Child Growth/Development ..................................3
m ECE 120 Health, Safety and Nutrition ..................................3 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................15
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Electronics Technology
Job Titles Electronics Technology
• Electronics Technician
• Electronic Equipment Repairer Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Computer Service Technician (750A) major code
• Electronics Inspector
The electronics technology program prepares the graduate for entry into the
• Technical Managers
occupation of servicing digital and microprocessor controlled systems. Graduates
• Technical Sales Representatives
also have knowledge of linear circuits and radio frequency circuits.
• PC Support Technicians (A+)
COM 121 or 100 Communications........................................3
About the Occupation ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
Electronics technicians work in business, ENG 153 or 102 English .......................................................3
industry and the government sector MTH 203 Advanced Mathematical Methods for
assembling and servicing electronic Technology.............................................................4
equipment and systems. They apply PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I
scientific, engineering and mathematical or
principles, and may become involved PHY 115 Technical Physics I.................................................4
with design work, experimentation, Social and Behavioral Sciences elective •.............3
fabrication of production prototypes, TOTAL .............................................................20
quality assurance, equipment Major Program Requirements
maintenance and much more.
m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
Manufacturers of all types employ
m ELT 111 Circuit Analysis I (DC) ............................................4
electronics technicians, with electrical
m ELT 112 Circuit Analysis II (AC) ...........................................4
equipment and machinery manufacturers
m ELT 121 Linear Devices I.....................................................4
accounting for more than one-third of
m ELT 221 Linear Devices II....................................................4
all jobs. Electronic technicians also find
m ELT 131 Digital Electronics I................................................3
employment doing scientific research
m ELT 229 Digital Electronics II...............................................3
and as computer technicians.
m ELT 231 Microprocessor Theory..........................................4
TOTAL .............................................................30
Highlights of Waubonsee’s Program Electives

Program Technical Electives (see below and next page) ............14
• Waubonsee’s electronics technology
program covers a broad spectrum of TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ..............................................64
the electronics technology field. There • See course choices listed on pages 65-66.
are courses in AC and DC circuits, m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
linear devices, digital electronics,
telecommunications, PC hardware, Guided Technical Electives for
microprocessor theory, industrial Options within the Electronics Technology AAS degree
control systems and more.
Option: General Electronics Emphasis
Choose electives from any ELT, CIS or IDT prefix course or see the dean
for appropriate substitutions.
Option: Computer Industry Emphasis
• CIS 170 Networking Essentials (3)
• CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials (3)
• CIS 191 PC Repair Essentials (1)
• CIS 195 Network Technology I (3)
• CIS 196 Network Technology II (3)
• CIS 197 Network Technology III (3)
• CIS 198 Network Technology IV (3)
• ELT 232 Advanced Microprocessor Theory (3)
2008/2009
Career Education
Electronics Technology Degrees and Certificates
113
Option: Telecommunications Emphasis Electrical Maintenance
• CIS 170 Networking Essentials (3) Certificate of Achievement
• CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials (3) (759A) major code
• CIS 191 PC Repair Essentials (1) Commercial and residential electrical servicing methods are the
• ELT 161 Introductory Telecommunications (3) focus of this certificate option. It is designed for individuals
• ELT 232 Advanced Microprocessor Theory (3) interested in learning and upgrading skills in troubleshooting,
• ELT 261 Intermediate Telecommunications (3) repairing and maintaining residential and commercial electrical
equipment and machinery. Emphasis is on tools, measuring
Option: Industrial Electronics Emphasis equipment, controls, motors and wiring diagrams. Single and three
Choose electives from the following: phase delta and wye circuits are covered.
• CMT 250 Commercial and Residential Wiring (3)
• ELT 251 Industrial Circuits and Controls (3) Course Requirements
• IDT 115 Motor Controls I (3) m CMT 250 Commercial & Residential Wiring..........................3
• IDT 215 Motor Controls II (3) m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
• IDT 240 Programmable Controllers (3) m ELT 251 Industrial Circuits and Controls
or IST 111 Industrial Electricity I............................3
PROGRAM TOTAL..............................................................10
Basic Electronics Technology
Certificate of Achievement Microcomputer Maintenance
(754B) major code Certificate of Achievement
Completion of the electronics technology certificate indicates
that the student has a basic knowledge of electronics. (761A) major code
Students completing this certificate are trained for entry-level
Course Requirements technician work on microcomputer-based equipment.
m ELT 101
Introductory Electronics ........................................4
Course Requirements
m * Electronic technical electives...............................13
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................17 CIS 170 Networking Essentials...........................................3
m CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials ........................................3
* Students may choose any ELT prefix course. m CIS 191 PC Repair Essentials .............................................1
m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
Advanced Electronics m ELT 229 Digital Electronics II...............................................3
Technology m ELT 231 Microprocessor Theory..........................................4
m ELT 232 Advanced Microprocessor Theory .........................3
Certificate of Achievement PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................24
(756A) major code
Completion of the advanced electronics technology certificate
indicates that the student has a solid foundation in solid state and
Telecommunication
digital electronics. The student is prepared to enter or advance Technician
within the production, quality, design, research or marketing
fields of electronics.
(765A) major code
Course Requirements Telecommunication is the transfer of information between two or
m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4 more points. This program introduces the student to the basics of
m ELT 111 Circuit Analysis I (DC) ............................................4 modern electronic communication methods and equipment. The
m ELT 112 Circuit Analysis II (AC) ...........................................4 certificate prepares the student for an entry-level position or for
m ELT 121 Linear Devices I.....................................................4 more extensive training and education in telecommunications.
Course Requirements
m ELT 221 Linear Devices II....................................................4
m ELT 229 Digital Electronics II...............................................3 m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
m ELT 231 Microprocessor Theory..........................................4 m ELT 111 Circuit Analysis I (DC) ............................................4
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................30 m ELT 112 Circuit Analysis II (AC) ...........................................4
m ELT 121 Linear Devices I.....................................................4
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m ELT 131 Digital Electronics I................................................3
m ELT 161 Introductory Telecommunications..........................3
m ELT 229 Digital Electronics II...............................................3
m ELT 261 Intermediate Telecommunications.........................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................28
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Facility Service Technology

Job Titles Facility Service Technology
• Maintenance Technician
• Building Engineer Certificate of Achievement
• Chief Engineer (793A) major code
• Facilities Engineer
This certificate provides the student with the basic through advanced knowledge in
• Building Technician
heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems as well as electrical and mechanical
• Boiler Operator
systems that are typical to commercial and industrial building. Several classes
concentrate on current building electrical and mechanical codes.
About the Occupation Course Requirements

Commercial properties, such as shopping m CMT 250
Commercial and Residential Wiring.......................3
centers, strip malls, hospitals, high-rise m HVA 100
Basic Electricity for HVAC......................................3
buildings and educational institutions, m HVA 110
Refrigeration Principles..........................................3
all need to be taken care of, and that is m HVA 120
Heating and Cooling Systems
the job of the facility service technology Service and Maintenance......................................3
professional. He/she needs to be a “jack- m HVA 130 Residential Comfort Systems................................3
of-all-trades,” as each building has m HVA 140 Basic Heating Systems..........................................3
plumbing, electrical, ventilation, heating, m IDT 115 Motor Controls I ....................................................3
lighting, air conditioning, refrigeration m IDT 150 Building Mechanical Systems................................3
and mechanical systems that need to be m IDT 215 Motor Controls II ...................................................3
repaired and maintained. m IDT 230 Commercial Power Distribution and Lighting ........3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................30
Program
• In completing Waubonsee’s facility
service technology certificate, students
will gain a broad base of knowledge in
heating, ventilation and air
conditioning plus industrial electricity,
wiring, power distribution and
mechanical systems.
2008/2009
Career Education
115
Fire Science
Fire Science Technology Job Titles
• Firefighter
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Fire Inspector
(610A) major code • Fire Chief
• Fire Engineer
This degree is designed for individuals seeking a career in fire science. The program
• Fire Officer
includes course work toward State Fire Marshal certifications as a Fire Fighter II, III,
• Fire Instructor
Instructor I, Hazardous Materials First Responder, Emergency Rescue Specialist, Fire
Apparatus Engineer and Officer I. Students may also acquire Department of Public
Health certification as an Emergency Medical Technician Assistant. All fire science
courses at Waubonsee are approved by the Illinois State Fire Marshal’s Office. About the Occupation
Firefighting is a dangerous and complex
profession. From entry-level firefighter
COM 100 or 121 Communications........................................3 through fire chief, they work in teams to
ENG 101 or 151 English ......................................................3 save lives, extinguish fires and respond to
ENG 102 or 153 English ......................................................3 a variety of emergency situations. They
MTH 101 College Mathematics ...........................................3 also help prevent fires through public
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 education and building inspections.
General Education elective • .................................3 Firefighters participate in training and
TOTAL .............................................................18 practice drills throughout their careers.
Fire Science Technology Major
Program Requirements
m FSC 100 Fire Science I ........................................................4 Highlights of Waubonsee’s
m FSC 110 Fire Science II .......................................................4 Program
m FSC 140 Fire Apparatus Engineer .......................................4 • The Waubonsee fire science program is
m FSC 200 Fire Science III ......................................................4 certified by the Office of the Illinois
m FSC 210 Fire Science IV.......................................................4 State Fire Marshal.
m FSC 231 Fire Science Administration I.................................3 • Completion of Waubonsee’s associate
m FSC 160 Tactics and Strategy I ...........................................3 degree in fire science technology
m FSC 170 Fire Science Instructor I .......................................3 prepares a student to transfer to a
m FSC 232 Fire Science Administration II ...............................3 university and pursue a bachelor’s
m FSC 120 Hazardous Materials Operations ...........................3 degree.
m FSC 220 Fire Inspection and Prevention .............................3
TOTAL .............................................................38
Additional Requirements Professional Certification
EMT 120 Emergency Medical Technician-Basic ....................6 Opportunities
• Fire Fighter II and III
Program Electives
• Fire Apparatus Engineer
m Fire Science elective • Hazardous Materials First Responder
(select from list).....................................................3 • Rescue Specialist - Roadway
Extrication
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE .......................................65 • Fire Instructor I and II
• Fire Officer I and II
Fire Science Electives
FSC 150 Vehicle and Machinery Operations........................3
FSC 233 Fire Science Administration III...............................3
FSC 234 Fire Science Administration IV ..............................3
FSC 260 Tactics and Strategy II ...........................................3
FSC 270 Fire Science Instructor II .......................................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Fire Science
Enrollment and Experience Fire Officer II

It is strongly recommended that Fire Science majors either gain Certificate of Achievement
employment with a fire department or volunteer with a
department as early as possible. Some Illinois State Fire Marshal (614A) major code
certifications require experience with a department in addition to This certificate is designed for those currently holding Fire
course work. Officer I Certification and who are interested in advancing their
careers as officers in a fire science organization. This program
provides course work toward state fire marshal certification as
Firefighter Fire Officer II.
Certificate of Achievement Course Requirements

m FSC 233 Fire Science Administration III...............................3
(612A) major code m FSC 234 Fire Science Administration IV ..............................3
This certificate is for those interested in employment as a m FSC 260 Tactics and Strategy II ...........................................3
firefighter or for those seeking advancement in the field. This m FSC 270 Fire Science Instructor II .......................................3
program provides course work toward State Fire Marshal PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................12
certifications as a Fire Fighter II, III, Hazardous Materials First
Responder and a Fire Apparatus Engineer.
Course Requirements Fire Service Instructor
m FSC 100 Fire Science I.........................................................4 Certificate of Achievement
m FSC 110 Fire Science II........................................................4
m FSC 120 Hazardous Materials Operations ...........................3
(617A) major code
m FSC 140 Fire Apparatus Engineer ........................................4 This certificate is for those wishing to pursue a career in fire
m FSC 200 Fire Science III.......................................................4 science as an instructor. This program provides course work
m FSC 210 Fire Science IV.......................................................4 toward State Fire certifications as Instructor I, II, Fire Fighter II,
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................23 III and Hazardous Materials First Responder.
Course Requirements
m FSC 100 Fire Science I ........................................................4
Fire Officer I m
m
FSC 110 Fire Science II .......................................................4
FSC 120 Hazardous Materials Operations ...........................3
Certificate of Achievement m FSC 170 Fire Science Instructor I .......................................3
m FSC 200 Fire Science III ......................................................4
(613C) major code m FSC 210 Fire Science IV .....................................................4
This certificate is designed for those wishing to pursue a m FSC 270 Fire Science Instructor II ......................................3
career in fire science as an officer. This program provides course PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................25
work toward State Fire Marshal certifications as Instructor I,
Fire Fighter II, III, Fire Officer I and Hazardous Materials m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
First Responder.
Course Requirements
m FSC 100 Fire Science I........................................................4
m FSC 110 Fire Science II........................................................4
m FSC 120 Hazardous Materials Operations ...........................3
m FSC 160 Tactics and Strategy I ............................................3
m FSC 170 Fire Science Instructor I ........................................3
m FSC 200 Fire Science III.......................................................4
m FSC 210 Fire Science IV.......................................................4
m FSC 220 Fire Inspection and Prevention..............................3
m FSC 231 Fire Science Administration I.................................3
m FSC 232 Fire Science Administration II................................3
PSY 245 or 100 Psychology.................................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................37
2008/2009
Career Education
117
Graphic Design
Graphic Design Job Titles
• Graphic Designer
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Web Designer
(930B) major code • Animator/Illustrator
• Desktop Publishing Specialist
This program combines design theory and principles of visual communication to
• Production Artist
create computerized graphic design solutions. Emphasis is placed on utilizing visual
technology software/hardware to solve electronic output problems. This course of
study prepares students to develop a professional portfolio for an immediate graphic
design position. About the Occupation
Creating a design that is appropriate for a
Although the intent of the graphic design AAS degree program is occupational, many
given product and its audience is the main
courses within the program are individually articulated with four-year colleges offering
concern for a successful designer. The job
graphic design programs to facilitate continued study at a four-year institution.
need for fields specializing in desktop
Courses are aligned with IAI courses when possible.
design is expected to increase tremen-
General Education Requirements dously in the next decade. Designers need
ENG 101 or 151 English .......................................................3 to continually redefine their field, and
ENG 102 or 152 or 153 English ...........................................3 knowledge of current events and attitudes
COM 100 or 120 or 121 or 135 Communications ................3 will help the designer create designs that
ART 102 History of Western Art – reflect and affect society. With an
Renaissance to Modern Art...................................3 expected 100 million people online in the
Social and Behavioral Sciences elective• ..............3 U.S. by the middle of the next decade, and
Math or Physical and Life Sciences elective• .......3 the increased use of visual messages
TOTAL .............................................................18 through television and film, the need for
designers to shape the messages that
Graphic Design Major Program Requirements society reads will increase dramatically.
m ART 110 Design I .................................................................3
m ART 120 Basic Drawing I .....................................................3
m GRD 101 Introduction to Mac OS X......................................1 Highlights of Waubonsee’s
m GRD 105 History of Graphic Design .....................................3 Program
m GRD 135 Desktop Publishing................................................3
• At Waubonsee, students develop a
professional portfolio that can help
m GRD 165 Typography ............................................................3
them land a job after graduation.
m GRD 173 Graphic Design I ....................................................3
m GRD 190 Print Production .....................................................3 Sound Interesting?
m GRD 265 Graphic Design for theWorld Wide Web ...............3 Students interested in this program may
m GRD 273 Graphic Design II ...................................................3 also be interested in Translation; see page
m GRD 275 Digital Photography ...............................................3 157.
m GRD 280 2-D Animation and Multimedia..............................3
m GRD 292 Graphic Design Portfolio........................................1
TOTAL .............................................................47
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Graphic Design
GRD Electives (select 3 hours) Comprehensive

AOS 110 or CIS 110 Computers ..........................................3
ART 101 History of Western Art—Ancient to Medieval.......3 Graphic Design
ART 111 Design II ................................................................3 Certificate of Achievement
ART 140 Photography I ........................................................3
ART 222 Life Drawing ..........................................................3 (938B) major code
ART 260 Painting I................................................................3 This program is structured to provide a practical hands-on
ART 265 Watercolor ............................................................3 experience in digital design and graphic fundamentals such as
CAD 100 Basic Technical Drawing.........................................3 design, layout techniques, computer applications, Web design,
CAD 102 Introduction to 2-D CAD........................................3 illustration/ animation, digital prepress techniques and portfolio
GRD 290 Graphic Design Studio Art .....................................3 development. This career direction of training/ retraining was
GRD 299 Graphic Design Internship .....................................3 created to address the rapidly expanding needs of business and
*MCS 130 Beginning Word Processing ..................................1 industry for graphic design software/hardware specialists. A
MCS 170 Beginning Presentation Graphics ..........................1 professional portfolio will be expected to attain this certificate.
MKT 200 Principles of Marketing..........................................3
MKT 215 Principles of Advertising ........................................3 Course Requirements
*WEB 100 Introduction to the Internet ...................................1 m GRD 101 Introduction to Mac OS X......................................1
m GRD 105 History of Graphic Design .....................................3
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE .......................................68 m GRD 135 Desktop Publishing................................................3
* Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency m GRD 165 Typography ............................................................3
test. Contact the division of Business and Information m GRD 170 Digital Image .........................................................3
Systems (see directory) for test dates and times. m GRD 173 Graphic Design I ....................................................3
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66. m GRD 190 Print Production .....................................................3
m GRD 265 Graphic Design for the WWW...............................3
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m GRD 273 Graphic Design II ...................................................3
m GRD 275 Digital Photography ...............................................3
Beginning Graphic Design m GRD 285 3-D Animation and Multimedia..............................3
Certificate of Achievement m GRD 292 Graphic Design Portfolio........................................1
(935A) major code PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................41
This certificate program enables students to design/layout basic
work for desktop publishing applications.
Course Requirements
m GRD 101 Introduction to Mac OS X......................................1
m GRD 135 Desktop Publishing................................................3
m GRD 173 Graphic Design I ....................................................3
m GRD 190 Print Production .....................................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................16
There are several Web development certificates and degrees offered by both the Graphic Design and Computer
Careers-World Wide Web/Internet curriculums. The certificate and degree titles in both areas may sound similar, but
there are distinct differences between the two. Your own specific background and interest will determine which
certificate or degree is best for you. If you are interested in the artistic design of Web pages through the use of
design software, design layout techniques, advanced use of multimedia, animation, sound and video, the Graphic
Design certificates and programs are appropriate for study. If you are interested in the construction, maintenance
and support of Web pages through the use of computer programming and limited Web design software, the
Computer Careers-World Wide Web/Internet certificates and degrees are appropriate. In short, the Graphic Design
certificates and degree focus on the design of Web pages, while the Computer Careers-World Wide Web/Internet
certificates and degrees primarily focus on the maintenance and support of Web sites. Please contact Counseling
and Advising (see directory) for more specific descriptions of these certificates and degrees and to discuss which
one may be most appropriate for you.
2008/2009
Career Education
Graphic Design Degrees and Certificates
119
Electronic Publishing Animation

This program addresses the emerging areas of study and This certificate program enables students to develop the visual
vocational training in electronic publishing. Word processing, art capabilities and skills needed for a career in animation.
electronic typesetting, design/ layout techniques, as well as Courses in the program incorporate skills that include the
prepress problems in desktop publishing will be solved. This drawing basics, such as figures and characters design, adding
certificate of study trains the student in basic graphic design/ depth and personality to animations, establishing proper
graphic arts skills used by desktop specialists. emotions in animation, and state-of-the-art computer assisted
animation techniques in 2-D and 3-D animation courses. The
Course Requirements animation certificate provides students the tools to tell a story
*AOS 100 Keyboarding...........................................................1 and give life to characters through the use of the most modern
m AOS 240 Desktop Publishing Using Word Processing .........3 electronic media. Courses are taught in a state-of-the-art
m GRD 101 Introduction to Mac OS X......................................1 computer lab.
m GRD 105 History of Graphic Design .....................................3
m GRD 135 Desktop Publishing................................................3 Course Requirements
m GRD 160 Computer Illustration.............................................3 m ART 110 Design I .................................................................3
m GRD 165 Typography ............................................................3 m ART 120 Basic Drawing I .....................................................3
m GRD 170 Digital Image .........................................................3 m GRD 101 Introduction to Mac OS X......................................1
m GRD 190 Print Production .....................................................3 m GRD 160 Computer Illustration.............................................3
*MCS 130 Beginning Word Processing ..................................1 m GRD 170 Digital Image .........................................................3
MCS 131 Intermediate Word Processing ..............................1 m GRD 265 Graphic Design for the WWW...............................3
MCS 230 Advanced Word Processing...................................1 m GRD 275 Digital Photography ...............................................3
MKT 215 Principles of Advertising ........................................3 m GRD 280 2-D Animation and Multimedia..............................3
m WEB 110 Web Development with HTML/XHTML ................3 m GRD 285 3-D Animation and Multimedia..............................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................32 PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................25
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
test. Contact the division of Business and Information
Systems (see directory) for test dates and times.
Web Design and Publishing
(944A) major code
This certificate program addresses the emerging area of Web
page design and publishing by preparing students to create
professional-level Web pages and media. The courses are
designed to give students the education and hands-on experience
necessary to gain an edge in the rapidly growing field of Web
page design and publishing. Students will begin with Web design
fundamentals and work up to advanced use of multimedia,
animation, and sound and video in developing attractive and
effective Web pages and publications. Courses are taught in a
state-of-the-art computer lab.
Course Requirements
m ART 110 Design I .................................................................3
m GRD 101 Introduction to Mac OS X......................................1
m GRD 265 Graphic Design for the WWW...............................3
m GRD 275 Digital Photography ...............................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................25
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Health Care Interpreting

Job Title Health Care Interpreting
• Health Care Interpreter
Associate in Applied Science Degree
(630A) major code
About the Occupation Health care interpreting is an applied science degree that trains bilingual individuals
Health care interpreters are bilingual to be interpreters in health care settings. Currently, the degree focuses on English/
individuals trained in interpretation skills Spanish interpreting. Health care interpreters facilitate communication between
and medical terminology who facilitate people who speak different languages and have different cultural backgrounds.
communication between people speaking
Structured written and oral screening tests are conducted to determine proficiency in
different languages in health care settings.
both English and Spanish. Students must be 18 years of age or older at the time of
The occupation involves listening and
assignment to a practicum site.
understanding meaning in one language
and attempting to reproduce the most General Education Requirements
equivalent meaning possible in another BIO 260 Human Structure and Function .............................4
language. COM 121 or 100 Communications........................................3
Health care interpreting is an emerging ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
discipline as health care settings seek ENG 152 or 153 or 102 English ..........................................3
to more accurately comply with the SOC 120 Racial and Ethnic Relations ...................................3
Americans with Disabilities Act and Title m SPN 205 Spanish for Native Speakers .................................3
VI of the 1964 Civil Rights Act. Health TOTAL .............................................................19
care interpreters are trained to under- Health Care Interpreting Major Program Requirements
stand their professional role and adhere
COM 125 Communication Strategies for
to a code of ethics while transmitting
Healthcare Careers................................................2
messages accurately and completely.
m HCI 100 Introduction to Health Care Interpreting ...............2
m HCI 102 Survey Of Mental Health & Substance
Abuse Issues in Health Care Interpreting .............3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m HCI 105 Anatomy and Medical Procedures
Program for Health Care Interpreting...................................3
• Waubonsee’s associate degree in HCI m HCI 110 Health Care Interpreting Laboratory:
is the first program of its kind in the English/Spanish +..................................................2
state of Illinois. m HCI 130 Mental Health Interpreting Laboratory:
• Full-time faculty member Cynthia English/Spanish +..................................................2
Perez formerly worked as the lead m HCI 150 Anatomical Terminology Laboratory:
interpreter at Provena Mercy Center English/Spanish +..................................................2
in Aurora. m HCI 200 Simultaneous Interpreting Laboratory:
English/Spanish +..................................................3
m HCI 220 Approaches to Health Care in Hispanic Culture +.3
m HCI 290 Health Care Interpreting Seminar
Sound Interesting? and Field Experience +..........................................4
Students interested in this program may m TRA 100 Introduction to Translation .....................................2
also be interested in Translation; see m TRA 110 Translation Laboratory: English/Spanish +.............2
page 157. m TRA 130 Medical Translation Laboratory:
English/Spanish +..................................................2
m TRA 200 Advanced Translation Laboratory:
English/Spanish +..................................................2
TOTAL .............................................................34
General Electives ...........................................11
TOTAL SEMESTER HOURS FOR DEGREE .....................64

m Major course requires minimum grade of C
+ Program admission required for enrollment.
2008/2009
Career Education
Health Care Interpreting Degrees and Certificates
121
Health Care Interpreting Health Care Interpreting—

Certificate of Achievement Practitioner
(635A) major code Certificate of Achievement
This certificate indicates completion of all the health care (642A) major code
interpreting and translation courses required for a fully-trained
This certificate is designed for the practicing health care
health care interpreter.
interpreter who has received on-the-job training. The selected
Structured written and oral screening tests are conducted to health care interpreting and translation courses provide a body
determine proficiency in both English and Spanish. Students of knowledge and theory to complement and reinforce the
must be 18 of age or older at the time of assignment to a skills acquired through experience. It is non-language specific
practicum site. and may be pursued by interpreters working in a wide range of
bilingual health care settings.
Course Requirements
m COM 125 Communication Strategies for Course Requirements
Healthcare Careers................................................2 m AOS 222 Medical Terms for Health Occupations .................1
m SOC 120 Racial and Ethnic Relations ...................................3 m COM 125 Communication Strategies for
m HCI 100 Introduction to Health Care Interpreting ...............2 Healthcare Careers................................................2
m HCI 102 Survey of Mental Health & Substance m HCI 100 Introduction to Health Care Interpreting. ..............2
Abuse Issues in Health Care Interpreting .............3 m HCI 102 Survey Of Mental Health & Substance
m HCI 105 Anatomy and Medical Procedures Abuse Issues in Health Care Interpreting .............3
for Health Care Interpreting...................................3 m HCI 105 Anatomy and Medical Procedures
m HCI 110 Health Care Interpreting Laboratory: for Health Care Interpreting...................................3
English/Spanish +..................................................2 m SOC 120 Racial and Ethnic Relations ...................................3
m HCI 130 Mental Health Interpreting Laboratory: m TRA 100 Introduction to Translation .....................................2
English/Spanish +..................................................2 PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................16
m HCI 150 Anatomical Terminology Laboratory:
English/Spanish +..................................................2
m HCI 200 Simultaneous Interpreting Laboratory:
English/Spanish +..................................................3
m HCI 220 Approaches to Health Care
in Hispanic Culture + .............................................3
m HCI 290 Health Care Interpreting Seminar
and Field Experience +..........................................4
m SPN 205 Spanish for Native Speakers .................................3
m TRA 100 Introduction to Translation .....................................2
m TRA 110 Translation Laboratory: English/Spanish +.............2
m TRA 130 Medical Translation Laboratory:
English/Spanish +..................................................2
m TRA 200 Advanced Translation Laboratory:
English/Spanish +..................................................2
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................40
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Health Careers Emergency Medical Technician

Job Title Emergency Medical Technician –
• Emergency Medical Technician-Basic
• Paramedic Paramedic
(400A major code)
The Emergency Medical Technician – Paramedic degree represents collaboration
People’s lives depend on the quick
between Waubonsee Community College and the Southern Fox Valley Emergency
reaction and expertise of emergency
Medical Services System (SFVEMSS) Paramedic Training Program based at Delnor-
medical technicians (EMTs). EMTs treat
Community Hospital. This degree program prepares individuals for employment as
victims of automobile accidents, heart
paramedics in fire departments and fire protection districts. Those entering the degree
attacks, drownings, gunshots, and
program must have a current license as an EMT-B (Emergency Medical Technician-
childbirth at the scene. Following strict
Basic) and acceptance into the EMT-Paramedic Program at Delnor-Community
guidelines, EMTs give appropriate
Hospital.
emergency care and then transport the
sick or injured to a medical facility. The General Education Requirements
specific responsibilities of the EMT COM 100 or COM 121 ..........................................................3
depend on the level of qualification and ENG 101 or ENG 151............................................................3
training. ENG 102 or ENG 153............................................................3
BIO 100 Introduction to Biology ..........................................3
Social Science Elective (SOC 120 suggested) ..........3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s General Education Elective (PHL 105 suggested) .3
Program TOTAL .................................................................18
• In EMT 120, emergency situations are EMT-Paramedic Major Program Requirements
simulated, with students playing the m EMT 120 EMT-Basic + ..........................................................6
roles not only of the EMTs, but also the m EMT 125 Paramedic I + .....................................................6.5
victims, bystanders, police officers and m EMT 126 Paramedic II + ....................................................6.5
hospital personnel. Students then get a m EMT 127 Paramedic III + ...................................................4.5
dose of the real thing during their 12 m EMT 128 Paramedic IV + ...................................................4.5
hours of required emergency room m EMT 129 Paramedic V +.....................................................1.5
observation. m EMT 130 In-Hospital Clinical Experience for
the Paramedic I + ..................................................1
Professional Certification m EMT 131 Field Clinical Experience for
Opportunities the Paramedic I + ..................................................1
m EMT 230 In-Hospital Clinical Experience for
Students who earn Waubonsee’s EMT-B
the Paramedic II + .................................................3
certificate are prepared to take either the
m EMT 231 Field Clinical Experience for
state licensure examination, Emergency
the Paramedic II + .................................................3
Medical Technician-Basic, or the
m EMT 298 Paramedic Internship + .........................................2
National Registry of Emergency Medical
TOTAL ..............................................................39.5
Technician examination through the
Illinois Department of Public Health. Program Electives
Additional education and experience Electives (select from list on next page)..................................10
offer the EMT-B certificate-holder an TOTAL..................................................................10
opportunity for employment in a variety
of occupations including EMT- TOTAL SEMESTER HOURS FOR DEGREE ...................67.5
Intermediate, EMT-Advanced and
EMT-Paramedic.
2008/2009
Career Education
Emergency Medical Technician Degrees and Certificates
123
Program Electives for EMT-Paramedic (10 hours needed) Procedure for Entering the Emergency Medical
AOS 100 Keyboarding...........................................................1 Technician Program
CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3 Students seeking admission to the Emergency Medical
COM 125 Communication Strategies for Technician program are required to contact the Center for
Health Care Careers ..............................................2 Learning Assessment (see directory) to make an appointment for
COM 201 Business and Professional Presentations .............3 required assessment testing. Acceptance into the program is
CRJ 103 Criminal Justice Report Writing .............................3 based on assessment results, with documentation of reading skills
EPM 120 Emergency Management......................................3 at the 8th grade level.
EPM 200 Disaster Response Operations and Mngt. ............3
MGT 210 Supervisory Management .....................................3 Program Costs
MGT 215 Human Resource Management ............................3 In addition to tuition and regular fees, the Emergency Medical
SPN 110 Survival Spanish I ..................................................3 Technician student has the following minimum fees and
expenses:
Textbook ...................................................................................$60
CPR/BLS Certification...............................................................$45
Emergency Medical IDPH Examination Fee .............................................................$20
Stethoscope .............................................................................$15
Technician-Basic Immunizations/TB Testing ........................per health care provider
Certificate of Achievement Total Estimated Costs

(402A) major code (excluding medical requirements) ..........................................$140
This certificate program prepares individuals for employment as NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
primary medical responder or as ambulance personnel. Those subject to change without prior notice to the student.
receiving the certificate are prepared to take either the state
licensure examination, Emergency Medical Technician-Basic, or
the National Registry of Emergency Medical Technician
examination through the Illinois Department of Public Health for
employment as an Emergency Medical Technician-Basic (EMT-
B). Additional education and experience offer the EMT-B
certificate-holder an opportunity for employment in a variety of
occupations, including EMT-Intermediate and Advanced.
Students are eligible to take the state exam after successful
completion of this certificate program.The State of Illinois
requires that individuals possess a high school diploma or GED
and be at least 18 years of age prior to certification testing. This
course is also required as part of the Fire Science Technology
Associate in Applied Science degree program.
Prerequisites
Students interested in taking this certificate program must be
17.5 years of age or older, and have either American Heart
Association Basic Life Support (BLS) for Health Care Providers
or American Red Cross Professional Rescuer current CPR
certification on the first day of class. Proof of up-to-date
immunizations and 2-step tuberculosis testing is required prior
to the first emergency room experience. Students are also
required to lift a pre-determined weight capacity for this course.
Contact the Dean for Health and Life Sciences for additional
information (see directory).
Course Requirements
m EMT 120 Emergency Medical Technician-
Basic +...................................................................6
PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................6
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Health Careers Exercise Science

Job Titles Health and Wellness Specialist
• Personal Trainer
• Health and Wellness Specialist Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Fitness Instructor (440A major code)
• Program Director This two-year degree prepares the wellness specialist to assess, design and implement
individual and group exercise and fitness programs for apparently healthy individuals
and individuals with controlled disease. The graduate will be skilled in evaluating
About the Occupation health behaviors and risk factors, conducting fitness assessments, writing appropriate
Fitness workers and instructors lead exercise prescriptions, and motivating individuals to modify negative health habits and
individuals or groups of people in exercise maintain positive lifestyle behaviors for health promotion.
activities. Personal trainers work one-
Semester 1
on-one with clients to develop an
individualized exercise and health m BIO 260 Human Structure and Function..............................4
program. Health and wellness specialists ENG 101 or 151 English .......................................................3
design and implement exercise programs m HED 100 Personal Wellness .................................................3
for healthy individuals, as well as m PED 141 Jogging and Calisthenics.......................................1
individuals with controlled disease. They m PED 136 or 145 Fitness Training ..........................................1
lead health and fitness programs in a PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
variety of settings including universities, TOTAL .............................................................15
businesses and community centers. Semester 2
Fitness trainers/aerobics instructors m BIO 200 Nutrition.................................................................3
rank fifth on the Illinois Department of m BIO 262 Neuro-Musculoskeletal Systems...........................3
Employment Security’s “Vocational CIS 110 Business Information Systems..............................3
Training After High School” list, with a ENG 102 or 152 or 153 English ...........................................3
projected 474 job openings in the state m PED 142 Weight Training ......................................................1
each year. m PED 211 First Aid and Emergency Care...............................3
TOTAL .............................................................16
Highlights of Waubonsee’s Semester 3

Program m COM 125 Communication Strategies for
• Students can complete their internship Healthcare Careers................................................2
requirement on-campus at the college’s m PED 150 Basic Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries ......3
Total Fitness Center or off-campus at a m PED 205 Scientific Basis of Human Activity.........................3
variety of health and fitness facilities. m PED 236 Exercise for Special Populations............................3
m PED 237 Principles of Resistance Training ...........................3
m PED 238 Fitness Assessment and
Exercise Programming ..........................................3
Professional Certification TOTAL .............................................................17
Opportunities
• Certified Personal Trainer (CPT)— Semester 4
Degree and certificate students who MTH 104 Business Mathematics..........................................3
complete PED 236, 237 and 238 are m PED 146 Yoga .......................................................................1
encouraged to take the exam for this m PED 136 or 148 Conditioning...............................................1
certification from the American m PED 235 Survey of the Sports Organization ........................3
College of Sports Medicine (ACSM). m PED 298 Exercise Science Internship II ...............................2
• Health/Fitness Instructor—Health and SBU 100 Creation and Management of a Small Business ...3
Wellness Specialist degree students are Humanities and Fine Arts elective ........................3
encouraged to take the exam for this TOTAL .............................................................16
certification from the American
College of Sports Medicine (ACSM). TOTAL SEMESTER HOURS FOR DEGREE .............................64
(Take the Certified Personal Trainer exam and the Health and Fitness Certification
exam through American College of Sports Medicine after completion of PED236,
PED237 and PED238.)
2008/2009
Career Education
Exercise Science Degrees and Certificates
125
Exercise Science
(442A) major code
This certificate will prepare the graduate to deliver a variety
of exercise assessment, training, risk factor identification and
lifestyle management services to individuals with or at risk for
cardiovascular, metabolic or pulmonary diseases.
Course Requirements
m BIO 200
Nutrition.................................................................3
m BIO 260
Human Structure and Function..............................4
m HED 100
Personal Wellness .................................................3
m PED 136
or 145 Fitness Training ..........................................1
m PED 211
First Aid and Emergency Care...............................3
m PED 236
Exercise for Special Populations............................3
m PED 237
Principles of Resistance Training ...........................3
m PED Fitness Assessment and 238
Exercise Programming ..........................................3
m PED 297 Exercise Science Internship I..............................1.5
SBU 100 Creation and Management
of a Small Business...............................................3
TOTAL PROGRAM HOURS............................................30.5
(Take the Certified Personal Trainer exam through the
American College of Sports Medicine after completion of
PED236, PED237 and PED238.)
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Health Careers Medical Assistant

Job Title Medical Assistant
• Medical Assistant
(422A) major code
About the Occupation This certificate program prepares individuals for employment in the administrative
According to the Bureau of Labor and clinical areas of medical offices, clinics, and other health care agencies. The
Statistics, there will be an almost 60 Waubonsee Community College Medical Assistant Program is accredited by the
percent increase in medical assisting jobs Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP), on
in the next five years. recommendation of the Curriculum Review Board of the American Association of
Medical Assistants’ Endowment (AAMAE).
Medical assistants perform routine Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs
administrative, clinical and laboratory 35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1970
tasks to keep medical offices, clinics, Chicago, IL 60601-2208
laboratories and other health care (312) 553-9355
agencies running smoothly.
Graduates of the program who meet CAAHEP requirements are eligible to take the
In smaller practice settings, medical national certification exam for Certified Medical Assistants, CMA (AAMAE). Students
assistants are usually generalists, handling who are able to meet American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) requirements
both administrative and clinical duties and will be eligible to take the national certification exam for Phlebotomy Technician,
reporting directly to an office manager or PBT (ASCP).
health care provider. Usually the medical
assistant helps with routine examinations, NOTE: This sequence is intended for full-time students in the medical assistant
obtains specimens, performs laboratory program. Students interested in a part-time program option should contact the Dean
tests, schedules appointments, handles for Health and Life Sciences for scheduling options (see directory).
medical insurance claims and
Summer Semester
accomplishes other office duties.
m *AOS 222 Medical Terms for Health Occupations .................1
m BIO 260 Human Structure and Function..............................4
m MLA 220 Pharmacology/Med.Assist. + ................................2
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
Program TOTAL..............................................................10
• Students may choose to complete the
program in four semesters (full-time) Fall Semester
or six semesters (part-time). m *AOS 115 Document Formatting............................................3
• The required externship allows m MLA 150 Basic Administrative Procedures for
students to gain experience at a local the Medical Assistant............................................3
physician’s office, clinic or outpatient m MLA 171 Medical Assistant Clinical I + .............................2.5
facility. m MLA 230 Medical Law and Ethics ........................................1
m PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology.............................................3
TOTAL ..........................................................12.5
Professional Certification Spring Semester
Opportunities m AOS 227 Medical Transcription I ...........................................3
• Certified Medical Assistant (CMA) — m AOS 235 Medical Insurance and Reimbursement................3
Graduates who meet certain m COM 125 Communication Strategies for
requirements are eligible to take this Healthcare Careers................................................2
national certification exam from the m MLA 172 Medical Assistant Clinical II + ............................2.5
American Association of Medical m MLA 210 Laboratory Procedures/Med. Assist. +..................3
Assistants’ Endowment (AAMAE). TOTAL ..........................................................13.5
• Phlebotomy Technician (PBT) —
Students who meet certain
requirements will be eligible to take (continued on the next page)
this national certification exam from
the American Society of Clinical
Pathologists (ASCP).
2008/2009
Career Education
Medical Assistant Degrees and Certificates
127
Summer Semester– 2 Program Costs
m MLA 298 Medical Assistant Externship +.............................2 In addition to tuition and regular fees, the medical assistant
TOTAL ...............................................................2 student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks for MLA classes
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................38
(excludes general education courses) ....................................$120
* Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency Uniform/white shoes................................................................$70
test. Contact the division of Business and Information Stethoscope .............................................................................$15
Systems for test dates and times (see directory). Physical exam, immunizations,
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. TB testing ..............................................per health care provider
+ Program admission required for enrollment. Total Estimated Costs
(excluding medical requirements) $205
Procedure for Entering the Medical Assistant Program NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
The medical assistant program is offered in either an accelerated subject to change without prior notice to the student.
(four semester) or part-time (six semester) sequence. Students
seeking admission to the medical assistant program are required
to: Advanced Placement
1. Meet with Counseling and Advising (see directory) to Applicants who wish to transfer medical assistant courses from
establish a schedule for taking program courses. another college or vocational school to Waubonsee may be
2. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the Dean considered for advanced placement. Advanced placement
for Health and Life Sciences (see directory). applications are considered on an individual basis and require
3. Complete the special application required for entry into the that specific documentation (e.g. transcripts, course descriptions)
program, which is available from the office of Health Care be submitted along with the medical assistant application.
Programs, Counseling and Advising, or on the Internet at This program does not grant credit for life or work experience.
www.waubonsee.edu/prostudents/admission_info.php.
Enrollment in the medical assistant (MLA) courses is limited
in order to provide the best possible educational experience
for students. Students interested in the accelerated sequence
and desiring to take courses with the MLA prefix in the
summer must make application by May 1. Students interested
in the part-time sequence and desiring to take courses with
the MLA prefix in the fall must make application by July 1.
4. Complete required medical assistant program assessment
tests. Acceptance into the program is based on assessment
results, with documentation of reading and math skills at a
10th grade level. Students should contact the Center for
Learning Assessment (see directory) for testing dates and to
schedule an appointment.
5. Understand that the medical assistant application, previous
transcripts, and program assessment testing in math and
reading are required for admission to the program. Students
are notified via mail approximately three weeks after the
application deadline date as to selection status.
6. Follow the program sequence once accepted into the program.
The student is expected to follow either the accelerated or
part-time program sequence for all MLA courses. Students
may opt to complete any or all of the AOS, BIO, PSY, or COM
courses prior to submitting an application to the medical
assistant program; a minimum 2.0 GPA must be received in
each of the major courses. NOTE: AOS and MLA courses are
offered on a limited basis during the year. Please contact the
offices of Business and information Systems (AOS) and Health
and Life Sciences (MLA) for specific course information.
7. Submit documentation of a physical examination,
immunizations and 2-step tuberculosis (TB) test upon
acceptance into the accelerated program, and prior to the start
of MLA 171 Medical Assistant Clinical I for students accepted
into the part-time program.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Health Careers Nurse Assistant

Job Title Basic Nurse Assistant Training
• Certified Nurse Assistant (CNA)
(427A) major code
About the Occupation Graduates of this program have the competencies to work as nurse assistants in
Certified nurse assistants are valued hospitals and long-term care facilities and for home health agencies. The program is
members of the health care team, working approved by the Illinois Department of Public Health (IDPH) and meets the
in acute and long-term care settings. The requirements of the Nursing Home Reform Act of 1979.
nurse assistant generally bathes, dresses or
Students are eligible to take the IDPH exam for Certified Nurse Assistant (CNA) after
feeds patients and performs various other
successful completion of this course.
supervised tasks to assist nurses.
A student who wants to pursue a career in
Course Requirements
health care should have a sincere desire to m NAS 101 Nurse Assistant Skills + ........................................7
work with people and be empathetic to PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................7
the needs of others. Nurse assistants m Major course requires a minimum grade of C.
receive satisfaction from knowing their
work contributes to the well-being of
others.
Procedure for Entering Basic Nurse Assistant Training
Students seeking admission to the basic nurse assistant training program are required
Highlights of Waubonsee’s to:
Program 1. Contact the Center for Learning Assessment (see directory) to make an
• Certified nurse assistant status may appointment for required assessment testing. Acceptance into the program is based
serve as a springboard for a variety of on assessment results, with documentation of reading skills at an 8th grade level.
careers within the health care field, 2. Be at least 16 years of age or older.
such as phlebotomy technician, 3. Submit required documentation of a 2-step tuberculosis (TB) test prior to entering
medical assistant, massage therapist or the clinical experience.
registered nurse. Following completion 4. Submit $10 application fee required by the Illinois Department of Public Health
of the program, a student can enroll in (IDPH) to initiate a background check during the first week of classes.
several noncredit classes offered 5. Submit $50 application fee for the state certification examination prior to the
through Workforce Development (see conclusion of the course.
directory). These include Phlebotomy 6. Maintain a 2.0 GPA (course grade of C or better) and pass the final examination
and Beyond the Basics (advanced with a grade of C to complete the course.
course for the CNA). 7. Pass the 21 manual skills mandated by IDPH.
8. Attend the required number of hours mandated by IDPH. This allows for only one
absence from clinical and two from theory classes. Unexcused tardiness also counts
as an absence. Any student who does not meet these IDPH attendance requirements
will be withdrawn from NAS 101, without exception.
Certification testing will be arranged and documentation of course completion will be
submitted to the IDPH by the college. The state examination will be administered one
to two months following completion of the course.
Contact the Dean for Health and Life Sciences for additional information (see
directory).
2008/2009
Career Education
Nurse Assistant Degrees and Certificates
129
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the nurse assistant student
has the following minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks .................................................................................$64
Uniform/shoes..........................................................................$43
Name Badge ..............................................................................$4
Supplies (e.g. gait belt) ..............................................................$9
Immunizations, TB testing........................per health care provider
Total Estimated Costs
(excluding medical requirements): .............................................$120
In addition, students are responsible for personal transportation
to required clinical experiences.
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
subject to change without prior notice to the student.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Health Careers Perioperative Nursing

Job Titles Perioperative Nursing
• Certified Perioperative Nurse (CNOR)
(464A) major code
About the Occupation This certificate program prepares licensed registered professional nurses (RNs) for
These specially trained nurses assess employment in perioperative nursing. The program provides the RN with content
and intervene with clients during the unique to client care in the perioperative setting, utilizing the nursing process and
perioperative period, providing comfort critical thinking skills. With an additional 2400 hours or minimum two years
measures, ensuring a safe environment perioperative practice, the RN may be eligible to take the CNOR certification
and evaluating client outcomes. The examination through the Certification Board, Perioperative Nursing. The certificate
perioperative nurse assists various is offered over two semesters.
members of the surgical team, including
Spring Semester
surgeons, anesthesiologists and other
surgical personnel. The nurse is involved m SUR 210 Perioperative Nursing Practice + ...........................3
in every aspect of the surgical procedure, m SUR 120 Instrumentation and Practices
from preparing and maintaining a safe Common to Surgical Procedures + .......................5
environment and passing instruments, to TOTAL ...............................................................8
closely monitoring the client throughout Summer Semester
the surgical experience. The perioperative
m SUR 200 Health Problems and Surgical
nursing program prepares the nurse to
Procedures II +......................................................2
practice independently at a beginning
m SUR 202 Perioperative Externship I + ..................................2
level in the perioperative setting.
TOTAL ...............................................................4
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................12

Program m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
• This program, which takes just two + Program admission required for enrollment.
semesters to complete, gives RNs the
opportunity to specialize and/or Procedure for Entering the Perioperative Nursing Program
advance their careers. The perioperative nursing program is offered over two semesters. Students seeking
admission to the perioperative nursing program are required to:
1. Meet with Counseling and Advising (see directory) to establish a schedule for taking
Professional Certification program courses.
Opportunities 2. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the Dean for Health and Life
• With an additional 2400 hours or two Sciences (see directory).
years of perioperative practice, 3. Be a registered nurse (RN) currently licensed (or eligible for license) in the state of
graduates may be eligible to take the Illinois, with a minimum of one year full-time experience (or equivalent) in the
CNOR certification exam through the areas of medical/surgical, emergency or critical care nursing. RNs in these areas
Certification Board, Perioperative with less than one year of full-time experience may still be eligible for entry into the
Nursing. program upon completion of additional course work, and should contact the Dean
for Health and Life Sciences for additional information.
4. Complete the special application required for entry into the program, which is
available from the division of Health and Life Sciences, Counseling and Advising, or
on the Internet at www.waubonsee.edu/prostudents/admission_info.php.
Enrollment is limited in the surgical technology (SUR) courses in order to provide
the best possible educational experience for students. Students desiring to take
courses with the SUR prefix in the spring must make application by August 1.
5. Provide documentation of current American Heart Association BLS for Healthcare
Providers (CPR) certification. This certification must remain current for the entire
length of the program.
2008/2009
Career Education
Perioperative Nursing Degrees and Certificates
131
6. Understand that the perioperative nursing application,
previous transcripts, and documentation of current Illinois
registered nurse (RN) licensure are required for admission to
the program. Students are notified via mail approximately four
weeks after the application deadline date as to selection status.
7. Follow the program sequence once accepted into the program.
The student is expected to follow the program sequence for all
SUR courses. For continuation in the perioperative nursing
program, a 2.0 or better GPA must be received in each of the
major courses. NOTE: SUR courses are offered on a limited
basis during the year. Please contact the office of Health and
Life Sciences for specific course information.
immunizations, Hepatitis-B series, and 2-step tuberculosis
(TB) test upon acceptance into the program.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the perioperative nursing
student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks ....................................................................................$160
White shoes, lab coat, patch.........................................................$75
Supplies.........................................................................................$20
Physical exam, immunizations,
Hepatitis-B series, TB testing........................per health care provider
(excluding medical requirements) ...............................................$255
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Health Careers Phlebotomy Technician

Job Title Phlebotomy Technician
• Phlebotomy Technician
(435A) major code
About the Occupation This certificate program prepares individuals for employment in a variety of health
Phlebotomy technicians (phlebotomists) care settings that require the collection, handling and processing of blood specimens.
are responsible for the collection, Graduates may be eligible to take the national certification examination, Phlebotomy
transport, handling and processing of Technician, PBT (ASCP) to become Certified Phlebotomy Technicians.
blood specimens for analysis. The
Course Requirements
phlebotomy technician certificate
program provides a foundation for m *AOS 222 Medical Terms for Health Care Occupations .........1
possible transition into other health care m COM 125 Communication Strategies for
careers such as medical assistant, medical Healthcare Careers ...............................................2
lab technician or medical technologist. m PBT 105 Theoretical and Clinical Aspects of
Phlebotomy + .....................................................4.5
m PBT 297 Phlebotomy Externship + ...................................1.5
PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................9
Program * Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency test. Contact the
• This program is just 9 credit hours, division of Business and Information Systems for test dates and times
allowing students a quick entry into or (see directory).
way to advance in the health care field. m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
• The required externship allows + Program admission required for enrollment.
students to gain 120 hours worth of
real-world experience.
Procedure for Entering the Phlebotomy Technician Program
The phlebotomy technician program is offered during the fall and spring semesters.
Enrollment in the phlebotomy (PBT) courses is limited in order to provide the best
Professional Certification possible educational experience for students. Previous or concurrent enrollment in
Opportunities AOS 222 and COM 125, and program assessment testing in reading are required for
• Phlebotomy Technician (PBT) — enrollment in PBT courses. Acceptance into the program is based on assessment
Graduates who meet certain results, with documentation of reading skills at an 8th grade level. Students should
requirements will be eligible to take contact the Center for Learning Assessment (see directory) for testing dates and times.
this national certification exam from
the American Society of Clinical For continuation in the phlebotomy technician program, a 2.0 or better GPA must be
Pathologists (ASCP). received in each of the major courses.
Current American Heart Association Basic Life Support (BLS) for Healthcare
Providers, completed health form, documented immunizations, and 2-step
tuberculosis (TB) test are required two weeks prior to the start of PBT 297
Phlebotomy Externship.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the phlebotomy technician student has the
following minimum fees and expenses:
Textbooks for PBT classes (excludes
general education courses) ......................................................$41
BLS Certification.......................................................................$45
Uniform ....................................................................................$50
TB testing ..............................................per health care provider
(excluding medical requirements) ...............................................$136
NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are subject to change
without prior notice to the student.
2008/2009
Career Education
133
Health Careers Registered Nursing

Nursing Job Title
• Registered Professional Nurse (RN)
(430A) major code
The nursing program prepares individuals to function as staff nurses in a variety of About the Occupation
health care settings, including hospitals, nursing homes, and offices. Graduates of the Nurses use acquired skills, scientific
program are eligible to take the National Council of State Boards of Nursing Examina- knowledge and nursing expertise to
tion (NCLEX-RN) which leads to licensure as a registered professional nurse (RN). assess, prioritize actions and assist the
The program is accredited by the Illinois Department of Professional Regulation. client to meet physical and psychological
needs. State licensure requirements
General Education Courses
determine the scope of the nurse’s
m BIO 250 Microbiology ..........................................................4 responsibilities. Nurses assess and record
m BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I .....................................4 clients’ symptoms and response to
m BIO 272 Anatomy and Physiology II ....................................4 treatment, administer medications,
m COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication ..........................3 assist in convalescence and rehabilitation,
m ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3 instruct clients and families in proper
m ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3 care, and help individuals and groups
m PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 take steps to improve or maintain health.
m PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology.............................................3 Career advancement for experienced
American Heart Association Health nurses with further education may be
Care Provider (CPR) Certificate .............................0 directed toward nursing management,
TOTAL .............................................................27 advanced practice nursing or nursing
Nursing Courses education.
(Each are eight weeks long.)
m NUR 105 Introduction to Healthcare + .................................5
m NUR 106 Introduction to Clinical Highlights of Waubonsee’s
Pharmacology for Nurses +...................................1 Program
m NUR 120 Basic Concepts of Nursing + ...............................5 • For the 2006-07 academic year, 98% of
m NUR 150 Medical-Surgical Nursing I + .................................5 Waubonsee’s nursing graduates passed
m NUR 175 Psychiatric Nursing +.............................................5 the National Council of State Boards of
m NUR 205 Medical-Surgical Nursing II + ................................5 Nursing Examination (NCLEX-RN);
m NUR 220 Maternity and Gynecologic Nursing + ..................5 this rate is 10 percentage points higher
m NUR 250 Medical-Surgical Nursing III + ...............................5 than the national average.
m NUR 275 Medical-Surgical Nursing IV + ...............................5
TOTAL .............................................................41
Professional Certification
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE .......................................68 Opportunities
NOTE: Students enrolled in the clinical portion of the nursing program for the full • Registered Professional Nurse (RN) —
16-week semester are considered full-time students. However, student financial aid Graduates are eligible to take the
awards are based on the actual number of credit hours in which the student is enrolled. National Council of State Boards of
Nursing Examination (NCLEX-RN).
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Registered Nursing
Procedure for Entering the Nursing Program 9. Once accepted into the program, the student must:
Students seeking admission to the nursing program are • follow the program sequence for all NUR courses;
required to: • attain a 2.0 (C) or better GPA in each of the nursing
1. Submit a completed New Student Information Form to courses;
Registration and Records. • submit documentation of a physical and dental
2. Meet with Counseling and Advising to establish a schedule examination, current immunizations, and a 2-step
for taking prerequisite courses. tuberculosis (TB) test;
3. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the • attend the mandatory new student orientation to the
Health Care Programs Office (see directory). nursing program.
4. Take the required Nurse Entrance Test (NET) and Nelson- 10. Official written notification of acceptance into the program
Denny (ND) assessment test. Recommended testing time is will be received via certified mail. Students not accepted
when the student is in his/her last required nursing must reapply.
prerequisite course. 11. In compliance with the Illinois Community College Act,
• Contact the Center for Learning Assessment (see in-district applicants will be given preference over out-of-
directory) to make an appointment for testing. district applicants. Proof of residency may be required.
• Acceptance into the program is based on assessment Contact Registration and Records for information regarding
results, with documentation of reading and math skills residency.
of 51% for the NET and reading skills at the 12th grade
level for the ND. NOTE: Applicants who lack basic, beginning keyboarding and
• A student has two (2) opportunities to successfully Windows navigation skills are encouraged to take an introductory
meet assessment requirements. Eights weeks must computer course before starting the nursing course sequence. To
elapse between testing sessions. maximize success, students may take NUR 100 prior to entry into
• Guidance is provided by the Learning Enhancement the program.
Center and the Center for Learning Assessment for
students who do not meet these entry requirements.
• Note: Test scores are only valid for 24 months.
Advanced Placement
5. Complete and submit the nursing application required for Licensed Practical Nurses (LPNs) may be eligible for advanced
entry into the program, along with a program application fee placement into the program, as well as students transferring from
of $10 (check or money order made out to Waubonsee another nursing program. Applications will be reviewed on an
Community College). The application is available from the individual basis. Contact the Health Care Programs Office (see
offices of Registration and Records, Counseling, and Health directory).
Care Programs, or on the Internet at www.waubonsee.edu.
Application to the program must be made prior to the Program Costs
deadline for the semester the student desires to enter:
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the registered nursing
• March 15 for fall enrollment (August/October)
• September 15 for spring enrollment (January/March)
Enrollment is limited in the nursing (NUR) courses in order Textbooks for NUR classes (excludes general
to provide the best possible educational experience for education courses)..............................................................$850
students. (Note: Selection for admission into the program for either BLS certification .......................................................................$45
August/October or January/March will be determined by the Uniform/shoes ........................................................................$105
Admissions Committee. Applicants should anticipate acceptance for Nursing supplies (e.g. watch, stethoscope) ...........................$175
either start date for fall or spring semesters.) NCLEX-RN licensure exam fee ..............................................$264
6. Attain a cumulative GPA of 2.7 or higher for prerequisite State of Illinois criminal background check fee .......................$50
courses. Physical examination, immunizations,
7. Complete science courses within five years of application TB testing..............................................per health care provider
filing deadline. Science courses taken prior to five years must
be retaken. There are no exceptions. Total Estimated Costs
8. Understand that all of the following documentation must be (excluding medical requirements): ............................................$1490
submitted in order to be considered for acceptance into the In addition, students are responsible for personal transportation
program: to required clinical experiences.
• New Student Information Form;
• nursing program application; NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
• successful completion of prerequisite courses or test subject to change without prior notice to the student.
results from any proficiency examinations (CLEP);
• nursing assessment entrance testing;
• transcripts from high school and other
colleges/universities. ✆ See directory inside back cover.
2008/2009
Career Education
135
Health Careers Surgical Technology

Job Title
• Certified Surgical Technologist (CST)
Surgical Technology
Certificate of Achievement About the Occupation
(462A) major code The surgical technologist assists in
This certificate program prepares individuals for entry-level employment as surgical surgical procedures under the supervision
technologists. The program provides students with a foundation in the basic sciences of surgeons, anesthesiologists, registered
and subjects unique to the perioperative setting. Waubonsee Community College is nurses or other surgical personnel. Prior
fully accredited by the Commission on Accreditation for Allied Health Education to each operation, the technologist
Programs. Students graduating from the surgical technology program are eligible to positions surgical instruments and
take the national certification exam offered by the Liaison Council on Certification for equipment, and ensures proper
the Surgical Technologist. functioning. The technologist also aids
Commission on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs patients by preparing incision sites,
35 East Wacker Drive, Suite 1970 transporting patients to surgery,
Chicago, IL 60601-2208 positioning and covering them with sterile
(312) 553-9355 drapes, and observing vital signs. During
surgical procedures, technologists pass
Fall Semester instruments and other sterile supplies to
m BIO 250 Microbiology ..........................................................4 the surgeons and surgical team members,
m BIO 260 Human Structure and Function..............................4 and may assist during procedures. They
m *AOS 222 Terms for Health Occupations...............................1 prepare specimens for laboratory analysis,
m SUR 100 Principles of Surgical Tech. +.................................4 apply dressings and transfer patients to
m SUR 110 Surgical Pharmacology +.......................................2 post-anesthesia care.
TOTAL .............................................................15
The surgical technology certificate
Spring Semester program provides a foundation for
m COM 125 Communication Strategies for possible transition into other health care
Healthcare Careers................................................2 careers such as Certified First Assist
m SUR 120 Instrumentation and Practices (CFA) and Surgical Nurse.
Common to Surgical Procedures + .......................5
m SUR 150 Health Problems and Surgical
Procedures I +.......................................................2
m SUR 151 Surgical Tech Externship I + ..................................3
TOTAL .............................................................12
Program
• The surgical technology program
Summer Semester combines classroom instruction and
m SUR 200 Health Problems and Surgical clinical experience at affiliated health
Procedures II +......................................................2 care agencies in the community.
m SUR 201 Surgical Tech Externship II + .................................3 Graduates are competent as entry-level
m SUR 220 Seminar in Surgical Tech. + ................................0.5 technologists, qualified to provide
TOTAL ............................................................5.5 services in surgical areas, sterile
processing departments, ambulatory
PROGRAM TOTAL..................................................................32.5 care and other facilities.
* Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency test. Contact
the division of Business and Information Systems for test dates and times
(see directory). Professional Certification
Opportunities
• Certified Surgical Technologist (CST) —
+ Program admission required for enrollment. Graduates are eligible to take this
national certification exam offered by
the Liaison Council on Certification
for the Surgical Technologist.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Surgical Technology
Procedure for Entering the Surgical Technology Program Costs

Program In addition to tuition and regular fees, the surgical technology
The surgical technology program is offered in a full-time (three student has the following minimum fees and expenses:
semester) sequence. Students seeking admission to the surgical
Textbooks for SUR classes (excludes general
technology program are required to:
education courses)..............................................................$245
1. Meet with Counseling and Advising (see directory) to
White shoes, lab coat, patch....................................................$75
establish a schedule for taking program courses.
Stethoscope .............................................................................$15
2. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the Dean
Supplies....................................................................................$20
for Health and Life Sciences (see directory).
3. Complete the special application required for entry into the
Hepatitis-B series, TB testing ...............per health care provider
program, which is available from the office of Health Care
Programs, Counseling, or on the Internet at Total Estimated Costs
www.waubonsee.edu/prostudents/admission_info.php. (excluding medical requirements) ...............................................$355
Enrollment is limited in the surgical technology (SUR) courses
in order to provide the best possible educational experience NOTE: These fees and expenses are approximate costs and are
for students. Students desiring to take courses with the SUR subject to change without prior notice to the student.
prefix in the fall must make application by June 1.
4. Complete required surgical technology program assessment
tests. Acceptance into the program is based on assessment
results, with documentation of reading at the 10th grade level
and placement into MTH 060. Students should contact the
Center for Learning Assessment (see directory) for testing
dates and to schedule an appointment.
5. Understand that the surgical technology application, previous
transcripts, and program assessment testing in math and
reading are required for admission to the program. Students
are notified via mail approximately four weeks after the
application deadline date as to selection status.
6. Provide documentation of current American Heart
Association BLS for Healthcare Providers (CPR) certification.
This certification must remain current for the entire length of
the program.
7. Follow the program sequence once a student is accepted into
the program. The student is expected to follow the program
sequence for all SUR courses. Students may opt to complete
any or all of the AOS, BIO, or COM courses prior to
submitting an application to the surgical technology program.
For continuation in the surgical technology program, a 2.0 or
better GPA must be received in each of the major courses.
NOTE: SUR courses are offered on a limited basis during the
year. Please contact the office of Health and Life Sciences for
specific course information.
immunization, Hepatitis-B series, and 2-step tuberculosis
(TB) test upon acceptance into the program.
2008/2009
Career Education
137
Health Careers Therapeutic Massage

The therapeutic massage program prepares individuals for employment as professional Job Title
massage therapists. Graduates are eligible to take the National Certification Exam in • Massage Therapist
Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork. Waubonsee’s therapeutic massage program is a
member of the American Massage Therapy Association Council of Schools and is
approved by the Illinois State Board of Higher Education.
Massage therapists use many different
Therapeutic Massage approaches to produce physical, mental
and emotional benefits through the
Associate in Applied Science Degree manipulation of the body’s soft tissue.
(470A) major code Therapeutic techniques utilized include
Swedish massage, joint movements,
The Associate in Applied Science degree in therapeutic massage prepares the
hydrotherapy, sports massage, stretching,
student to work with clients who are ill or injured and are referred from a medical or
muscle energy, myofascial techniques,
rehabilitative setting. Graduates may also find employment in the health main-
trigger point therapy, foot reflexology,
tenance/personal wellness areas of professional therapeutic massage.
acupressure, Shiatsu, Jin Shin Do, Reiki,
Cranio-sacral therapy and others.
Program Prerequisite Courses
Massage therapists need more than
m AOS 222 Medical Terms for Health Occupations .................1 technical skills. To effectively use massage
m BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I .....................................4 techniques, the therapist must be trained
m TMS 100 Introduction to Therapeutic Massage ....................1 in anatomy, physiology, kinesiology and
TOTAL ...............................................................6 pathology. A sensitivity toward the needs
Fall Semester, First Year of the client is essential.
m BIO 262 Neuro-musculoskeletal Systems ...........................3
m BIO 272 Anatomy and Physiology II ....................................4
m TMS 110 Professional Foundations of Highlights of Waubonsee’s
Therapeutic Massage +.........................................2 Program
m TMS 120 Massage Techniques I (first 8 weeks) +................3 • Waubonsee’s program is a member of
m TMS 125 Massage Techniques II (second 8 weeks) + .........3 the American Massage Therapy
m TMS 140 Massage Clinical I (second 8 weeks) +.................2 Association Council of Schools, and is
TOTAL .............................................................17 approved by the Illinois State Board of
Higher Education.
Spring Semester, First Year
• Students can choose to complete their
m BIO 264 Kinesiology and Pathology.....................................3
clinical work at an off-campus location
m PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology.............................................3
or at the college’s massage lab.
m TMS 130 Massage Techniques III +......................................4
m TMS 145 Massage Clinical II +...........................................1.5
m TMS 150 Business Practices for Massage Therapists +.......3
PED elective (select from list) ...............................1 Professional Certification
TOTAL ..........................................................15.5 Opportunities
• Graduates are eligible to take the
Additional General Education Requirements
National Certification Exam in
m BIO 200 Nutrition.................................................................3 Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork.
COM 120 Communications....................................................3
m ENG 101 or 151 English .......................................................3
ENG 102 or 152 English .......................................................3
TOTAL .............................................................12
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Therapeutic Massage
Additional Therapeutic Massage Spring Semester

Major Program Requirements m BIO 264 Kinesiology and Pathology.....................................3
m TMS 210 Ethical, Legal and Professional m TMS 130 Massage Techniques III +......................................4
Issues in Therapeutic Massage +..........................2 m TMS 145 Massage Clinical II +...........................................1.5
m TMS 220 Outcome Based Massage I + ...............................4 m TMS 150 Business Practices for Massage
m TMS 225 Outcome Based Massage II + ..............................4 Therapists +...........................................................3
m TMS 240 Massage Clinical III +..........................................1.5 TOTAL...........................................................11.5
m TMS 245 Massage Clinical IV + .........................................1.5
m TMS 297 Therapeutic Massage Internship + .....................1.5 PROGRAM TOTAL ..........................................................30.5
m TMS electives (select from list).............................2
TOTAL ..........................................................16.5
* BIO 260 must be taken in a face-to-face course format.
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE .......................................67 Online courses and other distance learning formats
will not be accepted.
TMS Electives (select 2 hours) + Program admission required for enrollment.
m TMS 250 Prenatal Massage + ..............................................1
m TMS 253 Reiki I + .................................................................1 Procedure for Entering the Therapeutic Massage
m TMS 254 Reiki II + ................................................................1 Degree and Certificate Programs
Students seeking admission to the therapeutic massage program
PED Electives (select 1 hour) are required to:
1. Meet with Counseling and Advising (see directory) to
Students should select 1 semester hour of credit in PED
establish a schedule for taking prerequisite and program
activity courses, PED 100-149. (PED 146 Yoga is
courses.
recommended.)
2. Obtain specific admission information by contacting the Dean
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. for Health and Life Sciences (see directory).
+ Program admission required for enrollment. 3. Complete the special application required for entry into the
program, which is available from the office of Health Care
Programs, Counseling, or on the Internet at
Therapeutic Massage www.waubonsee.edu/prostudents/admission_info.php.
Enrollment in the therapeutic massage (TMS) courses is
Certificate of Achievement limited in order to provide the best possible educational
(472A) major code experience for students. Students desiring to enter the degree
The certificate program in therapeutic massage prepares the or certificate program for fall must make application by May 1.
student to work in the wellness area of professional massage 4. Complete each prerequisite course with a minimum grade of
therapy with clients who seek massage for pleasure, relaxation C and cumulative GPA of 2.5 or better.
and general health maintenance. 5. Understand that the therapeutic massage application,
completion of prerequisite courses, and previous transcripts
NOTE: This sequence is intended for full-time students in the are required for admission to the program.
therapeutic massage program. Students interested in a part-time 6. Follow the program sequence for all TMS courses once
program option should contact their advisor for scheduling accepted into the program. A student may opt to complete any
options. or all of the BIO and PSY, ENG, or COM (degree program)
courses prior to submitting an application to the therapeutic
Program Prerequisite Courses
massage program. Note: TMS courses are offered on a limited
m AOS 222 Medical Terms for Health Occupations .................1 basis during the year. Please contact the office of Health and
m BIO 260 Human Structure and Function*............................4 Life Sciences for specific course information. For continuation
m TMS 100 Introduction to Therapeutic Massage ....................1 in the therapeutic massage program, a 2.0 or better GPA must
TOTAL ...............................................................6 be received in each of the major courses.
Fall Semester 7. Submit completed health form and documentation of current
m BIO 262 Neuro-musculoskeletal Systems ...........................3 immunizations and a 2-step tuberculosis (TB) test upon
m TMS 110 Professional Foundations of acceptance into the program.
Therapeutic Massage +.........................................2
m TMS 120 Massage Techniques I (First 8 weeks) + ...............3
m TMS 125 Massage Techniques II (Second 8 weeks) + .........3
m TMS 140 Massage Clinical I (Second 8 weeks) + ................2
TOTAL .............................................................13
2008/2009
Career Education
Therapeutic Massage Degrees and Certificates
139
In addition, students seeking admission to the therapeutic
massage degree program are required to:
1. Apply for regular Waubonsee student status by completing the
WCC New Student Information Form.
2. Contact the Center for Learning Assessment (see directory) to
make an appointment for required assessment testing.
Students who have completed a massage therapy certificate

program at an accredited college may be granted advanced
placement into some 100- and 200-level courses in the degree
program. Degree applicants interested in advanced placement
should contact the Dean for Health and Life Sciences for more
information.
Program Costs
In addition to tuition and regular fees, the therapeutic massage
Textbooks for TMS classes-certificate
(excludes general education courses).................................$190
Textbooks for TMS classes-degree
(excludes general education courses) ....................................$350
Uniform/shoes..........................................................................$80
Massage table........................................................................$430
Massage supplies...................................................................$100
Student liability insurance ........................................................$49
Four professional massages...................................................$240
National Certification Examination for
Therapeutic Massage and Bodywork ..................................$225
TB testing..............................................per health care provider
(excluding medical requirements) .....................................$1314-1474
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

Job Titles Heating, Ventilation and
• Heating and Cooling Mechanic
• Furnace/Air Conditioning Installer Air Conditioning
• Heating, Ventilation and Associate in Applied Science Degree
Air Conditioning Contractor
(800A) major code
The heating, ventilation and air conditioning program provides students the skills
needed to install, service and maintain commercial and residential heating, ventilation
and air conditioning equipment. Upon completion of this program, students should be
Heating, ventilation and air conditioning capable of installing a commercial or residential heating, ventilation and air
(HVAC) mechanics install, maintain and conditioning system; performing routine maintenance on the unit; conducting
repair the heating and cooling systems standard tests on the unit to insure operating efficiency; and following a logical
that control temperature, humidity and procedure to troubleshoot a mechanical or electrical problem. The program is
air cleanliness in homes, schools and other appropriate for pre-service entry-level students, as well as current employees who
buildings. Some also work on refrigeration desire an upgrading of their current knowledge and skills.
systems. They apply knowledge of gas,
oil, water and electrical systems, along General Education Requirements
with sound problem solving skills. Many COM 121 Communication in the Workplace .........................3
work with sheet metal, piping and a ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
variety of mechanical components such ENG 153 or 102 English .......................................................3
as motors, compressors, condensing units MTH 103 Elementary Technical Mathematics .......................3
and evaporators. Economics elective •.............................................3
General Education elective
(recommend CHM 100).........................................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s TOTAL .............................................................18
Program HVAC Major Program Requirements
• Students learn through hands-on m HVA 100 Basic Electricity for HVAC......................................3
training on “live” equipment to develop m HVA 110 Refrigeration Principles..........................................3
their troubleshooting skills. m HVA 120 HVACR Electrical Systems.....................................3
m HVA 130 Residential Comfort Systems................................3
m HVA 140 Basic Heating Systems..........................................3
Professional Certification m HVA 150 Basic Sheet Metal Fabrication and
Opportunities Print Reading .........................................................3
• Section 608 E.P.A. Refrigerant m HVA 160 Refrigerant Transition and Certification..................1
Certification m HVA 170 Universal R-410A Safety and Training
Certification ...........................................................1
m HVA 200 Sheet Metal Estimating,
Fabrication and Installation ....................................3
m HVA 210 Advanced Heating and Cooling Systems ..............3
m HVA 220 Advanced Heating /Cooling
Systems Service and Maintenance.......................3
m HVA 230 Advanced HVAC Controls ......................................3
TOTAL .............................................................32
Additional Requirements
TOTAL ...............................................................3
Program Electives
Technical electives
(select from list on next page).............................12
TOTAL .............................................................12
2008/2009
Career Education
HVAC Degrees and Certificates
141
Technical Electives Heating, Ventilation and Air
CAD 102 Introduction to 2-D CAD........................................3
CAD 140 Residential Architectural Drafting ..........................3 Conditioning
CAD 170 Commercial Architectural Drafting.........................3 Certificate of Achievement
HVA 297 HVAC Internship ....................................................1 (804A) major code
HVA 298 HVAC Internship ...................................................2 This certificate takes the student from the most basic through
HVA 299 HVAC Internship ....................................................3 the most advanced courses in HVAC. Students completing the
IDT 115 Motor Controls I ....................................................3 certificate are qualified to install and service residential as well
IDT 150 Building Mechanical Systems................................3 as light commercial HVAC equipment.
IDT 215 Motor Controls II ...................................................3
IDT 230 Commercial Power Distribution and Lighting ........3 Course Requirements
IDT 240 Programmable Controllers.....................................3 m HVA 100
Basic Electricity for HVAC......................................3
WLD 100 Survey of Welding .................................................3 m HVA 110
Refrigeration Principles..........................................3
WLD 115 Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting ...............................3 m HVA 120
HVACR Electrical Systems.....................................3
WLD 120 Shielded Metal Arc Welding I ................................3 m HVA 130
Residential Comfort Systems................................3
m HVA 140
Basic Heating Systems..........................................3
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66. m HVA 150
Basic Sheet Metal Fabrication
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. and Print Reading ..................................................3
m HVA 160 Refrigerant Transition and Certification..................1
m HVA 170 Universal R-410A Safety and Training
Certification ...........................................................1
m HVA 200 Sheet Metal Estimating, Fabrication
and Installation
or
IDT 115 Motor Controls I ....................................................3
m HVA 210 Advanced Heating and Cooling Systems ..............3
m HVA 220 Advanced Heating/Cooling
Systems Service and Maintenance.......................3
m HVA 230 Advanced HVAC Controls ......................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................35
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Human Services
Job Titles Human Services
• Certified Addictions Counselor
• Community Outreach Worker Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Family Support Worker (650A) major code
• Group Home Worker
This program prepares paraprofessionals for employment in a variety of social service
• Mental Health Worker
organizations. The alcohol or other drug abuse (AODA) counseling program is
• Residential Counselor
accredited at the advanced level by the Illinois Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse
• Social Services Aide
Professional Certification Association (IAODAPCA).
• Youth Worker
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication ..........................3
About the Occupation ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3
Projected to be among the future’s fastest ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3
growing occupations, human services PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3
workers are employed in a wide variety of SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology.......................................3
settings under many different job titles Mathematics or Physical and Life
that are all characterized by a single Sciences elective •................................................3
unifying feature — their primary job TOTAL .............................................................18
function is helping people cope with Human Services Course Requirements
their problems.
m HSV 105 Survey of Human Services....................................3
m HSV 110 Group Dynamics....................................................3
m HSV 115 Crisis Intervention .................................................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m HSV 120 Introduction to Substance Abuse..........................3
Program m HSV 140 Assessment and Treatment of the
• Because of its advanced accreditation Dual-Disordered Client .........................................3
from the Illinois Alcohol and Other m HSV 230 Human Services Seminar
Drug Abuse Professional Certification and Field Experience I (5)
Association (IAODAPCA), graduates or
of Waubonsee’s human services AAS m HSV 235 Human Services Seminar
degree program can become Certified and Field Experience II (5)
Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse (for Addictions emphasis) ......................................5
Counselors (CADC) and enter the TOTAL .............................................................20
workforce more quickly.
Related Course Requirements
• Visits to and field experiences at local
AOS 110 Computer Software for the Office.........................3
human services agencies allow students
PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging .............................................3
to see what career areas are a good fit
SPN 110 Survival Spanish I ..................................................3
for them.
TOTAL ...............................................................9
2008/2009
Career Education
Human Services Degrees and Certificates
143
Elective and Specialty Courses (select 17 hrs) Addictions Counseling
NOTE: Students desiring to specialize in addictions counseling Certificate of Achievement
should choose electives from the emphasis area listed below;
students desiring a more general approach can choose electives (652A) major code
from either of the categories below. This certificate prepares individuals for employment as alcohol
and other drug abuse (AODA) counselors in a variety of agencies
Addictions Counseling Emphasis and facilities that serve persons who are substance abusers.
m HSV 125 Counseling Theories and Strategies ......................3 Students with prior and/or additional education can become
m HSV 210 Psychopharmacology and the AODA counselors as a result of completing this program. The
Addictive Process ..................................................3 program includes both classroom instruction and on-the-job
m HSV 220 Addictions Counseling I.........................................3 training (field experience) and may be applied toward the
m HSV 225 Addictions Counseling II........................................3 Associate in Applied Science degree in human services. The
m HSV 240 Human Services Seminar program is accredited by the Illinois Alcohol and Other Drug
and Field Experience III .........................................5 Abuse Professional Certification Association (IAODAPCA).
Additional Human Services Electives Course Requirements
m HSV 130 Crisis Line Worker .................................................3 m HSV 105
Survey of Human Services....................................3
m HSV 296 Special Topics......................................................1-6 m HSV 110
Group Dynamics....................................................3
PED 211 First Aid and Emergency Care...............................3 m HSV 115
Crisis Intervention .................................................3
PSY 220 Child Psychology ...................................................3 m HSV 120
Introduction to Substance Abuse .........................3
PSY 235 Social Psychology ..................................................3 m HSV 125
Counseling Theories and Strategies ......................3
SGN 101 Sign Language I.....................................................3 m HSV 210
Psychopharmacology and the
SGN 102 Sign Language II....................................................3 Addictive Process ..................................................3
SPN 111 Survival Spanish II .................................................3 m HSV 220 Addictions Counseling I.........................................3
SPN 211 Conversational Spanish .........................................3 m HSV 225 Addictions Counseling II........................................3
SOC 215 Introduction to Social Work ...................................3 m HSV 235 Human Services Seminar
and Field Experience II ..........................................5
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE .......................................64 m HSV 240 Human Services Seminar
and Field Experience III .........................................5
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................34
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Industrial Technology
Job Titles Industrial Maintenance
• Industrial Maintenance Mechanic
• Industrial Machine Repairer Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Maintenance Mechanic Helper (810C) major code
• Fluid Power Technician The industrial maintenance program prepares the graduate for entry into and
advancement within the field of industrial maintenance. The graduate has thorough
knowledge of the installation and repair of electrical and mechanical systems, including
About the Occupation electrical circuits, motor controls, PLCs, hydraulic and pneumatic systems, and various
other types of mechanical systems and machinery.
Industrial maintenance mechanics,
machinery repairers, fluid power General Education Requirements
technicians and others work in industrial COM 100 or 121 Communications ........................................3
settings where almost all of our nation’s ECN 100 or 110 Economics..................................................3
goods are produced. They install, ENG 101 or 151 English .......................................................3
maintain and repair machinery of all ENG 102 or 152 English .......................................................3
types. Some also care for buildings and MTH 103 Elementary Technical Math ..................................3
work on electrical, heating/cooling, General Education elective
hydraulic and pneumatic systems. Many (recommend PHY 103) ..........................................3
of these individuals make use of strong TOTAL .............................................................18
mechanical and welding skills. While they
spend much of their time doing preventive Industrial Maintenance Major Program Requirements
maintenance, when equipment fails they m CMT 250 Commercial and Residential Wiring.......................3
must diagnose and repair it, often under m HVA 100 Basic Electricity for HVAC
tight time constraints. or
m ELT 101 Introductory Electronics .....................................3-4
m IDT 110 Introduction to Industrial Technology.....................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m IDT 115 Motor Controls I ....................................................3
Program m IDT 120 Hydraulics ..............................................................3
m IDT 125 Machine Repair......................................................3
• Students learn in a hands-on
m IDT 150 Building Mechanical Systems................................3
environment that includes actual
m IDT 215 Motor Controls II ...................................................3
equipment as well as sophisticated
m IDT 220 Pneumatics............................................................3
training simulators.
m IDT 230 Commercial Power Distribution and Lighting ........3
m IDT 240 Programmable Controllers.....................................3
TOTAL ........................................................33-34
Additional Requirements
m WLD 100 or WLD 120 Welding .............................................3
TOTAL ...............................................................3
Industrial Maintenance Technical Electives
Electives may be taken from the areas of Industrial Technology, Electronics, Welding,
Heating/Ventilation/Air Conditioning, and Computer-Aided Design and Drafting.
TOTAL ..............................................................9-10
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ............................................64

2008/2009
Career Education
Industrial Technology Degrees and Certificates
145
Industrial Technology Basics Advanced Industrial

Certificate of Achievement Maintenance
(812A) major code Certificate of Achievement
The Industrial Technology Basics Certificate of Achievement (815C) major code
prepares an individual for a variety of entry level positions related
The Advanced Industrial Maintenance Certificate prepares the
to manufacturing, machinery repair, and industrial maintenance.
graduate for entry into and advancement within the field of
It helps that individual identify areas for career advancement and
industrial maintenance. The graduate has knowledge of the
specialization by presenting a broad overview of industrial tools,
installation and repair of electrical and mechanical systems,
systems, equipment, and maintenance operations that includes
including electrical circuits, motor controls, hydraulic systems,
basic hands-on lab work. It also covers employer expectations
and machinery repair. Electives may be chosen in areas of interest
with emphasis on issues related to safety and quality.
or specialization.
Course requirements
Course Requirements
m IDT Introduction to Industrial 110
m CMT 250 Commercial and Residential Wiring.......................3
Technology .......................................………………3
m HVA 100 Basic Electricity for HVAC
PROGRAM TOTAL ....................................................................3
or ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ...................3-4
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m IDT 110 Introduction to Industrial Technology.....................3
m IDT 115 Motor Controls I ....................................................3
m IDT 120 Hydraulics ..............................................................3
Basic Industrial Maintenance m WLD 100 or WLD 120 Welding ............................................3
Electives (choose from list below) ........................9
Certificate of Achievement PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................30
(813C) major code
The Basic Industrial Maintenance Certificate provides the
Program Electives
student with a broad overview of industrial technology, along
with specific skills in the areas of motor controls, machinery m CAD 100 Basic Technical Drawing.........................................3
repair and electrical circuitry. This prepares the student for m CAD 120 Introduction to 2-D CAD........................................3
employment in basic maintenance positions. m IDT 130 Manufacturing Processes......................................3
m IDT 134 Metrology ..............................................................2
Course Requirements m IDT 150 Building Mechanical Systems................................3
m CMT 250 Commercial and Residential Wiring.......................3 m IDT 160 Introduction to Computer Numerical Control ........3
m HVA 100 Basic Electricity for HVAC m IDT 195 Blueprint Reading ..................................................2
or ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ...................3-4 m IDT 215 Motor Controls II ...................................................3
m IDT 110 Introduction to Industrial Technology.....................3 m IDT 220 Pneumatics............................................................3
m IDT 115 Motor Controls I ....................................................3 m IDT 230 Commercial Power Distribution and Lighting ........3
m IDT 125 Machine Repair......................................................3 m IDT 240 Programmable Controllers.....................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................15 m IDT 296 Special Topics for Industry ..................................1-3
m IDT 297 Industrial Technology Internship ............................1
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m IDT 298 Industrial Technology Internship ............................2
m IDT 299 Industrial Technology Internship ............................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Industrial Technology
Industrial Maintenance Advanced CAD/CAM

Management Certificate of Achievement
(818A) major code This curriculum is intended for students wishing to study
advanced computer-aided manufacturing techniques. Possible
This Industrial Maintenance Management Certificate provides
job positions in industry include two-axis and three-axis machine
the graduate with a broad overview of industrial technology and a
programmer/operators.
skill set in specific maintenance areas. Together with business
and management coursework, it prepares the graduate to assume Course Requirements
a supervisory position over maintenance workers and to advance m CAD 100 Basic Technical Drawing.........................................3
towards management positions with industry. m CAD 102 Introduction to 2-D CAD........................................3
Technical Requirements m CAD 200 Introduction to 3-D CAD Modeling........................3
m CAD 210 Geometric Dimensioning and Tolerancing .............3
m IDT 110 Introduction to Industrial Technology.....................3
m CAD 240 Parametric Part Modeling ......................................3
m IDT 115 Motor Controls I ....................................................3
m IDT 160 Introduction to Computer Numerical Control ........3
m HVA100 Basic Electricity for HVAC
m IDT 260 Computer-Aided Machining (CAM)........................3
or ELT101 Introductory Electronics ....................3-4
m IDT 262 Intermediate CAD/CAM ........................................3
m CMT250 Commercial and Residential Wiring.......................3
m IDT 264 Advanced CAD/CAM .............................................2
TOTAL .................................................................15
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................29
Management Requirements m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m BUS100 Introduction to Business .......................................3
m CIS110 Business Information Systems..............................3
m MGT200 Principles of Management ....................................3 CNC Operator
m MGT210 Supervisory Management .....................................3
m MGT215 Human Resource Management ............................3 Certificate of Achievement
TOTAL .................................................................15 (822A) major code
The CNC Operator Certificate of Achievement is designed to
PROGRAM TOTAL ..................................................................30 impart entry-level skills to the student desiring employment in
m Major course requires a minimum grade of C. the high tech manufacturing arena. Basic knowledge in manual
machining provides a foundation for producing machine code,
uploading the code, setting up and operating numerically
controlled machine tools.
Course Requirements
m IDT 160 Introduction to Computer Numerical Control ........3
m IDT 195 Blueprint Reading ..................................................2
PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................8
2008/2009
Career Education
147
Interpreter Training
Interpreter Training Job Titles
• Interpreter for the Deaf
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Sign Language Interpreter
(660A) major code
Interpreter training is an Associate in Applied Science degree and trains people to be
sign language interpreters for the Deaf. Interpreter training was the first program of its About the Occupation
kind established in Illinois in 1975 and is currently one of six programs within the state. Sign language interpreters facilitate
Waubonsee’s program provides students with the opportunity to become proficient in communication between individuals who
American Sign Language and gain knowledge of Deaf culture. are deaf or hard of hearing and those who
can hear. The interpreter is considered to
First Semester
be a bilingual/ bicultural mediator in the
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3 communication exchange. Those engaged
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 in conversation rely heavily on the skill,
m SGN 100 Orientation to Deafness ........................................3 fluency, professionalism and ethical
m SGN 101 American Sign Language I ....................................3 behavior of the interpreter. The
m SGN 104 Signs of Everyday Use ..........................................3 interpreter is an integral part of the
m SGN 105 Linguistics of ASL I................................................3 communication exchange.
TOTAL .............................................................18
Second Semester
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3 Highlights of Waubonsee’s
m SGN 102 American Sign Language II ...................................3 Program
m SGN 106 Linguistics of ASL II...............................................3 • In 1975, Waubonsee became the first
m SGN 108 Conceptually Accurate Signed English ..................3 college in the state to design an
m SGN 110 Introduction to American interpreter training program.
Deaf Culture ..........................................................3 • The program utilizes technology to
TOTAL .............................................................15 create a rich visual learning
Third Semester environment. Students’ signing
performances are captured by digital
(All third-semester ITP courses must be taken concurrently.)
video cameras, uploaded to a computer
COM 100 Fund. of Speech Communication ..........................3
and then reviewed by both the student
m ITP 200 Introduction to Interpreting +................................3
and the instructor.
m ITP 210 Etymology for Interpreters +.................................3
m ITP 211 Transliterating I +...................................................3
m ITP 221 Interpreting I + ......................................................3
m ITP 231 Sign to Voice I + ....................................................3
TOTAL .............................................................18
Fourth Semester
(All fourth-semester ITP courses must be taken concurrently and
after successful completion of all third semester ITP courses.)
m ITP 212 Transliterating II +..................................................3
m ITP 222 Topics in Interpreting + .........................................3
m ITP 223 Interpreting II + .....................................................3
m ITP 230 Specialized Areas of Interpreting + .......................3
m ITP 232 Sign to Voice II + ...................................................3
Math or Physical and Life Sciences
elective • ...............................................................3
TOTAL .............................................................18 m Major course requires minimum
grade of C.
Fifth Semester
• See course choices listed on pages
m ITP 290 The Interpreter as Practitioner + ...........................3
65-66.
TOTAL ...............................................................3
+ Program admission required for
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE .......................................72 enrollment.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Interpreter Training
Procedure for Entering the Interpreter Training Interpreter Training

Program
Waubonsee offers a full-time Interpreter Training Program which Certificate of Achievement
must be completed in a block fashion. Students are eligible to (662A) major code
register for Interpreter Training (ITP) courses after completing
Students must successfully complete the sign language
the following steps:
certificate before enrolling in the following courses to achieve
1. Meet with Counseling and Advising to establish a the interpreter training certificate. Because sign language courses
schedule for taking the Sign Language (SGN) classes. are prerequisites, this certificate will require two years for
2. Complete all SGN courses with a grade of C or better completion.
and a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher Course Requirements
in the SGN classes.
m ITP 200 Introduction to Interpreting +................................3
3. Submit an ITP application by April 1. m ITP 210 Etymology for Interpreters +.................................3
4. Earn acceptable scores on the ITP admissions test. m ITP 211 Transliterating I +...................................................3
Contact the Center for Learning Assessment for more m ITP 212 Transliterating II +..................................................3
information on the ITP admissions test and scores. m ITP 221 Interpreting I + ......................................................3
Recommended testing time is between May and m ITP 222 Topics in Interpreting + .........................................3
November the year before the fall start time for ITP. m ITP 223 Interpreting II + .....................................................3
Testing must be completed by May 1 before starting m ITP 230 Specialized Areas of Interpreting + .......................3
ITP that fall. m ITP 231 Sign to Voice I + ....................................................3
m ITP 232 Sign to Voice II + ...................................................3
5. Complete the last SGN course within 18 months of
m ITP 290 The Interpreter as Practitioner + ...........................3
your planned start date for ITP. This requirement can
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................33
only be waived by the Dean for Humanities, Fine Arts
and Languages when the student has documented m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
interpreting experience. + Program admission required for enrollment.
Procedure for Completing the Interpreter Training Sign Language

Program
To complete the Interpreter Training Program with a certificate Certificate of Achievement
or degree, students must complete the following steps: (664B) major code
1. Complete all ITP courses with a grade of C or better. This certificate indicates completion of the fundamental sign
2. Complete all ITP courses within a three-year time language courses. Note also that the completion of these courses
period. Exceptions can only be granted by the Dean is a prerequisite for enrolling in the interpreter training certificate
for Humanities, Fine Arts and Languages. program.
3. Complete all practicum hours. Refer to the interpreter training admission requirements before
completing the sign language certificate.
Scheduling Note: SGN courses are offered during the day and
Course Requirements
evenings, but not all courses are offered every semester. Since all
SGN courses must be completed before entering any ITP courses, m SGN 100
Orientation to Deafness ........................................3
please consider this when scheduling. ITP courses are only m SGN 101
American Sign Language I ....................................3
offered during the day. Students may repeat a course only once. m SGN 102
American Sign Language II ...................................3
m SGN 104
Signs of Everyday Use ..........................................3
For additional information, contact the Dean for Humanities, m SGN 105
Linguistics of ASL I................................................3
Fine Arts and Languages (see directory). m SGN 106
Linguistics of ASL II...............................................3
m SGN 108
Conceptually Accurate Signed
English ...................................................................3
m SGN 110 Introduction to American
Deaf Culture ..........................................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................24
2008/2009
Career Education
149
Mass Communication
Mass Communication Job Titles
• Camera Operator
Associate in Applied Science Degree • TV/Radio Production Staff
(970B) major code • TV/Radio Program Host
• Audio/Video Editor
This degree is intended for individuals interested in working in the field of television,
• Producer/Director
Internet and/or radio broadcasting as announcers, radio/TV producers, camera
• Internet/Multimedia Specialist
operators and directors. The program utilizes Waubonsee’s television studio in
preparing students for this medium.
Although the intent of this degree program is occupational, many courses within About the Occupation
the program are individually articulated with four-year colleges offering radio/TV
The mass communication field provides
programs to facilitate continued study at a four-year institution. Courses are aligned
a vast opportunity for individuals to learn
with IAI courses when possible.
the skills and techniques necessary to
produce, direct or support television,
General Education Requirements radio and Internet productions. Technical
COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech Communication.............3 positions in this field can go from the
ENG 101 or 151 English ......................................................3 broad-based to the more highly
ENG 102 or 152 or 153 English ..........................................3 specialized, and include camera operators,
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 a wide variety of production staff
Humanities/Fine Arts elective •.............................3 positions, “on-air personalities,” audio
Math or Science elective• .....................................3 and video editors, producers, directors
TOTAL .............................................................18 and Internet producers. Knowledge and
experience in a variety of aspects in audio,
Mass Communication Major Program Requirements video and Internet media production offer
m *WEB100 Introduction to the Internet ...................................1 students an opportunity for employment
m MCM 130 Introduction to Mass Communication...................3 in many venues and allow the student to
m MCM 140 Television Production I...........................................3 move as the needs of the field shift.
m MCM 201 Broadcast Writing ..................................................3
m MCM 205 Basic Broadcast Announcing .................................3
m MCM 211 Introduction to Radio Production...........................3 Highlights of Waubonsee’s
m MCM 245 Mass Media Ethics and Laws ...............................3 Program
m MCM 280 Mass Communication Capstone:
• Students gain hands-on experience
The Business, Media and Careers
creating shows in the college’s own
of TV/Internet/Radio ...............................................3
television studio, located in Collins
m MCM 297 or 298 or 299 TV/Internet/Radio Internship ..........3
Hall.
TOTAL .............................................................25
• A public service announcement created
Program Electives (select 21 semester hours) by Waubonsee students won the 2006
COM 110 Voice and Diction...................................................3 Illinois Department of Transportation
COM 115 Online Communication..........................................3 college video challenge and ran on local
COM 121 Communication in the Workplace .........................3 cable television.
COM 135 Introduction to Advertising
Communication .....................................................3
COM 200 Public Speaking .....................................................3
COM 201 Business and Professional
Presentations.........................................................3
ELT 161 Introductory Telecommunications..........................3
m MCM 215 Basic News Writing ...............................................3
m MCM 221 Basic News Editing ...............................................3
m MCM 240 Television Production II-Live Studio .......................3
m MCM 243 Television Production III-Electronic
Film Production......................................................3
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Mass Communication
m MCM 296 Special Topics/Mass Comm. ...............................1-3

MUS 110 Music Careers .......................................................2
Mass Communication
MUS 211 Introduction to the Recording/MIDI Studio ...........3 Certificate of Achievement
MUS 213 Advanced Recording and MIDI Applications .........3
THE 110 The Art of Oral Interpretation ................................3
(972B) major code
TOTAL .............................................................21 This certificate is intended for individuals interested in working
in the field of television, Internet and/or radio broadcasting as
TOTAL SEM HRS FOR DEGREE ..............................................64 announcers, radio/TV producers, camera operators, directors
and related occupations. The program utilizes Waubonsee’s
* Students may proficiency a course by passing a proficiency television studio in preparing students for this medium.
test. Please contact the division of Business and Information
Systems for test dates and times. Course Requirements
m MCM 130
Introduction to Mass Communication...................3
• See course choices listed on pages 65-66. m MCM 140
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. m MCM 201
Broadcast Writing ..................................................3
m MCM 205
Basic Broadcast Announcing .................................3
m MCM 211
Introduction to Radio Production...........................3
Electronic Music Technology m MCM 240
Television Production II-Live Studio
or
Certificate of Achievement m MCM 243 Television Production III-
(974A) major code Electronic Film Production.....................................3
This certificate is intended for individuals interested in working m MCM 280 Mass Communication Capstone:
in the field of electronic music in a variety of venues including The Business, Media and Careers
radio, television, recording studios, Internet broadcasting or with of TV/Internet/Radio ...............................................3
recording artists. Students will gain the knowledge and practice m MCM 299 TV/Internet/Radio Internship..................................3
in MIDI and SIMPTE Time Code applications, digital editing and PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................24
digital sampling at both the beginning and advanced levels, m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
allowing them to work in recording studios, work sound boards
or work audio in a TV/radio station.
Course Requirements
m MUS 211 Introduction to the
Recording/MIDI Studio ..........................................3
m MUS 213 Advanced Recording and MIDI
Applications ...........................................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................6
2008/2009
Career Education
151
Paraprofessional Educator Job Titles
• Classroom Teacher Assistants
Associate in Applied Science Degree • Special Education Teacher Assistants
(590A) major code • Clerical/Support Staff Assistants
• Computer Laboratory Assistants
This degree offers students a wide range of educational experiences and prepares them
• Library/Media Center Assistants
to assist classroom teachers at all levels of the K-12 educational system. Students who
• Bilingual Teacher Assistants
complete this degree meet the requirements for paraprofessional educators established
by the No Child Left Behind legislation.
General Education Requirements About the Occupation
COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech Employment options and job
Communication .....................................................3 responsibilities for paraprofessional
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I ........................................3 educators vary widely. Some para -
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II .......................................3 educators exclusively perform non-
PSY 100 Introduction to Psychology ....................................3 instructional or clerical duties, such as
MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers I ............................3 working in the main office, monitoring
Social and Behavioral Sciences, playgrounds or hallways, or supervising
Math or Physical and Life lunchrooms or field trips. Many
Sciences elective• .................................................3 paraprofessional educators in the
TOTAL .............................................................18 general classroom, however, provide a
combination of instructional and clerical
Paraprofessional Educator Requirements tasks. They may reinforce instruction by
DIS 101 Disability in Society ...............................................3 working with students individually or in
ECE 115 Child Growth/Development small groups. Paraeducators may be asked
or to help prepare the classroom by setting
PSY 220 Child Psychology up/maintaining media equipment,
or ordering supplies, or creating bulletin
PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology..........................................3 boards and displays. Paraeducators may
ECE 120 Health, Safety, and Nutrition .................................3 assist teachers with grading, typing, filing,
m EDU 100 Strategies for the duplicating, maintaining health and
Paraprofessional Educator .....................................3 attendance records, and collecting money.
m EDU 110 Fundamentals of Language Arts A teacher may require a paraprofessional
Instruction..............................................................3 educator to research a topic and assemble
m EDU 200 Introduction to Education ......................................3 materials to be used in a particular
m EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education............................3 instructional unit.
m EDU 205 Introduction to Technology in Education................3
m EDU 220 Exceptional Child ...................................................3
MTH 202 Math for Elementary Teachers II ...........................3
TOTAL .............................................................30 Program
• Graduating from this program ensures
Elective and Specialty Courses (select 16 credits) that you have met the requirements for
NOTE: Students desiring to specialize in a particular paraprofessional educator area paraprofessional educators established
should choose electives from one of the emphases listed on the next page; students by the No Child Left Behind legislation.
desiring a more general approach can choose electives from any of the categories listed • Because of the important role it plays
on the next page. in today’s educational environment,
technology is emphasized throughout
Content Specialist Emphasis
the paraprofessional curricula.
Choose courses related to your content area(s) listed in sections B, C, and D of the Students create an electronic portfolio
Associate in Applied Science degree requirements (see pages 65-66). to aid them in their job search and
must take a technology in education
course where they learn to do Web
(continued on next page) research, develop a Web page, work
with digital cameras and scanners,
and more.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Disability Studies Emphasis Paraprofessional Educator

DIS 110 Perspectives on Disability......................................3
DIS 201 Catalyst for Change ...............................................3 Certificate of Achievement
Early Childhood Education Specialist Emphasis (594A) major code
ECE 101 Introduction to Early Childhood Education ............3 The core courses in this certificate provide students with a
ECE 105 Observation and Guidance of basic knowledge of the American educational system, an
Young Children.......................................................3 understanding of the roles and responsibilities of
ECE 107 Development and Guidance of paraprofessional educators, and an opportunity to
the School Age Child .............................................3 develop proficiency in assisting classroom teachers.
ECE 125 Child, Family and Community ...............................3 Course Requirements
ECE 207 School-Age Programming ......................................3
DIS 101
Disability in Society ...............................................3
Library/Media Specialist Emphasis ECE 115
Child Growth and Development
WEB 100 Introduction to the Internet ...................................1 or
PDV 102 Research Strategies ..............................................1 PSY 220 Child Psychology
or
Support Specialist Emphasis PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology..........................................3
Choose courses from the Administrative Office Systems (AOS) or ECE 120 Health, Safety and Nutrition ..................................3
Microcomputer Systems (MCS) sections of the catalog. m EDU 100 Strategies for Paraprofessional Educator ..............3
m EDU 110 Fundamentals of Language Arts Instruction .........3
Additional Paraprofessional Educator Electives m EDU 200 Introduction to Education ......................................3
AST 115 Astronomy for Educators.......................................3 m EDU 202 Clinical Experience in Education............................3
m EDU 210 Educational Psychology .........................................3 m EDU 205 Introduction to Technology in Education................3
m EDU 295 Topics/Issues for m EDU 220 Exceptional Child ...................................................3
Paraprofessional Educators.................................1-3 MTH 201 Math for Elementary Teachers I ............................3
m EDU 296 Topics/Issues for Education ................................1-3 PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................30
HSV 120 Introduction to Substance Abuse..........................3
MUS 210 Music for Elementary Teachers .............................3 NOTE: Proficiency credit is limited to 15 semester hours for
SGN 100 Orientation to Deafness ........................................3 this program.
SGN 101 American Sign Language I ....................................3 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
SGN 102 American Sign Language II ...................................3
SOC 130 Marriage and Family ..............................................3
SOC 210 Social Problems .....................................................3
SPN 101 Elementary Spanish I ............................................3
SPN 102 Elementary Spanish II ...........................................3
SPN 110 Survival Spanish I ..................................................3
SPN 111 Survival Spanish II .................................................3
SPN 201 Intermediate Spanish I ..........................................3
SPN 202 Intermediate Spanish II .........................................3
SPN 205 Spanish for Native Speakers .................................3
SPN 211 Conversational Spanish .........................................3

NOTE: Proficiency credit is limited to 20 semester hours for this
program.
2008/2009
Career Education
153
Photography
Traditional Photography Job Titles
• Photographer’s Assistant
Certificate of Achievement • Photographer
(902A) major code • Photographic Lab Technician
• Digital Image Specialist
This certificate is designed for students wanting to acquire basic photographic skills
through course work in traditional photography. Students will use a variety of cameras,
lighting equipment and darkroom processes.
Course Requirements
Professional photographers are employed
m ART 140 Photography I ........................................................3 in a variety of settings. Studio
m ART 240 Photography II .......................................................3 photographers capture objects, individuals
m ART 241 Photographic Lighting............................................3 and set-ups in a controlled lighting
m ART 290 Studio Art...............................................................3 environment. Documentary
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................12 photographers record events as they
occur. Commercial photographers capture
images that may be used for personal
Basic Digital Photography broadcasting, as in weddings, or for public
Certificate of Achievement promotion of consumer items, as in
advertisements.
(905A) major code
This certificate is designed for students interested in advancing their traditional
photographic skills into the digital arena. Whether for photo retouching or efficient file
management for the Web, students will acquire skills in using image editing software,
hardware and the peripherals relevant to the digital darkroom. • Waubonsee offers courses in both
traditional and digital photographic
Course Requirements techniques.
m ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography ..............................3 • In addition to using a traditional 35mm
m ART 242 Intermediate Digital Photography..........................3 camera, students also learn to use a
m ART 243 Advanced Digital Photography ..............................3 4” x 5” view camera, one of the most
PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................9 important tools in professional product
and commercial photo studios.
Intermediate Digital Photography

(906A) major code
This program is structured to provide students with skills in both traditional and
digital photography. Students will acquire the skills needed to work in a professional
studio using a variety of cameras and lighting equipment, as well as digital tools and
software.
Course Requirements
m ART 140 Photography I ........................................................3
m ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography ..............................3
m ART 240 Photography II .......................................................3
m ART 241 Photographic Lighting............................................3
m ART 242 Intermediate Digital Photography..........................3
m ART 243 Advanced Digital Photography ..............................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................18
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Photography
Comprehensive Photography
(907A) major code
This certificate program offers a sequence of courses that will
enable students to assemble a professional portfolio of both
traditional and digital images. The portfolio may be used for
professional job searches.
Course Requirements
m ART 104 History of Photography .........................................3
m ART 140 Photography I ........................................................3
m ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography ..............................3
m ART 240 Photography II .......................................................3
m ART 241 Photographic Lighting............................................3
m ART 242 Intermediate Digital Photography..........................3
m ART 243 Advanced Digital Photography ..............................3
m ART 290 Studio Art...............................................................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................24
2008/2009
Career Education
155
Real Estate
Real Estate Sales Job Titles
• Real Estate Sales Agent
Certificate of Achievement • Real Estate Broker
(166A) major code • Property and Real Estate Managers
The real estate certificate prepares students for prompt entry into the field. Upon
successful completion of this certificate, students have met the major requirement to
be eligible for the Illinois Real Estate Salesperson Examination. All real estate agents About the Occupation
and brokers must be licensed by the state of Illinois to conduct transactions in Illinois. Real estate agents help people buy or sell
their home and base their assistance on a
Requirements for the Illinois Real Estate Salesperson Examination
thorough knowledge of the housing
• Be at least 21 years old. market. These agents know local zoning,
• High school graduate or equivalent. tax laws and financing. Real estate agents
• Successful completion of the 45-classroom-hour Real Estate Transactions course generally are independent sales workers
(REL 110). who provide their services to a licensed
• Hold an original Uniform Real Estate Transcript (provided by WCC). broker on a contract basis. Property
Requirements for the Illinois Real Estate Sales License managers perform an important function
in increasing and maintaining the value of
• 21 years of age or older. This age limitation can be waived for persons under 21 who
real estate investments. They can
have completed two years of study beyond high school with a major emphasis in
administer income-producing commercial
real estate.
and residential properties and/or plan and
• High school graduate or equivalent.
direct the purchase, development and
• Sponsorship by an Illinois licensed broker.
disposal of real estate for business.
• Proof of successful completion of a 45-classroom-hour course in real estate
transactions: the Uniform Real Estate Transcript provided by WCC after successful Brokers not only sell real estate owned by
completion of REL 110 Real Estate Transactions. others, but also rent and manage
• Successfully pass the Illinois Real Estate Salesperson Examination. properties, perform market analyses and
assist with developing new building
Course Requirements
projects. In closing sales, brokers often
m REL 110 Real Estate Transactions........................................3 arrange loans, property inspections, and
PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................3 meetings between buyers and sellers.
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. Brokers also manage their own offices,
advertise properties and handle other
business matters.

• Earn college credit and professional
licensure at the same time.
• Learn from a team of experienced real
estate professionals.
• Courses are available in both
face-to-face and online formats.
Professional Certification
Opportunities
• Illinois Real Estate Salesperson
• Illinois Real Estate Broker
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Real Estate
Real Estate Broker

(167A) major code
This program offers individuals the necessary background for the
state of Illinois real estate broker’s test, provided they meet the
state’s criteria. Individuals enrolling in these courses should
already have their real estate sales license.
State requirements for the real estate broker’s license include the
following:
• 21 years of age or older. This age limitation can be waived for
persons younger than 21 who have completed two years of
study beyond high school with an emphasis in real estate.
• Meet one of the following educational requirements:
a. proof of completion of the real estate broker certificate; or
b. proof of a baccalaureate degree with a minor in real estate.
• Successfully pass the Illinois Real Estate Broker’s License
Examination.
Course Requirements
m REL 110 Real Estate Transactions*......................................3
m REL 120 Advanced Real Estate
Principles/2000** ..................................................1
m REL 125 Contracts and Conveyancing** .............................1
m REL 150 Brokerage Administration** ..................................1
Real Estate Electives.............................................2
PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................8
* Required course for state real estate sales exam.
** Required course for state real estate broker exam. In addition
to REL 120, REL 125 and REL 150, candidates for broker
exam must complete two elective courses from REL 130,
REL 135 and REL 140.
2008/2009
Career Education
157
Translation
Translation Job Titles
• Translator: English to Spanish
Certificate of Achievement • Translator: Spanish to English
(672A) major code • Interpreter/Translator
This certificate is intended to be an introduction to the translation profession for
linguistically skilled individuals. This course of study will provide students with a
comprehensive approach to the translating profession. Topics include industry About the Occupation
standards, project management, translation tools and accreditation issues. Issues of Translation is an intercultural
medical translation are also included. communication specialty. Translators
translate written text from a source
Course Requirements
language to a target language. Translators
m TRA 100 Introduction to Translation .....................................2 must be bilingual, and students in
m TRA 110 Translation Laboratory: Waubonsee Community College’s
English/Spanish + .................................................2 translation program must be proficient in
m TRA 130 Medical Translation Laboratory: both English and Spanish. Focus areas for
English/Spanish +..................................................2 the translator include literary translation,
m TRA 200 Advanced Translation Laboratory: legal and technical translation, medical
English/Spanish +..................................................2 translation, or finance and business
PROGRAM TOTAL ...............................................................8 translation. Translators typically focus on
m Major course requires minimum grade of C. one specialty area. Translators usually
have a college degree in a specialty area
+ Program admission required for enrollment. or experience in one particular field.
Program
• This 8-semester-hour program can
be a quick entry into the career field
of translation.
Sound Interesting?
Students interested in this program may
also be interested in Health Care
Interpreting; see page 120.
www.waubonsee.edu
Career Education
Welding Technology
Job Titles Welding Technology
• Arc Welder
• Spot Welder Associate in Applied Science Degree
• Production Welder (890A) major code
• Construction Welder
The welding program provides the student with the skills needed to layout, fabricate
and weld a variety of metals using the major welding processes in all positions. A
graduate of the program may qualify as a production or construction welder, pipe
About the Occupation welder, maintenance or repair welder, weld technician, welding operator, welding shop
The job of a welder is to permanently join supervisor, or welding salesperson.
metal parts. Some welders work in the
construction industry applying their trade
to buildings, bridges, pipelines and more. COM 121 or 100 Communications........................................3
The majority work in manufacturing, ENG 151 or 101 English .......................................................3
many of them on the assembly of things ENG 153 or 102 English .......................................................3
such as boilers, heavy equipment like MTH 103 Elementary Technical Math....................................3
bulldozers, large machinery, trucks ECN 110 or 100 Economics .................................................3
and ships. There are four basic welding General Education Elective •.................................3
processes, and the equipment and skills TOTAL .............................................................18
for each differ. Welders apply the science Welding Major Program Requirements
of joining metal with the art and hand-
m IDT 134 Metrology ..............................................................2
eye coordination required to make a
m WLD 101 Blueprint Reading for Welders...............................2
good weld.
m WLD 115 Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting ...............................3
m WLD 120 Shielded Metal Arc Welding I ................................3
m WLD 122 Welding Inspection and Testing.............................3
Highlights of Waubonsee’s m WLD 125 Gas Metal Arc and Flux
Program Cored Arc Welding.................................................3
• Waubonsee’s welding program m WLD 130 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding.....................................3
includes courses in each of the four m WLD 200 Fabrication and Weld Design .................................3
basic welding processes: oxyacetylene, m WLD 220 Shielded Metal Arc Welding II ...............................3
electric arc, gas metal arc (MIG or m WLD 221 Shielded Metal Arc Welding—Pipe I .....................3
CO2) and gas tungsten arc (TIG). m WLD 222 Shielded Metal Arc Welding—Pipe II ....................3
• The curriculum includes four courses m WLD 231 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding—Pipe I ........................3
devoted specifically to pipe welding. m WLD 232 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding—Pipe II .......................3
TOTAL .............................................................37
Technical Electives
(choose from list below).....................................9
Technical Electives
ELT 101 Introductory Electronics ........................................4
HVA 100 Basic Electricity for HVAC......................................3
WLD 150 Metallurgy and Heat Treatment .............................3
WLD 155 Industrial Safety.....................................................1
WLD 296 Special Topics—Welding .....................................1-3
WLD 297 Internship for Welding Technology.........................1
2008/2009
Career Education
Welding Technology Degrees and Certificates
159
Beginning Welding Advanced Welding

This welding program provides the student with entry-level skills The welding program provides the student with the skills needed
needed to layout, fabricate and weld a variety of metals using the to layout, fabricate and weld various metals using a variety of
major welding processes in all positions. A graduate of the positions and processes. A graduate of the program may qualify
program may qualify as a production or construction welder, pipe as a production welder, lead welder, maintenance or repair
welder, maintenance or repair welder, weld technician, welding welder, welding shop supervisor, or welding salesperson.
operator, welding shop supervisor, or welding salesperson.
Course Requirements
Course Requirements m IDT 134
Metrology ..............................................................2
m WLD 101 Blueprint Reading for Welders...............................2 m WLD 101
Blueprint Reading for Welders...............................2
Electives (choose from list below).......................14 m WLD 115
Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting ...............................3
PROGRAM TOTAL .............................................................16 m WLD 120
Shielded Metal Arc Welding I ................................3
m WLD 122
Welding Inspection and Testing.............................3
Program Electives m WLD 125
Gas Metal Arc and Flux
m IDT 134 Metrology ..............................................................2 Cored Arc Welding.................................................3
m WLD 115 Oxy-Fuel Welding and Cutting ...............................3 m WLD 130 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding.....................................3
m WLD 120 Shielded Metal Arc Welding I ................................3 m WLD 200 Fabrication and Weld Design .................................3
m WLD 122 Welding Inspection and Testing.............................3 m WLD 220 Shielded Metal Arc Welding II ...............................3
m WLD 125 Gas Metal Arc and Flux m WLD 221 Shielded Metal Arc Welding—Pipe I .....................3
Cored Arc Welding.................................................3 m WLD 222 Shielded Metal Arc Welding—Pipe II ....................3
m WLD 130 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding.....................................3 m WLD 231 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding—Pipe I ........................3
m WLD 200 Fabrication and Weld Design .................................3 m WLD 232 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding—Pipe II .......................3
m WLD 220 Shielded Metal Arc Welding II ...............................3 PROGRAM TOTAL..............................................................37
m WLD 221 Shielded Metal Arc Welding—Pipe I .....................3
m WLD 222 Shielded Metal Arc Welding—Pipe II ....................3 m Major course requires minimum grade of C.
m WLD 231 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding—Pipe I ........................3
m WLD 232 Gas Tungsten Arc Welding—Pipe II .......................3
www.waubonsee.edu
160
WAU B O N S E E
the real world of work
Career
Connections
2007/2008
Career Connections 161
Cooperative Agreements Cooperative agreements with other Illinois community colleges
include, and are limited to, the programs listed:
Waubonsee Community College has Career Education
Cooperative Agreements with several Illinois community colleges
College of DuPage
so that students may enroll in occupational degree and/or
certificate programs not available at Waubonsee. Students take Information: (630) 942-2800
all specialized courses at the cooperating college. Related Diagnostic Medical Imaging Nuclear Medicine (certificate)
technical and general education courses required in the Diagnostic Medical Imaging Radiography
cooperative programs may be taken at Waubonsee Community (AAS and certificates)
College or at the community college offering the program. Graphic Arts Technology
Print Production (AAS and certificate)
The cooperating college issues all degrees or certificates for Digital Prepress Production (AAS and certificate)
successful completion of the individual program. The student Horticulture (AAS and certificates)
pays the in-district tuition of the offering institution. See Motion Picture/Television
“Cooperative Agreements and Tuition Chargebacks” in the Television Production (AAS)
Tuition and Fees section of this catalog. For further information Film/Video Production (AAS)
about the program, check with the admissions office at the Motion Picture/Television (certificate)
respective school and contact the office of the Waubonsee Physical Therapist Assistant (AAS)
Assistant Vice President of Student Development (see directory)
for application materials.
Students from other community college districts who want to
enroll in a Waubonsee program not offered in their district
should first contact their own admissions office for the
proper forms.
Community Colleges Joint

Educational Agreement ✆ See directory inside back cover.
This agreement allows students to take any Illinois Community

College Board approved occupational program (certificates and
degrees) not offered by Waubonsee Community College at the
in-district tuition and fees of the college that offers the program.
Students covered under this agreement may avail themselves of
all services provided other in-district students. An authorization
form, signed by a designated representative from the office of the
Waubonsee Assistant Vice President of Student Development,
will be required for enrollment in all programs.
This agreement is among the following community colleges:
Black Hawk College, Carl Sandburg College, Danville
Community College, Elgin Community College, Heartland
Community College, Highland Community College, Illinois
Central College, Illinois Valley Community College, John Wood
Community College, Joliet Junior College, Kankakee Community
College, Kaskaskia College, Kishwaukee College, Lake Land
College, Lewis and Clark Community College, Lincoln Land
Community College, McHenry County College, Morton College,
Prairie State College, Richland Community College, Rock Valley
College, Sauk Valley Community College, South Suburban
College and Spoon River College.
www.waubonsee.edu
162 Career Connections
Internship Program ROTC Transfer Option

In several areas of study, Waubonsee includes an internship as an The U.S. Army Reserve Officers’ Training Program provides
additional credit course. It is an academic opportunity to expand college students who graduate with a bachelor’s degree the
students’ horizons into the career environment they are studying. opportunity to become commissioned officers in the U.S. Army,
An internship is a cooperative effort between a business and the the Army National Guard, and the U.S. Army Reserve. Army
college that combines education and experience for students and ROTC is traditionally a four-year program consisting of a basic
is closely monitored by the student, Waubonsee faculty, and the course (freshman and sophomore) and an advanced course
employer. An internship allows students to gain up to 3 credit (junior and senior).
hours in a semester toward their Associate in Applied Science
(AAS) degree or occupational certificate. The social science Waubonsee students, cross-enrolled with the Northern Illinois
internship can apply toward the AA/AS degree. The student University Army ROTC program, can complete the first two
commits to working 80 hours in the internship position for every years of military science classes as electives in an Associate in
hour of credit earned. Internships in the curriculum include: Arts, Science or Engineering Science degree at Waubonsee. Upon
• Accounting their transfer to a four-year college, they are eligible to enter the
• Administrative Office Systems advanced course in ROTC.
• Auto Body Repair
Students enrolled in the basic course classes (Military Science—
• Business Administration (Management, Marketing, Human
MSC) at Waubonsee incur no military obligation. The classes
Resources Management, Small Business Management)
provide elective credit upon transfer to a four-year college
• Computer-Aided Design and Drafting
offering Army ROTC.
• Computer Information Systems
• Construction Industry Community college students who have not previously taken
• Early Childhood Education Administration ROTC but are within one semester of transferring to a four-year
• Early Childhood Education Practicum institution may be eligible to enter the advanced course through
• Graphic Design attending the ROTC Leadership Training Camp during the
• Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning summer between community college graduation and fall
• Human Services semester entry at the four-year college. The ROTC basic camp
• Industrial Technology is a paid, six-week camp requiring students to meet certain
• Mass Communication eligibility criteria. Successful completion of the camp and
• Social Studies (Anthropology, Criminal Justice, History, recommendation of camp staff can lead to a federal or state
Political Science, Psychology and Sociology) scholarship.
• Therapeutic Massage
• Welding Students who are veterans or prior service reservists or
guardsmen are encouraged to enter directly into the Army ROTC
Additional work-based learning opportunities are available advanced course upon their transfer to a four-year college
through externships in Exercise Science, Medical Assistant, program.
Phlebotomy and Surgical Technology.
Four military science courses at Waubonsee comprise the basic
For information about internship/externship opportunities in a course of study:
particular instructional division, contact the office of the MSC 101 Leadership and Personal Development
appropriate Dean or the Career Services Center (see directory). MSC 102 Foundations in Leadership
MSC 201 Innovative Tactical Leadership
MSC 202 Leadership in Changing Environments
See “Course Descriptions” for more details.
For more information about the Army ROTC Transfer Option or
the Army ROTC program in general, contact the Department of
Military Science, Army ROTC at Northern Illinois University,
(815) 753-6234.
2008/2009
Career Connections 163
VALEES VALEES Member High Schools
Credit for High School Course Work Aurora East High School - District #131
Through an articulation agreement between the Valley Education Aurora West High School - District #129
for Employment System (VALEES) and Waubonsee Community
College, credit and/or advanced placement may be awarded in Batavia High School - District #101
college degree or certificate programs to students who have Earlville High School - District #9
successfully completed articulated secondary courses. Fox Valley Career Center
Credit for secondary classes is considered on the basis of high Geneva High School - District #304
school transcripts and/or competency demonstration. Hinckley/Big Rock High School - District #429
Students should first discuss credit transfer with their high Indian Creek High School - District #425
school teachers and counselor, then complete the VALEES Indian Valley Vocational Center
College Credit Articulation Form. The form is available online at
Kaneland High School - District #302
www.valees.org, from high school guidance counselors, from
Waubonsee’s counselors or at the VALEES office (Building A, Kendall County Special Education Cooperative
Room 116 on the Sugar Grove Campus). Next, students should Leland High School - District #1
request that an official high school transcript be forwarded Newark High School - District #18
directly to the VALEES office at Waubonsee with the completed
Oswego High School - District #308
VALEES College Credit Articulation Form. The transcript should
detail credit and grade for approved courses and date of Oswego East High School - District #308
graduation or leaving school. Paw Paw High School - District #271
Specific requirements under this agreement include: Plano High School - District #88
• Applicants must be registered students. Sandwich High School - District #430
• Application for articulated credit must be made within two Serena High School - District #2
years from the date of high school graduation or last term of
high school attendance. Somonauk High School - District #432
• Students must enroll in an approved college curriculum Yorkville High School - District #115
within two years from the date of high school graduation or
last term of high school attendance.
• A grade of B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) must be earned for each
semester of high school course work to be considered for
college credit.
• Credit awarded under this agreement, after approval and
notification by the VALEES Director and the Waubonsee
Community College Vice President for Instruction, is
recorded on a student’s college academic record (transcript)
and becomes part of the total number of credits required for
program completion.
• Additional requirements may be established that relate to a
specific program for validation of knowledge and skills such as
portfolios, skill demonstrations and tests. An instructor in the
program will arrange for student interviews, information and
skill validation if needed.
• Students who fail to make satisfactory progress in college
course placement under this agreement may be required to
take prerequisite college course work at the discretion of the
college.
• A recording fee of $5 per credit hour applies to credit
articulated. (Subject to change without prior notice.)
• For a complete listing of articulated classes and an application,
visit the VALEES Web site at www.valees.org.
www.waubonsee.edu
164
WAU B O N S E E
what you can discover
Course
Descriptions
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
165
Course Numbering Definitions
System Terminology used in course descriptions is
defined below. Technology
All credit courses are described on the
following pages. Curriculum placement and
skills are
other course attributes are signified by the
prereq expected in
three-digit course numbers explained below. prerequisite(s)—courses or requirements that a variety of
must be completed before taking the described Waubonsee
001-049 course.
Community
Adult and Workforce Development courses.
coreq College courses; check
Vocational update/skills courses. Do not apply prerequisites and other
to any college certificate or degree. corequisite(s)—courses or requirements that
must be taken concurrently with the described recommendations.
050-099 course.
Semester hour (sem hr) credit courses. Apply
only toward the General Studies Certificate of
IAI
Achievement and the Associate in General designation of Illinois Articulation Initiative
Studies degree. course number for courses that are IAI general
education courses. Refer to the chart in this
100-199 section.
Semester hour (sem hr) credit courses intended
primarily for freshmen.
lec/lab
denotes the number of hours students spend
200-299 per week in either lecture and/or laboratory
time (based on a 16-week course). Courses may
Semester hour (sem hr) credit courses intended
be offered in less than 16 weeks, and
primarily for sophomores.
lecture/laboratory time adjusted accordingly.
sem hrs
semester hours—the credit hours that apply to
the course.
var
indicates that the credit hours applied to the
course can vary depending upon projects
undertaken.
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
166
Course Name/Prefix Engineering (EGR) Nurse Assistant (NAS)
English (ENG) Nursing (NUR)
Cross Reference
Course descriptions are organized Finance and Banking (FIN) Personal Development (PDV)
alphabetically by discipline. The following list Fire Science (FSC) Philosophy (PHL)
shows the discipline and course prefix in the Foreign Languages: see French, Phlebotomy (PBT)
order in which they appear in this section.
German, Japanese, Spanish Physical Education (PED)
Accounting (ACC) French (FRE) Physics (PHY)
Administrative Office Systems (AOS) Geography (GEO) Political Science (PSC)
Anthropology (ANT) Geology (GLG) Psychology (PSY)
APICS (APC) German (GER) Reading (RDG)
Art (ART) Graphic Design (GRD) Real Estate (REL)
Astronomy (AST) Health Care Interpreting (HCI) Sign Language (SGN)
Auto Body Repair (ABR) Health Education (HED) Small Business (SBU)
Automotive Technology (AUT) Heating, Ventilation and Air Social Science (SSC)
Aviation Pilot (AVP) Conditioning (HVA) Sociology (SOC)
Biology (BIO) History (HIS) Spanish (SPN)
Business Administration (BUS) Human Services (HSV) Surgical Technology (SUR)
Chemistry (CHM) Humanities (HUM) Theatre (THE)
Communications (COM) Independent Study (IND) Therapeutic Massage (TMS)
Computer-Aided Design and Drafting Industrial Technology (IDT) Tourism, Travel and Event Planning
(CAD) Information and Communication (TOU)
Computer Information Systems (CIS) Technology (ICT) Translation (TRA)
Construction Management Technology Intensive English—Basic (IEB) Welding (WLD)
(CMT) Intensive English Institute (IEI) World Wide Web/Internet (WEB)
Criminal Justice (CRJ) Interdisciplinary Studies (IDS)
Disability Studies (DIS) Interpreter Training (ITP): see also
Early Childhood Education (ECE) Sign Language
Earth Science (ESC) Japanese (JPN)
Economics (ECN) Management (MGT)
Education (EDU) Marketing (MKT)
Electronics Technology (ELT) Mass Communication (MCM)
Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) Mathematics (MTH)
Emergency Preparedness Medical Assistant (MLA)
Management (EPM) Microcomputer Systems (MCS)
Military Science (MSC)
Music (MUS)
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
167
Waubonsee’s IAI General Education Courses

The chart below shows Waubonsee transfer courses (listed by IAI category) that meet IAI (Illinois Articulation Initiative) General Education Core
Curriculum guidelines. IAI General Education Course Codes follow the Waubonsee title. Course descriptions in this section also include IAI codes as
appropriate. Transfer degree guidelines list specific courses conforming to IAI core curriculum; see the appropriate section in this catalog. See page 19
for an explanation of the initiative.
Communication: IAI Code: ENG 226 Shakespeare H3 905 Mathematics: IAI Code:
COM 100 Speech Communication C2 900 ENG 229 Introduction to Literature H3 900* MTH 101 College Math M1 901
ENG 101 First-Year Composition I C1 900 ENG 230 Introduction to Poetry H3 903 MTH 107 Basic Statistics M1 902
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II C1 901R ENG 235 Introduction to Fiction H3 901 MTH 131 Calculus With Analytic
ENG 240 Intro. to Drama as Geometry I M1 900-1
Literature H3 902 MTH 132 Calculus With Analytic
Fine Arts: IAI Code: ENG 245 World Literature H3 906 Geometry II M1 900-2
ART 100 Art Appreciation F2 900 ENG 255 Women’s Literature H3 911D MTH 202 Mathematics for Elementary
ART 101 History of Western Art- FLM 270 Film and Literature HF 908* Teachers II M1 903
Ancient to Medieval F2 901 FRE 202 Intermediate French II H1 900 MTH 210 Finite Math M1 906
ART 102 History of Western Art- GER 202 Intermediate German II H1 900 MTH 211 Calculus for Business &
Ren. to Modern Art F2 902 HIS 111 Western Civilization Social Sciences M1900-B
ART 103 History of Non-Western to 1648 H2 901 MTH 233 Calculus With Analytic
Art F2 903N HIS 112 Western Civilization Geometry III M1 900-3
ART 104 History of Photography F2 904 Since 1648 H2 902
ART 105 Women in Art F2 907D HIS 125 American Culture: Colonial Physical Science: IAI Code:
FLM 250 Film as Art: to Present H2 904 AST 100 Introduction to
A Survey of Film F2 908* HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities HF 900 Astronomy P1 906
FLM 260 History of Film F2 909* HUM 102 The Global Village HF 904N AST 105 Astronomy P1 906L
FLM 270 Film and Literature HF 908* HUM 201 Modern Culture and AST 110 Planetary Science P1 906L
HUM 101 Survey of the Humanities HF 900 the Arts HF 903 CHM 100 Introduction to
HUM 102 The Global Village HF 904N PHL 100 Introduction to Chemistry P1 902
HUM 201 Modern Culture and Philosophy H4 900 CHM 101 Introduction to Chemistry-
the Arts HF 903 PHL 101 Introduction to Logic H4 906 Lab P1 902L
MUS 100 Music: Art of Listening F1 900 PHL 105 Introduction to Ethics H4 904 CHM 102 Introduction to
MUS 101 Musics of the World F1 903N PHL 110 Introduction to Critical Organic Chemistry P1 904
MUS 102 Music in America F1 904 Thinking H4 906 CHM 103 Introduction to
THE 100 Theatre Appreciation F1 907 PHL 120 Introduction to World Organic Chemistry-lab P1 904L
THE 130 Diversity in American Religions H5 904N CHM 106 Chemistry in Society P1 903L
Theatre F1 909D SPN 202 Intermediate Spanish II H1 900 CHM 121 General Chemistry P1 902L
SPN 205 Spanish for Native ESC 100 Earth Science P1 905
Speakers H1 900 ESC 101 Survey of Earth Science
Humanities: IAI Code:
Lab P1 905L
ENG 211 American Literature ESC 120 Introduction to
to 1865 H3 914 Life Science: IAI Code:
Meteorology P1 909L*
ENG 212 American Literature BIO 100 Introduction to Biology L1 900 ESC 130 Introduction to
From 1865 H3 915 BIO 101 Introduction to Biology- Oceanography P1 905
ENG 215 Masterpieces of American Lab L1 900L ESC 220 Climate and Global
Literature H3 915 BIO 102 Human Biology L1 904* Change P1 905*
ENG 220 Multicultural Literatures BIO 110 Environmental Biology L1 905 GEO 121 Physical Geography P1 909L
of the U.S. H3 910 D BIO 111 Environmental Biology- GLG 100 Introduction to Physical
ENG 221 British Literature to 1800 H3 912 Lab L1 905L Geology P1 907
ENG 222 British Literature BIO 120 Biology I L1 900L GLG 101 Introduction to Physical
From 1800 H3 913 BIO 126 Ecology and Field BiologyL1 905L Geology Lab P1 907L
ENG 225 Masterpieces of British BIO 200 Nutrition L1 904 GLG 103 Environmental Geology P1 908
Literature H3 913 BIO 240 Plant Kingdom L1 901L PHY 103 Concepts of Physics P1 901
BIO 244 Animal Kingdom L1 902L PHY 104 Concepts of Physics-lab P1 901L
BIO 250 Microbiology L1 903L PHY 111 Introduction to Physics I P1 900L
BIO 254 Genetics L1 906 PHY 221 General Physics I P2 900L
BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I L1 904L
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
168
Social and Behavioral IAI General Education Core course

Sciences: IAI Code: designations:
ANT 100 Introduction to Communication: C
Anthropology S1 900N Physical and Life Sciences: P & L
ANT 101 Cultural Anthropology S1 901N Mathematics: M
ANT 102 Human Origins S1 902 Humanities and Fine Arts: H & F
ANT 110 Introduction to Social and Behavioral Sciences: S
Archaeology S1 903
*under IAI review
ECN 100 Introduction to
Economics S3 900 For specific, up-to-date information on the IAI,
ECN 110 Survey of Contemporary visit Waubonsee’s home page,
Economic Issues S3 900 www.waubonsee.edu or access the IAI Web
ECN 121 Principles of Macroecon. S3 901 site directly, www.itransfer.org.
ECN 122 Principles of Microecon. S3 902
GEO 220 Geography of the
Developing World S4 902N
GEO 230 Economic Geography S4 903N
GEO 235 Human Geography S4 900N
HIS 101 World History to 1500 S2 912N
HIS 102 World History Since 1500 S2 913N
HIS 121 American History to 1865 S2 900
HIS 122 American History
Since 1865 S2 901
HIS 205 History of the Middle East S2 918N
HIS 215 History of China and
Japan S2 908N
HIS 225 History of Africa S2 906N
HIS 235 Latin American History S2 910N
PSC 100 Introduction to American
Government S5 900
PSC 220 Comparative Government S5 905
PSC 240 State and Local
Government S5 902
PSC 260 Introduction to International
Relations S5 904N
PSY 100 Introduction to Psych. S6 900
PSY 205 Life-Span Psychology S6 902
PSY 215 Adulthood and Aging S6 905
PSY 220 Child Psychology S6 903
PSY 226 Adolescent Psychology S6 904
PSY 235 Social Psychology S8 900
SOC 100 Introduction to Sociology S7 900
SOC 120 Racial and Ethnic
Relations S7 903D
SOC 130 Marriage and Family S7 902
SOC 210 Social Problems S7 901
SOC 230 Sociology of Sex
and Gender S7 904D
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Accounting
169
Accounting (ACC) ACC 120 Financial Accounting ACC 205 Business Tax Accounting
This introduction to financial accounting This course is a study of concepts of federal
AN ACCOUNTING OPPORTUNITY: focuses on procedures and concepts involved income taxation related to income, deductions,
Considering a career change? A job promo- in providing relevant financial data to external distributions, property transactions, acquisi-
tion? Most people holding a baccalaureate and internal decision makers. It emphasizes tions and reorganizations for a broad range
degree in any field can easily take accounting the generation, interpretation and use of of taxpayers including corporations, partner-
and business courses to prepare for the CPA financial statements. Coverage includes the ships, S corporations, limited liability
(Certified Public Accountant) Examination accounting cycle with detailed analysis of the companies, estates and trusts. Recommended
and/or the CMA (Certified Management transactions related to cash, investments, Prereq: ACC120 and ACC201.
Accountant) Examination. Recommended receivables, inventories, long-term assets, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Waubonsee Community College courses liabilities, stockholders’ equity and time value
include the following: of money. Note: Students with a grade point
average below a B should consider taking
ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I
ACC115 or MTH104 before taking ACC120. The first of two courses in the advanced study
For the CPA and CMA Exams: of the assumptions, principles, procedures
ACC 120 Financial Accounting ACC120 is a fast-paced course requiring good
reading and computational skills. Therefore, and practices involved in modern corporate
ACC 121 Managerial Accounting financial accounting. Recommended
ACC 201 Tax Accounting we recommend students take the math and
English assessment tests before registering Prereq: ACC121.
ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting I (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ACC 221 Intermediate Accounting II for ACC120.
ACC 230 Microcomputer Accounting (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Applications ACC 221 Intermediate Accounting II
ACC 240 Cost Accounting ACC 121 Managerial Accounting The second of two courses in the advanced
BUS 211 Business Law An introduction to managerial accounting study of the assumptions, principles,
focusing on accumulation, analysis and use procedures and practices involved in
Additional courses for the CMA Exam: of cost information needed for internal modern corporate financial accounting.
ECN 121 Principles of Economics- decision making in businesses. Covers cost Recommended Prereq: ACC220.
Macroeconomics identification; job-order, process and activity- (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ECN 122 Principles of Economics- based costing; cost-volume-profit analysis;
Microeconomics budgeting; standard costs; variance analysis;
FIN 200 Principles of Finance ACC 230 Microcomputer Accounting
the statement of cash flows; capital budgeting;
MGT 200 Principles of Management and short-term decision making. Applications
Recommended Prereq: ACC120. This introduction to computerized accounting
For additional information, contact the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs systems employs a hands-on approach to
division of Business and Information Systems processing business transactions on an
(see directory). integrated microcomputer accounting package.
ACC 130 Payroll Accounting Accounting software applications include
This course is a comprehensive study of general ledger systems for service and
ACC 115 Fundamentals of Accounting payroll procedures including current federal merchandising firms, voucher systems, fixed
and Illinois laws affecting payroll. Payroll assets, payroll, partnerships, corporations,
This introductory accounting course applications include manual processing, financial statement analysis, departmentalized
emphasizes the development of a firm microcomputer payroll software processing, accounting, accounting system set-up and
foundation in fundamental accounting and an application using spreadsheet software. spreadsheets. Each student has access to a
procedures using the accounting cycle of a Recommended Prereq: ACC115 or ACC120 computer during class sessions. Recommended
small business organized as a sole proprietor- or a general knowledge of bookkeeping. Prereq: ACC115 or concurrent enrollment or
ship. Topics include: transaction analysis, (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs ACC120 or consent of instructor.
financial statements, the accounting cycle of (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
service and merchandising firms, accounting
for bank accounts, cash funds, accounts ACC 201 Individual Tax Accounting
receivable, notes receivable, notes payable, This course is a study of the concepts of ACC 240 Cost Accounting
inventory, long-term assets, and introduction federal income taxation as they apply to An advanced study of the accumulation,
to accounting for corporations. individuals. Topics include gross income, analysis and use of cost information needed for
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs exclusions, deductions, credits, the taxation internal decision making in business. Coverage
of sole proprietors, tax planning strategies, includes accounting for quality allocation of
and computation of gains and losses on the indirect costs, activity-based costing job–
disposition of property. order costing, process costing, accounting
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs for spoilage, standard costing, cost-volume-
profit analysis, inventory control, capital
budgeting, decentralization and organizational
performance. Recommended Prereq: ACC121.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
170 Accounting
ACC 245 VITA Program: Tax Procedure ACC 297 Accounting Internship AOS 101 Keyboarding Speed Building
and Practice In this experience students observe, and This course emphasizes the development
Application of the basic principles of federal participate in when possible, the activities in of speed and accuracy using a computer
income taxes as they relate to low-to-moderate various accounting types of positions. Eighty keyboard. Repeatable to a maximum of 2
income individuals. This is a hands-on course hours are required for one credit. Repeatable semester hours; 0.5 semester hour may apply
consisting of the preparation of various low-to- to a maximum of 4 semester hours; 6 semester to a degree or certificate. Recommended
moderate individual income tax returns using hours from the accounting internship courses Prereq: AOS100 or equivalent. Recommended
Forms 1040EZ, 1040A, 1040 and IL1040. (ACC297, ACC298, ACC299) may apply to the Coreq: AOS115 or AOS116.
Participation and certification in the volunteer accounting degrees or certificates. Prereq: 15 (0 lec/1 lab) .5 sem hrs
income tax program is required. semester hours of ACC courses; consent of
(1.5 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs instructor.
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hr AOS 105 Automated Office Skills
Students develop skill and speed in using the
ACC 250 Auditing I touch system to operate the 10-digit keys on a
ACC 298 Accounting Internship keypad. Students learn data entry techniques,
This course provides students with the design,
installation and unification of accounting In this experience students observe, and perform typical data entry activities and
systems and the concepts and procedures participate in when possible, the activities in calculate basic business applications.
involved in the examination of financial various accounting types of positions. One Recommended Prereq: AOS100.
statements for the purpose of establishing hundred sixty hours are required for two (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
and expressing an opinion as to their reliability. credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
This course will discuss statistical sampling semester hours; 6 semester hours from
the accounting internship courses (ACC297,
AOS 110 Computer Software for
techniques and the auditor’s legal liability.
Recommended Prereq: ACC221. ACC298, ACC299) may apply to the account- the Office
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ing degree or certificates. Prereq: 15 semester An introduction to the computer, this course
hours of ACC courses; consent of instructor. emphasizes application software for the office.
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs The changing electronic office, computer
ACC 251 Auditing II hardware and software, computer operating
This course focuses on the practical ACC 299 Accounting Internship system, and a Web browser are introduced.
application of the conceptual structure of the This is a hands-on introduction to application
audit process, risk assessment in the audit In this experience students observe, and software for word processing, spreadsheet,
process, evidence gathering and evaluation, participate in when possible, the activities in database programs and presentation graphics
and special topics to auditing a comprehensive various accounting types of positions. Two designed for students focused on business
audit case. Recommended Prereq: ACC250. hundred forty hours are required for 3 credits. careers. Repeatable to a maximum of 9
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours; semester hours; only 3 semester hours
6 semester hours from the accounting may apply to a degree or certificate.
internship courses (ACC297, ACC298, Recommended Prereq: Keyboarding preferred.
ACC299) may apply to the accounting degrees (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
ACC 255 Fund and Governmental or certificates. Prereq: 15 semester hours of
Accounting ACC courses; consent of instructor.
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs AOS 111 Integrated Software
Study of accounting and reporting concepts,
standards and procedures applicable to city, Applications
county and state governments, the federal Advanced instruction in an office suite
government and not-for-profit institutions. Administrative Office program with primary emphasis on integrating
Recommended Prereq: ACC221. documents created in word processing,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Systems (AOS) spreadsheet, database and presentation
software. Repeatable to a maximum of 4
semester hours for different office suites; only
ACC 260 Advanced Accounting AOS 100 Keyboarding 1 semester hour may apply to a degree or
This course is an examination of advanced This course provides students with basic certificate. Recommended Prereq: AOS110 or
financial accounting concepts including computer keyboarding skills for personal and MCS130, MCS140, and MCS150 or equivalent
accounting for business combinations, with professional use. It includes speed and or consent of instructor.
emphasis on the consolidation of parent/ accuracy building in addition to instruction on (0.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hr
subsidiary balance sheet and income statement alphabetic and top line numeric/symbol keys.
reporting. It also covers accounting for the This course is a recommended prerequisite
formation, operation and liquidation of for AOS101, AOS105, AOS115, AOS205
partnership, as well as special reporting and MCS130.
requirements for multi-national entities. (0.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hr
Recommended Prereq: ACC221.
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Admin. Office Systems
171
AOS 115 Document Formatting AOS 210 Digital Communications AOS 227 Medical Transcription I
Students format letters, memos, reports, for the Office This course covers transcription of medical
tables and commonly used business This course is designed to introduce students dictation from physician-dictated reports
documents using word processing functions. to digital technology. Students use voice including history and physical consultations,
Advanced features of a word processing recognition software, digital tablets, PDAs chart notes, letters, discharge summaries and
software program are introduced. Students (personal digital assistant), voice mail, operative reports. Students use reference
also improve their keyboarding speed and electronic mail, facsimile and the Internet to materials and resources as well as incorporate
accuracy. Recommended Prereq: AOS100 or enhance their digital communication skills. skills in English language, technology,
minimum of 30 wpm keyboarding skills. Digital office communications, telework and medical knowledge, proofreading, editing
Prereq: AOS110. etiquette using digital communication in the and research, while meeting progressively
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs office are also covered. Recommended Prereq: demanding accuracy standards. Recommended
WEB100; knowledge of a word processing Prereq: AOS115 and AOS224. Recommended
software program. Coreq: BIO262.
AOS 116 Advanced Document (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Formatting
Students use computer software to produce AOS 228 Medical Transcription II
business documents for various business AOS 221 Medical Office Procedures
simulations in an office setting. Emphasis is on Students learn about effective organizational This course covers transcription of advanced
the student’s ability to apply correct formatting and medical office management, professional original health care dictation using advanced
and editing skills to business applications organizations, legalities and ethics. The role proofreading, editing and research skills while
designed to develop decision-making skills. and responsibilities of the administrative meeting progressively demanding accuracy
Students also build keyboarding speed and medical assistant are emphasized. and productivity standards. Recommended
accuracy. Prereq: AOS115. Recommended Prereq: AOS222 or AOS224. Prereq: AOS227.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
AOS 130 Customer Service AOS 222 Medical Terms for Health AOS 235 Medical Insurance and
This customer service course introduces Occupations Reimbursement
students to a variety of skills including This course acquaints students with a method Reimbursement and payment systems of health
identifying customer behavior, determining for studying the language of health care. insurance payers are examined, highlighting
customer needs through active listening, Students learn stems, prefixes and suffixes private and governmental policies. Major
becoming an effective verbal and nonverbal commonly used in medical terminology. classes of health insurance contracts are
communicator, honing your telephone (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hr examined with emphasis on benefits and
customer service skills, handling difficult limitations. Recommended Prereq: AOS222
customers, encouraging customer loyalty, or AOS224; AOS221 or MLA150.
and practicing service recovery. AOS 224 Medical Terminology I (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs This course includes a logical, step-by-step
method for studying the language and terms AOS 236 ICD Coding
AOS 140 Proofreading and Number used in the health care setting. Students learn
stems, prefixes and suffixes commonly This course is an introduction to the
Skills encountered in the health field in order to International Classification of Diseases (ICD)
Students receive instruction in a systematic recognize, build and spell medical terms. coding principles for services rendered by
method of proofreading and developing (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs physicians. Practice in the assignment of valid
accuracy in working with numbers. Common diagnostic codes is emphasized to orient the
proofreading errors are identified. Audio- students to coding requirements, terminology
visual drills and workbook exercises are used
AOS 226 Medical Terminology II and characteristics. Repeatable to a maximum
to improve numeric accuracy and speed. Utilizing the skills mastered in Medical of 12 semester hours for different versions; 3
Recommended Prereq: AOS115. Terminology I, the student will continue to semester hours may apply to a degree
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs expand understanding of the medical language or certificate. Recommended Prereq: AOS222
by exploring additional body systems and fields or AOS224.
of health care and relating that knowledge (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
AOS 205 Records Management to practical exercises and experiences. Oral
This course covers records management participation will be encouraged in the AOS 237 CPT Coding
concepts and skills, with emphasis on the classroom, and proper pronunciation will be
information cycle and systems for managing emphasized. The student will be introduced This course provides an introduction to basic
and using information. It includes an to the medical record and continue to define rules, regulations and principles using CPT
introduction to principles for managing paper- and spell related medical terms. Common and Center for Medicare/Medicaid Services
based, image-based and computer-based abbreviations and plural endings will also Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS)
records. Recommended Prereq: AOS100; be reviewed. Recommended Prereq: AOS224 coding classification systems. Practice in the
AOS110 and MCS150 or consent of instructor. or consent of instructor. assignment of valid procedure codes in a
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs physician office setting is emphasized.
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
hours for different versions; 3 semester hours
may apply to a degree or certificate.
Recommended Prereq: AOS222 or AOS224.
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
172 Admin. Office Systems
AOS 280 Administrative Office Systems Anthropology (ANT) APICS (APC)

Responsibilities and tasks expected of a
secretary or administrative assistant are
covered: office systems and organization, ANT 100 Introduction to Anthropology APC 100 Principles of Inventory Control
human relations (communication), work This course presents a survey of human Students are introduced to essential vocabulary
planning and prioritizing, decision making, physical development, addressing peoples’ and skills in identifying and applying basic
processing mail, telephone techniques, interaction with their physical and social principles of inventory management. Basic
meeting and conference planning, travel environment today. The major subfields of methods of planning and controlling
arrangements reference sources, and anthropology – cultural anthropology, physical inventory in manufacturing institutional,
professional growth opportunities. anthropology, archaeology, and linguistics – distribution and retail environments are
Recommended Prereq: AOS130. are also studied. IAI: S1 900N. covered. The questions of what to stock are
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs addressed through an examination of current
and evolving technologies of inventory
management. Note: This course is taught
AOS 296 Special Topics in Office ANT 101 Cultural Anthropology by an APICS-certified instructor.
Systems Cultural Anthropology provides an intro- (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
This course offers special topics in office duction to social and cultural anthropology,
systems. When offered, topics might include emphasizing the socio-culture and psycho-
the impact of technology in the office or an in- logical characteristics of various cultures: APC 110 Principles of Planning
depth study of a special office topic. Repeatable hunters tribesmen, chiefdoms, peasants and Students learn the fundamentals of basic
to a maximum of 12 semester hours for industrial societies. Emphasis is placed on production planning principles and techniques
different special topics; 6 semester hours cultural universals, integration of social that are used at each level in the production
may apply to a degree or certificate. institutions and the continuing adaptation of planning process. The course focuses on
(0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) var. 1 to 3 sem hrs man to his environment. IAI: S1 901N. practical examples and exercises, giving
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs participants an opportunity to improve their
planning, teamwork and presentation skills.
AOS 299 Administrative Office Systems Note: This course is taught by an APICS-
ANT 102 Human Origins certified instructor.
Internship
Physical anthropology explores the origins and (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
In this experience students observe, and development of human beings and our closest
participate in when possible, the activities in non-human relatives in the primate order.
various types of positions related to the office. This course examines the mechanics of APC 115 Principles of Manufacturing
Two hundred forty hours are required for 3 genetics and the processes of evolution. Control
credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 Students also investigate the fossil record and
semester hours; 6 semester hours may apply to This course deals with priority and capacity
archaeological evidence in order to understand management through the use of Material
a degree or certificate. Prereq: 15 semester the sequence of early human ancestors. In
hours of AOS or MCS courses; consent of Resource Planning (MRP) capacity
addition, this course studies non-human management, Capacity Requirements
instructor. primates, both living and extinct. The course
(0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs Planning (CRP), Production Activity Control
also explores the adaptability and variation (PAC) and Just-in-Time (JIT). The course
seen in modern human populations. studies the execution of the production plan
IAI: S1 902. and master production schedule, reactions to
Allied Health (ALH) (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs capacity constraints and maintenance of
individual order control. Note: This course is
ANT 110 Introduction to Archaeology taught by an APICS-certified instructor.
ALH 100 Basic 12-Lead EKG and (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Introduction to Archaeology explores the
Arrhythmia concepts, principles and archaeological
This course is designed to prepare individuals methods utilized by anthropologists to APC 120 Principles of Operations
to perform EKGs in a variety of health care reconstruct and interpret past cultures.
settings while augmenting their abilities in a Management
Specific prehistorical cultures are examined
variety of health care roles. This course is to illustrate this process. IAI: S1 903. In this course students gain a fundamental
intended for CNA, EMT, Paramedic, Phlebo- (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs knowledge and understanding of operations
tomy, Nursing, MLA, Surgical Technology, resource management and the factors involved
and other interested health care professionals. in designing and operating a production
Content includes: basic anatomy with ANT 120 Cultures and Peoples of process. Topics covered include facilities
emphasis of the cardiovascular and circulatory Central America planning, TQM, cost analysis, project
systems, electrical conduction system of This course provides a study of the planning and operations resource
the heart, special cardiology procedures and prehistorical, historical, social, economic and management. Note: This course is taught
basic ECG, among other related topics. political characteristics of the following by an APICS-certified instructor.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs cultures: Guatemala, Honduras, Costa Rica, (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
Panama, Cuba, Nicaragua and Mexico. Special
emphasis is placed on the prehistorical
development of Mesoamerica, the Spanish
conquest and the hybrid culture developed
throughout the region.
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Art
173
APC 125 Basics of Supply Chain APC 140 Execution and Control ART 102 History of Western Art-
Management of Operations Renaissance to Modern Art
This course provides basic definitions and This course focuses on three main areas: This course is a study of the historical
concepts for planning and controlling the prioritizing and sequencing work; executing developments of the visual arts in Western
flow of materials into, through, and out of an work plans, implementing controls and society from the Renaissance time period to
organization. It explains fundamental reporting activity results; and evaluating and the present. Discussion of major artistic trends
relationships among the activities that occur in providing feedback on performance. The and movements is framed by an examination
the supply chain from suppliers to customers. course explains techniques for scheduling and of the historical context and social milieu.
In addition, the course addresses types of controlling production and process operations. IAI: F2 902.
manufacturing systems, forecasting, master It also addresses the execution of quality (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
planning, material requirements planning, initiatives and continuous improvement plans
capacity management, production activity as well as the control of handling of inven-
control, purchasing, inventory management tories. Finally, the course presents techniques
ART 103 History of Non-Western Art
distribution, quality management, and Just-in- for evaluating performance and collecting data This course is a study of the historical
Time manufacturing. Note: This course is for effective feedback. Note: This course is developments of the visual arts in non-Western
taught by an APICS-certified instructor. taught by an APICS-certified instructor. society. Discussion of major artistic trends
(1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs (1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs and movements is framed by an examination
of the historical context and social milieu.
IAI: F2 903N.
APC 130 Master Planning of Resources APC 145 Strategic Management (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
In this course students explore processes used of Resources
to: develop sales and operations plans; identify In this course students explore the
and assess internal and external demand and
ART 104 History of Photography
relationship of existing and emerging This course covers the history of photography
forecasting requirements; and effect an processes and technologies to manufacturing
achievable master schedule consistent with from its beginnings in the 1830s to the
strategy and supply chain-related functions. present. It familiarizes the student with key
business policies, objectives, and resource The course addresses three main topics:
constraints. The course focuses on developing photographic artists, styles and movements.
aligning resources with the strategic plan, Current photographic processes and criticism
and validating a plan of supply, relating configuring and integrating operating
management of demand to environment, and are discussed. IAI: F2 904.
processes to support the strategic plan, and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
developing and validating the master schedule. implementing change. Note: This course is
Note: This course is taught by an APICS- taught by an APICS-certified instructor.
certified instructor. Recommended Prereq: APC125, APC130, ART 105 Women in Art
(1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs APC135 and APC140. This course focuses on women as creators and
(1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs subjects of visual art throughout history and
APC 135 Detailed Scheduling diverse cultures. Consideration will be given
and Planning to how gender is relevant to the definition,
This course focuses on material and capacity Art (ART) creation and appreciation of art. IAI: F2 907D.
scheduling and planning. It includes a detailed
explanation of material requirements planning
(MRP), a technique suitable for use in job ART 100 Art Appreciation ART 110 Design I
shops. The course also introduces another ART100 is the study of the developments This is a basic course in the application and
material planning technique, material- in fine and applied arts throughout human appreciation of the principles and elements of
dominated scheduling, which is applicable history. Students are introduced to the two-dimensional design. It examines selected
to process industries and other mature vocabulary and media of art. This course is problems using line, color, mass, value and
production environments. The course explains intended to develop an understanding and texture.
capacity requirements planning in detail and awareness of the contributions artists make to (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
introduces other capacity-planning techniques, society. This course is not recommended for
including processor-dominated scheduling. art majors. IAI: F2 900.
Note: This course is taught by an APICS- (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ART 111 Design II
certified instructor. This course explores the basic elements of
(1.5 lec/0 lab) 1.5 sem hrs ART 101 History of Western Art- three-dimensional design. Directed exercises
with paper, foamcore, wood, wire, plaster,
Ancient to Medieval polymer clay and assorted materials are
This course is a study of the historical included. Required for art majors.
developments of the visual arts in Western Prereq: ART110.
society from prehistoric through medieval (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
time periods. Discussion of major artistic
trends and movements is framed by an
examination of the historical context and
social milieu. IAI: F2 901.
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
174 Art
ART 115 Visual Narrative: ART 131 Ceramics II ART 240 Photography II
Storyboarding and Comics This course guides students toward a further This course provides in-depth instruction
This course involves studio assignments development in acquiring techniques involved in black and white 35mm photography. It
in various media with emphasis on story- in making clay vessels on the potters wheel and introduces graphic arts materials, color theory,
boarding, narrative interpretation and content a further introduction into hand-building. multiple imagery, construction of narratives,
development. Various visual storytelling Students are challenged with conceptual and experimental black and white darkroom
methods will be studied and practiced. assignments relating to both the historical processes. Students learn to master camera
Students will also examine the uses of and contemporary world. Various forms are operations and film processing, as well as
sequential narrative in the commercial explored. Students learn to load and fire kilns special effects and manipulations. Prereq:
world. Recommended Prereq: ART110. of multiple processes. Recommended Prereq: ART140.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs ART130. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
ART 120 Basic Drawing I ART 241 Photographic Lighting
ART 140 Photography I This course introduces students to
This course encompasses drawing of natural
and artificial forms from observation. Line, This course provides technical grounding fundamental lighting techniques and concepts
shape, values, mass, volume and composition in black and white 35mm photography encountered in the studio and on location.
are explored. Emphasis is on the use of dry including film processing, enlarging, Students are instructed in the use of 4”x5”
media: pencil, graphite sticks, powdered finishing and presentation. Students explore view camera, light meters, sheet film, roll
graphite, charcoal, tortillions and kneaded the historical and contemporary uses and film, color transparency and Polaroids. Both
eraser. Some class sessions may be on life criticisms of photography. A wide range of the artistic and commercial use of lighting
drawing from a live model. photographic genres are discussed involving are explored. Prereq: ART240.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs camera vision and ideas. Note: Students are (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
required to have their own SLR 35mm camera
with interchangeable lenses.
ART 121 Basic Drawing II (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs ART 242 Intermediate Digital
This course is a continuation of ART120. Photography
Development of skill in representation and ART 142 Beginning Digital Photography This course is a continuation of ART142 and
interpretation of subjects, including figure focuses on the use of the more advanced
drawing, landscape, still life and imagination, This course explores basic techniques and photo-manipulation tools of Adobe
is included. Emphasis is on the continued use applications of acquiring, manipulating and Photoshop, including special effects and
of charcoal, pastels, colored pencils, ink and outputting digitized photographic images new applications. Students explore Web site
collage materials. Selected class sessions utilizing Adobe Photoshop. Prereq: ART140. development, video, advertising and
involve life drawing from a live model. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs illustration, fine art prints, mixed media
Required for art majors. Prereq: ART120. artwork, and multimedia presentations.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs ART 155 Sculpture I Prereq: ART142.
A studio course introducing basic sculptural (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
ART 123 Contemporary Drawing processes, materials, and tools, and idea
The course involves studio experiments communication through these methods. ART 243 Advanced Digital Photography
in drawing with an emphasis on abstract Studio safety will be strongly emphasized. This course is a continuation of ART242.
concepts, image manipulation and content Processes will include additive/modeling/ Students explore advanced concepts and
development. Contemporary drawing trends constructive subtractive/carving and techniques in computer image processing.
are examined, discussed and attempted. replacement/casting. Time arts/4D may be The course culminates in the creation of a
Students are encouraged to explore current considered. Recommended Prereq: ART111. digital portfolio. Prereq: ART242.
drawing processes, methods and materials. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Prereq: ART110 strongly
recommended. ART 222 Life Drawing
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs ART 255 Sculpture II
This course focuses on the study of the Studio course continuing the exploration
human figure through selected assignments of sculptural processes, materials, and tools,
ART 130 Ceramics I in contour, value, and gesture drawing of the and idea communication through sculptural
This course is an introduction to the processes undraped figure. Naturalistic and expressive methods. Studio safety will be strongly
and techniques involved in making clay objects interpretations in a variety of drawing media emphasized. Developing proficiency in
through hand-building and utilizing the are included. Prereq: ART120. selection, use, and manipulation of materials
potters wheel. Various forms are explored. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs as well as mastery of the processes involved.
Issues related to both sculptural and functional Recommended Prereq: ART155.
aesthetics are addressed. ART 230 Ceramics III (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs This course further develops the skills acquired
in ART131 with emphasis placed on a more ART 260 Painting I
personal expression within the confines of This course is an introduction to painting
the processes and material. More complex in acrylic and/or oil media. Students depict
techniques are explored, and issues related to a variety of subject matter using a creative
functional and non-functional aesthetics are approach. Note: Students are strongly
addressed. Students learn to load and fire encouraged to complete both ART110
kilns of multiple processes. Recommended and ART120. Prereq: ART110 or ART120.
Prereq: ART131. (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Auto Body Repair
175
ART 261 Painting II AST 105 Astronomy ABR 105 Sheet Metal Repair
This course is a continuation of ART260. This course is a descriptive, laboratory, survey This course trains students in the use of metal
Students explore a variety of painting course in astronomy. Topics include structure straightening tools and techniques vital to the
techniques pertinent to the 21st century. and evolution of the solar system and universe, repair of damaged auto body panels. Skill levels
Prereq: ART260. history of astronomy, interstellar medium, are developed which allow for metal finishing a
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs Milky Way, galaxies and cosmology. Note: panel without the use of body fillers. Prereq:
Students will not receive credit toward a Reading assessment. Coreq: ABR100; ABR110;
degree for both AST100 and AST105. ABR115; ABR120; ABR125.
ART 262 Painting III Recommended Prereq: A course in basic (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
This course is a continuation of ART261. algebra. IAI: P1 906L.
Students explore contemporary issues and (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
how they relate to a realization of personal ABR 110 Fiberglass Panel and
style in creating art work. Prereq: ART261. Plastic Repair
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs AST 110 Planetary Science This course is designed to enable students to
This course is a descriptive course in make repairs of both plastic and fiberglass
astronomy of the solar system. Topics include panels. Prereq: Reading assessment. Coreq:
ART 265 Watercolor motions, time tides, calendars, seasons, earth,
This course is an introduction to the basic ABR100; ABR105; ABR115; ABR120; ABR125.
moon, planets, minor members of the solar (0.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hr
techniques of transparent and opaque system, tools and history of space and
watercolor painting. Directed exercises in planetary science, results of space exploration,
color and technique execution are included. and terrestrial and extraterrestrial life. Note: ABR 115 Basic Auto Body Repair
Students produce finished paintings of still Students will not receive credit toward a In this phase of auto body training, students
life figure and/or landscape renditions. degree for both AST 100 and AST 110. are given the opportunity to apply skills
Recommended Prereq: art majors—ART120, Recommended Prereq: A course in basic learned previously. Some panel replacements
nonart majors—consent of instructor. algebra. IAI: P1 906L. may be necessary to complete the repair.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs Activities include feathering, taping, masking
and spot repair. Prereq: Reading assessment.
ART 290 Studio Art AST 115 Astronomy for Educators Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR110; ABR120;
This is an advanced studio course for art ABR125.
This is a survey course in astronomy designed (2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs
majors. It allows continuation and concentra- for present or future teachers at all levels. It
tion in a subject field with emphasis on is a descriptive nonmathematical, non-
individual research and personal exploration. laboratory course to provide teachers an ABR 120 Auto Painting and Refinishing
Students can further their knowledge in understanding in the fundamentals of This comprehensive course covers the entire
drawing, life drawing, painting design, photo- astronomy. Demonstrations and activities area of auto painting, from the equipment
graphy, sculpture, or ceramics. Repeatable to will be presented during the class that the used through prepainting procedures and
a maximum of 12 semester hours; only 6 student can then use in their own classroom application techniques including masking
semester hours may be applied to a degree or including the motions of the sky, formation and taping, and finishing with rubbing and
certificate. Recommended Prereq: Consent of and description of the solar system, formation, polishing. Each student must complete a
instructor. types and evolution of stars and galaxies. checklist of tasks that encompasses the
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs many facets of auto painting. Prereq: Reading
assessment. Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR110;
ART 296 Special Topics for the Arts AST 296 Topics/Issues for the Sciences ABR115; ABR125.
This course offers special topics/issues in the (2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs
Seminar on a special topic or current issue in
arts. No topic/issue can be offered more than one or more of the biological or physical
twice in three years. Repeatable to a maximum sciences. Repeatable to a maximum of 24 ABR 125 Auto Body Careers
of 24 semester hours for different special semester hours; 6 semester hours may apply to This course provides students with exposure
topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree a degree or certificate. to the auto body field. Students experience
or certificate. (1 to 6 lec/0 lab) var. 1 to 6 sem hrs and observe actual shop operations and career
(0 to 6 lec/0 to 12 lab) var. 1 to 6 sem hrs opportunities. Prereq: Reading assessment.
Coreq: ABR100; ABR105; ABR110; ABR115;
ABR120.
Astronomy (AST) Auto Body Repair (ABR) (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hr
ABR 100 Auto Body Welding ABR 130 Automotive Collision Appraisal
AST 100 Introduction to Astronomy This course is designed to develop a high
This course is a descriptive, nonmathematical, This course is designed to prepare students
level of student skill in the use of various for entry into the field of collision repair and
nonlaboratory survey course in astronomy – welding and fastening techniques as they
some basic arithmetic may be required. Topics collision damage estimating. It deals with
relate to auto body repair. Concurrently, the evaluating the extent of the damage and
include earth and sky, the structure and student practices with various tools used
evolution of the solar system, stars, galaxies defining what repair costs will be for the
in the disassembly of auto body panels. vehicle. Prereq: Reading assessment; all
and the universe. Note: AST100 will not Familiarization with shop facility and routine
count toward a degree if the student completes basic ABR courses. Coreq: ABR135; ABR140;
is also established. Prereq: Reading assessment. ABR145; ABR150.
AST105 or AST110. IAI: P1 906. Coreq: ABR105; ABR110; ABR115; ABR120;
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (0.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hr
ABR125.
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
176 Auto Body Repair
ABR 135 Frame Repair ABR 298 Auto Body Internship AUT 111 Automotive Power Trains
This course gives students the opportunity In this experience students observe, and A lecture-lab course designed to provide the
to use various body frame machines and participate in when possible, the activities student an opportunity to learn the design,
measuring systems to effect repairs to frames in various types of auto body positions. One operation and service procedures of
and unibodies. Prereq: Reading assessment; hundred sixty hours are required for two automotive power train components.
all basic ABR courses. Coreq: ABR130; credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 Clutches, manual transmissions, transaxles,
ABR140; ABR145; ABR150. semester hours; 1 semester hour from differentials and 4 x 4 service are covered.
(3 lec/6 lab) 6 sem hrs the auto body internship courses (ABR297, (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
ABR298, ABR299) may apply to the auto
body degree or certificate. Prereq: Reading
ABR 140 Glass Service assessment; all basic ABR courses; consent
AUT 112 Automotive Brake Systems
This course trains students in the care and of instructor. A lecture/lab course designed to provide the
service of automotive glass and glass replace- (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs student with a thorough understanding of
ment. Prereq: Reading assessment; all basic the design, operation and service procedures
ABR courses. Coreq: ABR130; ABR135; related to the complete automotive brake
ABR145; ABR150. ABR 299 Auto Body Internship system, import and domestic.
(0.5 lec/1 lab) 1 sem hr In this experience students observe, and (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
participate in when possible, the activities in
various types of auto body positions. Two
ABR 145 Intermediate Auto Body Repair hundred forty hours are required for three
AUT 113 Automotive Electrical/
This course involves the student in the repair credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 Electronic Systems
of a vehicle with extensive damage. Students semester hours; 1 semester hour from A lecture/lab course designed to provide the
join into teams as they now apply all of their the auto body internship courses (ABR297, necessary knowledge and skills needed to
basic training. Sectioning, clipping, quarter ABR298, ABR299) may apply to the auto service modern automotive electrical/
panel replacement and frame straightening body degree or certificate. Prereq: Reading electronic systems. Basic electrical/electronic
are included. Production and speed are assessment; all basic ABR courses; consent topics including circuit types and designs,
stressed in this phase of the work. Prereq: of instructor. wiring diagram analysis, wire service and
Reading assessment; all basic ABR courses. (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs electrical troubleshooting procedures will be
Coreq: ABR130; ABR135; ABR140; ABR150. stressed. Operation and diagnosis of battery,
(3 lec/6 lab) 6 sem hrs starting, charging, lighting and accessory
circuits will also be detailed.
ABR 150 Chassis and Electrical Systems
Automotive (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs
for Auto Collision Technology (AUT)
This course is designed to provide auto body AUT 120 Engine Service II
students with repair skills in automotive AUT 100 Fundamentals of An advanced course in automotive engine
chassis and electrical systems as they relate service presenting maintenance and service
to work in auto body and collision. Prereq: Automotive Technology on some of the more common procedures and
Reading assessment; all basic ABR courses. A lecture-lab course designed to acquaint repairs on gasoline engines and related areas.
Coreq: ABR130; ABR135; ABR140; ABR145. students with shop safety, shop operations, Recommended Prereq: AUT110 or consent
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs tools and chemicals, and how to obtain of instructor.
service information. Also covered are (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
employment options and responsibilities
ABR 215 Advanced Auto Body Repair in the automotive field.
This final phase of the Auto Body Repair (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs AUT 122 Automotive Suspension and
program is designed to allow the auto body Wheel Alignment
student mastery-level experiences. Students A lecture/lab course designed to provide the
use their previously learned skills to complete AUT 110 Engine Service I
student an opportunity to learn the design,
real-life auto body and collision repairs. A course designed to provide background in operation and service procedures of the
Prereq: Reading assessment; all advanced design troubleshooting and service procedures automotive suspension system. Emphasis is
ABR courses. of automotive engines. Use of service manuals, placed on front-wheel drive, strut-equipped
(1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs shop safety and shop procedures are covered. vehicles. General areas are tires, wheel
Students participate in the disassembly, balancing, front MacPherson and rear
identification and inspection of engine suspensions.
ABR 297 Auto Body Internship components, and reassembly of the engine.
In this experience students observe, and (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
This class is a hands-on experience of engine
participate in when possible, the activities in rebuilding and problem diagnosis.
various types of auto body positions. Eighty (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
hours are required for one credit. Repeatable
to a maximum of 4 semester hours; 1 semester
hour from the auto body internship courses
(ABR297, ABR298, ABR299) may apply to the
auto body degree or certificate. Prereq:
Reading assessment; all basic ABR courses;
consent of instructor.
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hr
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Aviation Pilot
177
AUT 123 Automotive Ignition Systems AUT 233 Applied Automotive Fuels AUT 246 Automotive Accessories
A lecture/lab course designed to acquaint and Electricity and Diagnostics
students in the design operation and testing This course is designed to give advanced A lecture-lab course designed to further
of various noncomputer and computer- automotive students and professional develop student competency in the area of
controlled ignition systems. Oscilloscope technicians an opportunity to fine tune automotive diagnostics. Advanced electrical/
operation and testing will be stressed. their performance-related diagnostic and electronic troubleshooting and repair
Conventional, electronic and distributorless troubleshooting skills. The testing, diagnosis procedures related to electrical accessories are
systems will be discussed. Recommended and repair of various fuel and electrical system emphasized. Areas of coverage will include,
Prereq: AUT113 or consent of instructor. problems are stressed. A wide range of hands- but not be limited to, air bags, power windows,
(1.5 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs on experiences with practical applications are power locks, keyless entry, navigation systems
provided. Recommended Prereq: AUT113, and electronic dash and gauges. Recommended
AUT 124 Automotive Fuel and AUT123 and AUT124 or consent of instructor. Prereq: Completion of all 100-level course
(1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs work or consent of instructor.
Emission Systems (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course examines the design and
operation of various fuel delivery and AUT 240 Service Shop Operations
emission system components. Topics This course is a simulation of the automotive AUT 275 Inspection and Maintenance
covered include conventional carburetion, shop environment that will include customer 240 Diagnosis and Repair
feedback carburetion, basic fuel injection, air relations, vehicle diagnosis, and repairs. The This course is designed to meet the State of
induction, PCV systems, catalytic converters, student will be provided with the opportunity Illinois IM-240 training requirements for
evaporative emission systems and exhaust gas to reinforce previously learned skills and also automotive technicians. The course is a
recirculation. Detailed fuel and emission complete NATEF tasks from other courses that lecture/lab course for technicians and covers
system testing, including infra-red exhaust gas were not completed. This course will help diagnostic and repair techniques for IM-240
analysis, is emphasized. Both carburetor and make a smoother transition to the work repairs. Recommended Prereq: AUT124 and
fuel injection diagnosis, testing and adjustment environment. Recommended Prereq: AUT110 AUT243 or consent of instructor.
procedures will be covered. and AUT120 or consent of instructor. (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
(1.5 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs (1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs
AUT 231 Automatic Transmissions/ AUT 243 Advanced Engine Control Aviation Pilot (AVP)
Transaxles Systems
A lecture-lab course in automatic This course is designed to acquaint students
transmission/transaxle theory and service. with electronic engine control systems AVP 100 Private Pilot Certification
This course covers the current more popular including advanced fuel, emission and ignition The Private Pilot Certification course is the
transmissions/transaxle drive units including subsystems. Primary emphasis is placed on first step to becoming a Professional Pilot and
electronic transmissions. Students will understanding and developing troubleshooting is designed to fulfill the requirements of the
participate in inspection, disassembly, repair, techniques for 1996 and newer On-Board Federal Aviation Regulations for a private pilot
reassembly and testing of automatic Diagnostic II systems. Additionally, the certification course. This training program
transmissions/tranaxles. design and operation of both generic and contains both a flight training syllabus and a
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs manufacturer-specific computer systems are ground training syllabus. The flight training
discussed. Troubleshooting procedures syllabus has 35 hours of flight training,
detailing both scan and non-scan sequences consisting of 20 hours of dual instruction and
AUT 232 Advanced Brakes and are also covered. Recommended Prereq: 15 hours of solo flight. The ground training
Suspension Systems AUT233 or consent of instructor. syllabus consists of 35 hours to include block
An advanced level, lecture/lab course (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs tests and final examination.
designed to provide a student with an (3 lec/4 lab) 5 sem hrs
opportunity to learn design, operations and AUT 245 Automotive Heating and
service procedures of the automotive brakes AVP 110 Professional Instrument Rating
and suspension systems. Also, to acquire Air Conditioning
The Instrument Rating course is designed
knowledge in diagnosing problems related to A lecture-lab course designed to develop the to fulfill the requirements of the Federal
the operation of these systems. Emphasis is necessary skills and provide the knowledge Aviation Regulations for the Instrument
placed on learning the procedures necessary required to understand, diagnose and service Rating (airplane). This training program,
in performing thorough, complete servicing modern automotive heating and air which contains both a flight training syllabus
of the brakes and suspension systems. conditioning systems. and a ground training syllabus, provides at
Recommended Prereq: AUT112 and AUT122 (2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs least 35 hours of flight training and 35 hours
or consent of instructor. of ground training.
(1 lec/5 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/4 lab) 5 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
178 Aviation Pilot
AVP 120 Professional Commercial Pilot AVP 230 Certified Flight Instructor BIO 102 Human Biology
The Commercial Pilot Training course is Multiengine This general survey course focuses on the
designed to fulfill the requirements of the The Flight Instructor Pilot Training course biology of the human organism. Concepts
Federal Aviation Regulations for a commercial is designed to fulfill the requirements of the include the structure, organization, and
pilot certification course. This training Federal Aviation Regulations for the Multi- function of human systems with a focus on
program contains both a flight training engine Instructor course. This training the interconnectedness of these systems,
syllabus and a ground training syllabus. The program contains both a flight training health and disease, growth and development,
flight training syllabus has 155 hours of flight syllabus and a ground training syllabus. The genetics, and evolution. Emphasis is placed on
training. The ground training syllabus consists flight training syllabus for the CFIMEL has the relationship of the issues to the individual
of 30 hours of ground training. 10 hours of flight training on analysis of and society. Note: Not intended for students
(3 lec/4 lab) 5 sem hrs maneuvers, 10 hours of practice instruction majoring in biology or the health professions.
and 3 hours of progress checks. The ground IAI: L1 904 (under IAI review).
training syllabus consists of 32 hours of ground (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
AVP 130 Professional Multiengine
training. Recommended Prereq: Valid FAA
Rating second-class medical; 18 years of age; ability BIO 110 Environmental Biology
The Professional Multiengine Rating course is to read speak and understand the English
designed to fulfill the requirements of the This course examines ecological principles in
language. relation to environmental problems. Basic
Federal Aviation Regulations for additional (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
aircraft rating courses. This training program ecology and a study of biodiversity are
contains both a flight training syllabus and a included with an emphasis on current
ground training syllabus. The flight training environmental issues and possible solutions
syllabus has a minimum of 15 hours of dual Biology (BIO) and courses of action. Both local and global
flight instruction. The ground training syllabus environmental issues are examined from the
See also Oceanography (ESC 130). biological, political, sociological, economic
consists of 15 hours of ground training.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs and ethical views. Note: Students enrolling in
BIO 100 Introduction to Biology BIO110 are not required to enroll in BIO111
(lab). However, those students needing a four
AVP 200 Certified Flight Instructor This general survey course deals with semester-hour lab science for transfer
selected concepts and theories in biology such purposes may wish to concurrently enroll in
(CFIA) as organization, function, heredity, evolution
The Certified Flight Instructor course is BIO110 and BIO111. Recommended Coreq:
and ecology. Biological issues with personal BIO111. IAI: L1 905.
designed to fulfill the requirements of the and social implications are introduced to allow
Federal Aviation Regulations for the Basic (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
students to make informed decisions regarding
Instructor course. This training program issues with a biological basis. Note: Not
contains both a flight training syllabus and a intended for students majoring in biology or BIO 111 Environmental Biology
ground training syllabus. The flight training the health professions. Students enrolling in Laboratory
syllabus for the Basic Instructor has 10 hours BIO100 are not required to enroll in BIO101
of flight training on analysis of maneuvers, 10 A laboratory course meant to be taken
(lab). However, those students needing a four
hours of practice instruction and 3 hours of concurrently with BIO110. This course
semester-hour lab science for transfer
progress checks. The ground training syllabus examines ecological principles in relation to
purposes may wish to concurrently enroll in
consists of 45 hours of ground training. environmental problems. Biotic and abiotic
BIO100 and BIO101. Recommended Coreq:
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs components of ecosystems are examined, as
BIO101. IAI: L1 900.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs are various types of air, water, soil and biotic
pollutants. Procedures and techniques used
AVP 210 Certified Flight Instrument in the study of environmental issues are
Instructor (CFIIA) BIO 101 Introduction to Biology introduced. Recommended Coreq: BIO110.
The Certified Flight Instrument Instructor Laboratory IAI: L1 905L.
course is designed to fulfill the requirements (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hr
A laboratory course intended to be taken
of the Federal Aviation Regulations for the concurrently with BIO100, this course explores
Instrument Instructor course. This training selected concepts and theories in biology such BIO 120 Principles of Biology I
program contains both a flight training as organization, function, heredity, evolution This course includes an introduction to
syllabus and a ground training syllabus. and ecology through laboratory exercises. science, general chemistry, organic chemistry,
Since the syllabus is designed to meet all of Note: Not intended for students majoring in cell structures and their functions, cellular
the requirements of the Federal Aviation biology or the health professions. activities (photosynthesis, respiration and
Regulations, the student is assured the best Recommended Coreq: BIO100. IAI: L1 900L. reproduction), classical and molecular
training possible. Recommended Prereq: Valid (0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hr genetics, and evolution. Selected topics
FAA second-class medical; 18 years of age; discussed in lecture are expanded upon and
ability to read speak and understand the explored in the laboratory. Emphasis in the
English language. laboratory is on cellular functions and
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs processes. IAI: L1 900L.
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Biology
179
BIO 122 Principles of Biology II BIO 240 Survey of the Plant Kingdom BIO 262 Neuro-musculoskeletal
Topics covered in this continuation of the A survey course on the diversity of the plant Systems
study of general biology include general kingdom. In-depth study of the major groups This course is a study of the interrelatedness of
ecology, detailed discussion of the process of of plants, their histology, anatomy, physiology the nervous, muscular and skeletal systems as
evolution, selected study of plants and animals and life cycles, is conducted. In addition, basic well as the influence of the hormonal system.
which represent key organisms as well as the cellular anatomy and selected topics in plant The focus of the course is on muscle control
study of plant and animal tissues, and a brief ecology are addressed. IAI: L1 901L. and movement. This course provides the
overview of all the vertebrate organ systems. (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs foundation for the study of biomechanics and
Significant laboratory time is spent on using incorporates the use of anatomical models and
the scientific process and writing a scientific human cadaver laboratory experiences.
paper. Recommended Prereq: BIO120.
BIO 244 Survey of the Animal Kingdom
BIO244 is an evolutionary survey course Recommended Prereq: BIO260; or BIO270
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs and concurrent enrollment in BIO272.
of the protozoan and animal kingdoms. A
comparative approach to how organisms have (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
BIO 126 Ecology and Field Biology solved the problems of support, locomotion,
A field-orientation course designed to inspiration, digestion, excretion and reproduc- BIO 264 Kinesiology and Pathology
introduce the basic concepts of ecology. tion is utilized. Representatives of the major This course is the study of the skeletal and
Topics covered include the interrelationships phyla are dissected in the laboratory. muscular systems and their relation to
of plants, animals and organization of eco- IAI: L1 902L. movement, including an introduction to
systems. Habitats, energy flow, conservation (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs homeostatis and disease. The course focus
and management of natural resources are also begins with the study of the anatomical
studied. Current environmental problems aspects of movement. Exploration begins with
including the study of local plant and animal
BIO 250 Microbiology
This one-semester course studies the general the pectoral girdle, shoulder joint, and upper
communities and their identification, extremities followed by a study of the pelvic
collection, cataloging and preservation are characteristics of bacteria, fungi, algae and
viruses. Included are isolation, cultivation and girdle and lower extremities prior to an
integrated into the course. Field experiments analysis of the trunk. A brief study of the
include collecting specimens and recording biochemical identification of bacteria. Certain
aspects of pathology and immunity are also biomechanical factors of posture and the
data. Report writing is also included in the pathological processes of the organ systems
laboratory portion of the course. This course studied. Aseptic techniques are especially
emphasized. IAI: L1 903L. possibly encountered during treatments
assists students in acquiring basic working will conclude this course. Recommended
knowledge in fieldwork. IAI: L1 905L. (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
Prereq: BIO262.
BIO 254 Introduction to Genetics
BIO 128 Evolution This introduction to the principles of genetics BIO 270 Anatomy and Physiology I
Evolution examines the origin of life and its emphasizes the significance of genetics to
man in terms of inheritance, plant and animal This course begins with an orientation to the
diversification from a scientific perspective, human body followed by a brief review of basic
including the impact of evolution on breeding, disease, evolution, and behavior.
IAI: L1 906. biochemistry and the structure and function
human thought. of cells. The student is then engaged in major
units of study involving tissues; the skeletal,
muscular and nervous systems; and the special
BIO 200 Nutrition BIO 260 Human Structure and Function senses. Incorporates human cadaver laboratory
This course involves the study of nutrients A study of the human body and how it works. experiences. First of a two-semester sequence.
including amino acids, carbohydrates, fats, The course begins with basic scientific and Recommended Prereq: High school biology and
vitamins, minerals and water and their biological principles necessary to understand chemistry or the equivalents within the past
relationship to health and disease. Cultural human anatomy and physiology and progresses five years. BIO120 strongly recommended.
and psychosocial influences on food selection through a brief study of all body systems. IAI: L1 904L.
and habits are studied as well as respiration, Laboratory sessions provide the opportunity (3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs
metabolism and the digestive process. to identify anatomical structures on models
IAI: L1 904. and skeletal materials. BIO 272 Anatomy and Physiology II
Continuation of BIO270. Includes study
of the following body systems: endocrine,
cardiovascular, lymphatic, immune,
respiratory, digestive, urinary and
reproductive. The study of nutrition,
metabolism and fluid-electrolyte, acid-base
balance is incorporated with appropriate organ
systems. Laboratory work utilizes models,
microscopes and human cadavers. Prereq:
BIO270 with a grade of C or better.
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
180 Business Administration
Business Administration BUS 215 Business Ethics BUS 298 Business Internship
This course introduces students to the In this experience students observe, and
(BUS) fundamentals of ethics in the workplace. participate in when possible, the activities in
It explores ethical dilemmas pertaining to various types of business positions related to
See also APICS (APC), Finance and Banking (FIN), a variety of aspects of organizational life. management, marketing, banking and finance.
Management (MGT), Marketing (MKT) and Small The purpose is to provide students with a One hundred sixty hours are required for two
Business (SBU). framework for ethical reasoning, ethical credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
See also Business Mathematics (MTH 104) and arguing, ethical decision making, and under- semester hours; 6 semester hours from the
Industrial Organizational Psychology (PSY 245). standing ethical policies and behaviors. business internship courses (BUS297, BUS298,
Recommended Prereq: BUS100. BUS299) may apply to the business degrees or
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs certificates. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
BUS 100 Introduction to Business (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs
This course provides the foundation for BUS 220 Leadership in Business
developing concepts attitudes and philosophies BUS 299 Business Internship
about business operations. The following Leadership has transcended the executive
topics are introduced: management, level of organizations and has been identified In this experience students observe, and
marketing, accounting, finance, economics, as a necessary skill for individuals working participate in when possible, the activities in
ethics and social responsibility, human within teams, task forces and work units at various types of business positions related to
resources, advertising and promotion, all levels. This course integrates fundamental management, marketing, banking and finance.
distribution and international business. leadership principles and the operation of a Two hundred forty hours are required for
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs business organization. The emphasis is on three credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
skill development based on research and semester hours; 6 semester hours from the
experience. Recommended Prereq: BUS100. business internship courses (BUS297, BUS298,
BUS 207 Business Statistics (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs BUS299) may apply to the business degrees or
This introductory course consists of statistical certificates. Prereq: Consent of instructor.
methods applied in the business environment. (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
BUS 240 International Business
Topics include: the collection and presentation
of data, measures of central tendency, This course builds upon the economic
concepts learned in the principles of
dispersion, probability, sampling theory,
correlation and regression. Students are economics courses and studies the operations Chemistry (CHM)
introduced to at least one computer software of international businesses in global markets.
It focuses on the economic and competitive
package for statistical analysis. Prereq: C or
forces as well as the cultural, political and legal CHM 100 Introduction to Chemistry
better in MTH070 or placement determined An introduction to the basic concepts of
by assessment score. forces of national business environments. It
also addresses the forces of governments, general chemistry including chemical symbols
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and formulas, basic atomic structure, phases
financial institutions and monetary systems,
labor, and consumers in the international of matter, algebraic manipulations, reaction
BUS 208 Advanced Business Statistics business environment. Recommended Prereq: energy and solutions. This course is not
Advanced topics in business statistics One of the following: BUS100, ECN100, intended for majors in the physical sciences,
including analysis of variance, multiple ECN110, ECN121, or ECN122. students with previous chemistry, or students
regression and correlation, chi-square, time (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs with credit in CHM121. Note: Students
series, seasonal analysis and decision making enrolling in CHM100 are not required to
under uncertainty are covered. Recommended enroll in CHM101 (lab). However, those
BUS 296 Special Topics/Business students needing a four semester-hour lab
Prereq: BUS207 or equivalent.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course offers special topics in business. science for transfer purposes may wish to
When offered topics might include current concurrently enroll in CHM100 and CHM101.
events’ impact (economic or technical) in IAI: P1 902.
BUS 210 Legal Environment of Business business or an in-depth study on a special (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This business administration transfer course business topic. Repeatable to a maximum
covers the legal environment in which business of 12 semester hours for different special
topics; 6 semester hours may apply to a degree CHM 101 Introduction to Chemistry
and society function. Emphasis is on the
judicial system, government regulations, or certificate. Laboratory
employment and labor law, and the evolving (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) var. 1 to 3 sem hrs This is a beginning laboratory course for
international legal system. These topics are those students with no previous laboratory
presented within an ethical, social and political BUS 297 Business Internship experience. Designed to acquaint the student
framework. Recommended Prereq: BUS100. with various basic skills and techniques, terms
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs In this experience students observe, and and minimal theory. Recommended Coreq:
participate in when possible, the activities in CHM100. IAI: P1 902L.
various types of business positions related to (0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hr
BUS 211 Business Law management, marketing, banking and finance.
This course provides a basic understanding of Eighty hours are required for one credit.
the principles of law relating to the sources of Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; CHM 102 Introduction to Organic
law, court systems, litigation, contracts and 6 semester hours from the business internship Chemistry
sales, employment law and antitrust. courses (BUS297, BUS298, BUS299) may apply A beginning course in organic chemistry,
Recommended Prereq: BUS100 or consent to the business degrees or certificates. Prereq: including the structure and reactions of
of instructor. Consent of instructor. functional groups, with further applications in
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hr biochemistry. Designed to follow CHM100 and
to provide a one-year sequence of chemistry.
Recommended Prereq: CHM100 or placement
examination and instructor approval.
IAI: P1 904.
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Communications
181
CHM 103 Introduction to Organic COM 110 Voice and Diction COM 125 Communication Strategies
Chemistry Laboratory Clarity of speech, articulation and accurate for Health Care Careers
An introductory laboratory for organic pronunciation of words, and effective use This course explores the theory and practice
chemistry and biochemistry. Designed to of vocal pitch, rate and volume make up of selected health-related models of
accompany CHM102. Recommended Prereq: the core of this course. Incorporated in the communication for individuals in the
CHM100 and CHM101 or instructor approval. study is a basic understanding of the vocal health care field. Verbal and non-verbal
Recommended Coreq: CHM102. IAI: P1 904L. mechanism, phonation, breath control and communication in professional-client,
(0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hr the International Phonetic Alphabet as a way professional-professional, and family
to better articulate thoughts both in written relationships is stressed. Conflict resolution,
and spoken communication. informed consent, ethical responsibility, and
CHM 106 Chemistry in Society (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs effective intercultural communication are also
An introductory chemistry course for non- emphasized. This course is designed for
science majors that applies chemistry to COM 115 Online Communication individuals interested in a career as a medical
society through the study of contemporary assistant, phlebotomist, registered nurse,
issues such as the environment, energy and This is an introductory course about
considerations of computer-mediated licensed practical nurse, nurse assistant, or
health. IAI: P1 903L. other health care fields. Note: COM125 cannot
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs communication (CMC). Basic principles of
effective communication are integrated with be substituted for other communication
the identification of the common language, courses required in a degree or certificate.
CHM 121 General Chemistry modes, strengths and limitations inherent to (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
A basic course in the principles of chemistry CMC. Additionally, consideration of aspects
with emphasis on chemical calculations and of diversity, culture, ethics, ambiguity and COM 135 Introduction to Advertising
structure. Recommended for science and effectiveness are applied to the contexts of Communication
professional majors. Prereq: High school interpersonal (formal and informal), group,
chemistry or equivalent and MTH070 or workplace and e-commerce (global) The theory and practice of advertising
placement determined by assessment score. communication situations. with special focus on its role in integrated
IAI: P1 902L. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs marketing communication are explored.
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs Topics include consumer behavior, market
research, communication planning, creative
COM 120 Interpersonal Communication strategies and types of media. Students
CHM 122 Chemistry and Qualitative This course is a study of interpersonal prepare an original advertising campaign
Analysis communication with emphasis on the from market/product research through to
communication process, self perception, client presentations.
A continuation of CHM121 with emphasis on
solution equilibrium chemistry with qualitative self expression, verbal and nonverbal (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
analysis. Recommended Prereq: CHM121. communication, and listening behavior.
(3 lec/3 lab) 4 sem hrs Students also study interpersonal COM 200 Advanced Speech
relationships and conflict resolution.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Communication
CHM 231 Organic Chemistry I Building on the skills students developed in
A study of the fundamental aspects of organic Fundamentals of Speech Communication
COM 121 Communication in the (COM 100), this course provides advanced
chemistry such as structure, classification of
organic reactions and reactions of functional Workplace skill development in the art of speechmaking.
groups. Recommended Prereq: CHM122 or The purpose of this course is to develop An additional focus is on rhetorical
placement examination and instructor interpersonal communication skills for the backgrounds in public speaking to
approval. workplace. Areas of emphasis include verbal contextualize what we see every day in
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs and nonverbal communication principles, public address. Prereq: COM100.
persuasion, interviewing, communication (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
with customers, group participation and
CHM 232 Organic Chemistry II conflict management.
A continuation of the study of the fundamental (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
COM 201 Business and Professional
aspects of organic chemistry with emphasis Presentations
on the reactions mechanisms and spectra Many courses in communication address a
of functional groups. Recommended COM 122 Group Communication range of contexts and applications for speech.
Prereq: CHM231. This course studies the theories and research COM201 is different in that it targets the
(3 lec/6 lab) 5 sem hrs explaining small group behavior and provides theory and practice of public speaking only in
practical experience working in problem– business and professional settings. The course
solving and decision-making groups. Areas examines techniques and tools for building
of emphasis include interpersonal communica-
Communications (COM) tion, group leadership, individual roles, norms,
content, organization and delivery of business-
related presentations. Presentation topics
phases of group development, decision-making vary depending on the needs and goals of
COM 100 Fundamentals of Speech processes and conflict resolution methods. the learners. Recommended Prereq: Basic
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs knowledge of PowerPoint.
Communication
This basic course in speech communication
serves three primary goals: introduction to the
theories of human communication, classroom
experiences in a variety of communication
situations, and evaluation of individual
communicative behavior. IAI: C2 900.
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
182 Computer-Aided Design
Computer-Aided Design CAD 150 Introduction to Pro/ENGINEER CAD 200 Introduction to 3-D CAD
This course covers the basic functions Modeling
and Drafting (CAD) needed to use Pro/ENGINEER to create parts, This course covers the basics of 3-D modeling,
assemblies and drawings. Emphasis is placed including surface modeling, solid modeling
on the Pro/ENGINEER solid modeling design and the introduction to parametric modeling.
CAD 100 Basic Technical Drawing philosophy used in creating parts and Students learn the concepts and techniques
Study and practice in instrument drawing, assemblies. Additional lab time outside of required to construct 3-D objects, including
lettering, technical sketching, geometric class may be required to complete the 3-D coordinates, 3-D viewing, 3-D Boolean
constructions, multiview projection, pictorial exercises. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 construction, 3-D boundary represented
drawing, section view, auxiliary view, semester hours (for different software); 3 construction, 3-D primitives, 3-D shapes, 3-D
conventions and drawing reproduction. semester hours may apply to a degree or editing techniques and an introduction to 3-D
Recommended Coreq: CAD102. certificate. Recommended Prereq: CAD102 or parametric modeling. Rapid Prototyping will
(1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs EGR101 or concurrent enrollment, or consent be incorporated to build 3-D models.
of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
CAD 102 Introduction to 2-D CAD (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs hours (for different software versions); 3
This course provides students who have semester hours may apply to a degree or
elementary manual drafting skills with basic CAD 170 Commercial Architectural certificate. Recommended Prereq: CAD100
competencies in computer-aided drafting on and CAD102; or EGR101; or consent of
Drafting instructor. Recommended Coreq: CAD120
microcomputers using AutoCAD, the most Students develop a set of drawings for a small
widely used micro-CAD software in the United or consent of instructor.
commercial building to meet a developer’s (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
States. It is recommended students have PC specifications. The design process includes
experience with MS Windows and basic a review of the site for automobile access,
keyboarding skills. Repeatable to a maximum building codes requirements including ADA CAD 210 Geometric Dimensioning
of 12 semester hours (for different software
versions); 3 semester hours may apply to a
specifications, and a set of drawings complete and Tolerancing
with site plan, floor plans, ceiling plans, This course introduces the student to the
degree or certificate. Recommended Prereq: elevations and detail wall sections. Heating
CAD100 or EGR101 or concurrent enrollment, principles of geometric dimensioning and
and ventilating, plumbing, electrical and tolerancing as specified by the American
or consent of instructor. sprinkler planning are covered. Repeatable
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
to a maximum of 12 semester hours (for titled ASME Y14.5M (1994 standard). Topics
different software versions); 3 semester hours include part dimensional control techniques,
CAD 120 2-D CAD Detailing and Layout may apply to a degree or certificate. interchangeability of parts, and the differences
This course is a continuation of CAD102. Recommended Prereq: CAD140 or consent between traditional dimensioning and
Students learn how to detail dimension and of instructor. geometric dimensioning. Symbols and
conventionally tolerance drawings. Utilizing (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs terms for dimensioning datum and material
both structural and mechanical drawing condition symbols are studied. Various
problems, students learn how to properly CAD 176 Structural Drafting tolerances of form, profile, orientation run-out
annotate working drawings. Topics of study This course is designed to provide an in-depth and location are demonstrated. Feature control
include: multi-sheet layouts, block attributes, study of structural drafting procedures from frames are discussed. The student is expected
externally referenced files, assemblies and sub- erection plans to details of items such as to interpret all geometric tolerances and
assemblies, weldments, fasteners and simple columns, beams, trusses, bracing and plate dimensions from a print of intermediate
AutoCAD customizing. Repeatable to a girders. Details for members requiring camber complexity. Recommended Prereq: CAD120 or
maximum of 12 semester hours (for different and sweep, left- and right-hand parts, and consent of instructor.
software versions); 3 semester hours may apply opposite-hand parts are drawn. Recommended (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
to a degree or certificate. Recommended Prereq: CAD102.
Prereq: CAD100 and CAD102, or consent of (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs
instructor. CAD 220 Design Visualization
(2 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs This course will concentrate on 3-D
CAD 180 Civil Engineering Drafting design visualization. Topics for discussion
This course presents the fundamentals of civil include setting up 3-D scenes, viewing 3-D
CAD 140 Residential Architectural space, parametric primitives, importing 3-D
drafting as it relates to land development,
Drafting property design, topographical and profile CAD geometry, lights, cameras, defining
This course is a study of basic drafting layouts, and road concepts. Recommended materials properties, basic material design,
techniques that includes lines, lettering Prereq: CAD102 or EGR101. materials editing, mapped materials and
instruments and orthographic projection. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs rendering/rendering effects of parts and/or
Students develop floor plans, elevation, assemblies. Students will build and animate
sections and building specifications for a simple hierarchies and produce basic time,
single building. Repeatable to a maximum of length and key frame animations. Students
12 semester hours (for different software will build rapid prototyping of models.
versions); 3 semester hours may apply to a Recommended Prereq: CAD200.
degree or certificate. Recommended Prereq: (1 lec/2 lab) 2 sem hrs
CAD100; CAD102 or concurrent enrollment.
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Computer Info. Systems
183
CAD 230 3-D Architectural Modeling CAD 250 Pro/ENGINEER II CAD 299 CAD Internship
Applications This course builds upon the basics learned In this experience students observe, and
This course will enable students to create 3-D in CAD150 and teaches the skills required in participate in when possible, the activities in
architectural models using both Architectural part modeling, assembly modeling and various types of CAD technology positions.
Desktop and Revit 3-D parametric modeling management, drawing basics, surfacing and Two hundred forty hours are required for
software. Drafting projects will focus on troubleshooting. This is a hands-on project- three credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
modeling buildings and building components. based course. It is expected that all mechanical semester hours; 6 semester hours from the
Students will model walls, doors, windows, designers will require these skills in order CAD internship courses (CAD297, CAD298,
furniture, fixtures, column and ceiling grids, to adequately perform their jobs with CAD299) may apply to the computer-aided
stairs and roofs. From these models, elevations Pro/ENGINEER. Additional lab time design and drafting degree and certificates.
and sections will be generated. Components outside of class may be required to complete Prereq: All 100-level CAD courses; consent
will be dimensioned and tagged, and data the exercises. Repeatable to a maximum of of instructor.
schedules will be created. Repeatable to a 12 semester hours (for different software (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hrs
maximum of 12 semester hours (for different versions); 3 semester hours may apply to a
software versions); 3 semester hours may apply degree or certificate. Recommended Prereq:
CAD150.
to a degree or certificate. Recommended
Prereq: CAD140, CAD170, CAD200 or (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Computer Information
consent of instructor. Systems (CIS)
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs CAD 270 Product Design and
See also Information and Communication Technology
Development (ICT), Microcomputer Systems (MCS) and World Wide
CAD 240 Parametric Part Modeling This course will study how a product is Web/Internet (WEB).
This course focuses on 3-D solid parametric designed from conception to final prototype
modeling in an engineering design environ- modeling. Students will utilize all of the
ment. Hands-on learning in basic sketch documentation procedures learned in the CIS 110 Business Information Systems
profiles with constraint based 2-D shape preceding drafting courses and learn the An introduction to computer information
control will be studied. Part design, Boolean basic industrial operations and management systems, information processing, computer-
operations, placed features, parametric concepts involved in the design and manufac- generated reports for decision making and
features, dimensions and constraints, design turing of commercial products and structures. careers in business and information systems.
modification of solid part, analysing and Students will work individually and in teams to Typical microcomputer productivity tools
documentation of the part or parts will also solve design problems relevant to their training include word processing, spreadsheets,
be covered. Bi-directional control of 3-D and interests. Recommended Prereq: CAD220, database management, graphics data
model to 2-D part drawing will be studied. CAD230, or CAD240, or consent of instructor. communications and internet browsers.
The use of rapid prototyping techniques for (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Operating systems are used to interface
model creation and design, analysis and with these productivity tools.
redesign will be incorporated. Repeatable to a (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
maximum of 12 semester hours (for different
CAD 297 CAD Internship
software versions); 3 semester hours may apply In this experience students observe, and
to a degree or certificate. Recommended participate in when possible, the activities in CIS 115 Introduction to Programming
Prereq: CAD102 or consent of instructor, various types of CAD technology positions. This course is a disciplined introduction
CAD200. Eighty hours are required for one credit. to the program development process with
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester hours; emphasis on problem-solving and algorithm
6 semester hours from the CAD internship development using various programming
courses (CAD297, CAD298, CAD299) may languages. Students write, document and
CAD 242 Applied 3-D Parametric Part apply to the computer-aided design and test approximately 10 to 12 programs in both
and Assembly Modeling drafting degree and certificates. Prereq: All interactive and batch modes of processing.
This course is designed to introduce the use of 100-level CAD courses; consent of instructor. Programs involve use of procedures and data
local and global parameters in the area of 3-D (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hr abstraction; selection, sequence and repetition
parametric solid modeling. Students will learn structures; arrays; data validation and file-
to control parts with design variables, 3-D based input/output operations creating both
CAD 298 CAD Internship screen output and printed reports. Emphasis is
constraints, variable dimensions, table driven In this experience students observe, and
parts, mathematical operators and adaptive placed on structured program design and style.
participate in when possible, the activities in Recommended Prereq: MTH070 or consent of
technology. Assembly constraints will be various types of CAD technology positions.
placed on components that are linked to instructor. Recommended Coreq: CIS116.
One hundred sixty hours are required for two (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
one another. The overall engineering design credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
process through the revision process will semester hours; 6 semester hours from the
be addressed. The effective use of global CAD internship courses (CAD297, CAD298, CIS 116 Structured Program Design
parameters in managed assemblies, control CAD299) may apply to the computer-aided This course provides an introduction to the
of the assembly, interference checking, design design and drafting degree and certificates. concepts of structured programming and the
elements and documentation of the assembly Prereq: All 100-level CAD courses; consent use of structured program design techniques
will be included. Rapid prototyping design of instructor. to develop solutions to common business
creation and engineering analysis of models (0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs programming problems. Different design
will be included. Repeatable to a maximum methods are demonstrated and used to solve
of 12 semester hours (for different software problems. The emphasis is on practical
versions); 3 semester hours may apply business applications. Recommended
to a degree or certificate. Recommended Coreq: CIS115.
Prereq: CAD240. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
184 Computer Info. Systems
CIS 117 Discrete Structures CIS 171 Novell Network Administration CIS 176 Windows Server
This course is an introduction to finite This introduction to networking concepts is Administration
processes and techniques in algorithm design complemented with lab exercises. Emphasis is This is a hands-on introduction and
aiding in the task of logical analysis and on Novell NetWare running in an Ethernet examination of the architecture and features
problem solving. Concepts include sets, logic, environment with an introduction to other of Windows Server. Repeatable to a maximum
arrays, subscripts, counting methods, graph network implementations. LAN software of 6 semester hours for version updates; 3
theory and trees, recursion, Boolean algebra installation, maintenance and management semester hours may apply to a degree or
and number systems. Students write computer methods provide the basis for lab applications. certificate. Recommended Prereq: MCS120
programs to demonstrate discrete structure Repeatable to a maximum of 6 semester hours and one of the following: completion of or
concepts. Prereq: MTH070 or placement for version updates; 3 semester hours may concurrent enrollment in CIS170 or consent
determined by math assessment score, CIS115 apply to a degree or certificate. Recommended of instructor.
or consent of instructor. Prereq: CIS170 and MCS120; or concurrent (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs enrollment.
CIS 180 UNIX Operating System
CIS 120 Visual BASIC Programming
CIS 173 Introduction to TCP/IP A step-by-step, hands-on course that
A disciplined approach to event-driven builds a thorough understanding of the
programming in a Graphical User Interface Internetworking UNIX operating system and how to use it
(GUI) environment. Emphasis is on problem Designed for the beginning network effectively. Covered topics include: what role
solving and algorithm development using the administration student, this course covers UNIX plays in today’s Operating Systems and
Visual BASIC.Net programming language. basic TCP/IP fundamentals including, IP Internet market how to use the UNIX utility
Students write, document and test programs utilities, name resolution, remote access, sub- commands, navigating through the UNIX file
using structured procedures and data netting, IP routing, WINS, DNS server, DHCP system structure, learning the VI editor how
abstraction, selection, sequence and repetition and troubleshooting issues. Repeatable to a to use and program the Korn Shell, UNIX
structures arrays, data validation and exception maximum of eight semester hours for different internals including process management,
handling, the use of multiple forms, and software versions; 2 semester hours may apply UNIX networking elements including file
file and database input/output operations. to a degree or certificate. Recommended system structure, UNIX tools to compile
Emphasis is on interface and program design Prereq: CIS170. and execute software such as C and C++.
enhanced through extensive laboratory time. (1.5 lec/1 lab) 2 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: Instructor consent.
Recommended Prereq: CIS115 or consent of (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
instructor; MCS120 recommended.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs CIS 174 Wireless Local Area
Networking CIS 181 Introduction to Information
CIS 130 C++ Programming This course provides a hands-on Systems Security
This introductory course in C++ programming introduction to Wireless Local Area This introductory course is intended for the
includes object-oriented, event-driven, Networking (WLANs), including the design, information systems and networking student.
interactive programming techniques. Topics planning, implementation, operation and It covers an introduction to the principles of
include data types, pointers, arrays, stacks, troubleshooting of WLANs. The course also information security, including: the need for
recursion, string processing, searching and provides a comprehensive overview of the security systems; legal, ethical and professional
sorting algorithms, classes and objects, technologies, security and design of WLANs. issues; risk management; security planning;
references and memory addresses, scope, Repeatable to a maximum of eight semester physical security; and technology,
streams and files, and graphics. A wide variety hours; 2 semester hours may apply to a degree implementation and maintenance issues.
of business-oriented problems are solved by or certificate. Recommended Prereq: CIS170. Recommended Prereq: CIS170.
writing C++ programs. Recommended Prereq: (1.5 lec/1 lab) 2 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
CIS115 or consent of instructor; MCS120.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs CIS 175 Windows Professional CIS 185 Game Design
Administration Students learn the tasks involved in the game
CIS 150 Introduction to Java This is a hands-on introduction and development cycle and create game design
An introduction to the concepts of object- examination of the architecture and features of documents. Game concepts and worlds,
oriented programming with an emphasis Microsoft Windows Professional. Repeatable storytelling, character and user interface
on programming using Java. Recommended to a maximum of 6 semester hours for version design, core mechanics and balance are
Prereq: CIS115 or consent of instructor; updates; 3 semester hours may apply to a examined. While learning how to design their
WEB110 or HTML knowledge or consent degree or certificate. Recommended Prereq: own game, the students discuss, analyze and
of instructor. MCS120 or MCS121 and one of the following: implement design techniques. In addition,
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs Completion of or concurrent enrollment in students discuss the major game genres and
CIS170 or CIS176 or consent of instructor. identify the design patterns and unique
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs creative challenges that characterize them.
CIS 170 Networking Essentials Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
Designed for the beginning network hours; 3 semester hours may apply to
administration student, this course covers a degree or certificate.
basic network fundamentals including (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
standard design principles, common network
devices, common network operating systems
and topologies, and network management
issues.
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Computer Info. Systems
185
CIS 186 Game Development CIS 197 Network Technology III CIS 205 Information Technology
This introductory course in Game This is the third course in a four course Project Management
Development includes object-oriented, event- sequence designed to teach students the skills This course explains the foundations
driven, interactive programming techniques. needed to design, build and maintain small- of project management – project integration,
Students write various 2-D games. Topics to medium-size networks. This provides them scope, time, cost, quality, human resources,
include sprite creation and manipulation, and with the opportunity to enter the workforce communications, risk and procurement –
working with physics, as it relates to games. and/or further their education and training in using the experiences of real-life businesses.
Various genres of games are discussed and the computer networking field. Recommended Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester
developed, including serious games. Emphasis Prereq: CIS196 or consent of instructor. hours; 3 semester hours may apply to
is placed on good game design and game play. (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs a degree or certificate.
Repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
hours; 3 semester hours may apply to
a degree or certificate.
CIS 198 Network Technology IV
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs This is the fourth course in a four course CIS 220 Advanced Visual BASIC
sequence designed to teach students the skills Programming
needed to design, build and maintain small-
CIS 190 PC Hardware Essentials to medium-size networks. This provides them An in-depth study of advanced Visual
This course is designed as an overview of the with the opportunity to enter the workforce BASIC.Net and ASP.Net concepts, this course
essentials in the servicing and maintenance of and/or further their education and training in includes database file processing, creating
personal computer and portable devices. It the computer networking field. Recommended classes, understanding inheritance and
provides an introduction to operating systems, Prereq: CIS197 or consent of instructor. polymorphism, and creating user controls.
printers and scanners, networks and security (1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs Students write complete, large, interactive
in regard to identification, installation and systems involving ADO.Net objects to
upgrading. This course aligns with the access databases, and ASP.Net based Web
objectives of the CompTIA A+ Essentials
CIS 201 Applied Computer Operating applications. Recommended Prereq: CIS120
examination. Systems and MCS150 (Microsoft Access) or consent
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course provides an overview of the nature of instructor.
and function of computer operating systems (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
CIS 191 PC Repair Essentials including process management, memory and
storage management including virtual storage, CIS 230 Advanced Topics in C++
This course provides an introduction to the single- and multi-user systems, distributed
methodology and procedures used to identify Programming
systems, multitasking, protection and security.
PC problems and the proper techniques and Recommended Prereq: CIS110 or consent of An advanced course in C++ programming
tools to use to resolve these problems. The division dean. that includes in-depth programming
course aligns with the objectives of the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs techniques. Topics include C++ I/O classes
CompTIA A+ Essentials exam. Repeatable and objects, data structures, inheritance,
to a maximum of 4 semester hours; 1 semester function and operator overloading, templates,
hour may apply to a degree or certificate. CIS 202 Data Management Concepts memory allocation, virtual functions,
Recommended Prereq: CIS190 and Practices polymorphism and references. Recommended
or concurrent enrollment. Introduction to the basic database models and Prereq: CIS130 or consent of instructor.
(1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hr capabilities of standard DBMS packages. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Various database models are examined and
CIS 195 Network Technology I students are guided through database design, CIS 245 Assembly Language
This is the first course in a four course modeling and implementation. Material Programming
sequence designed to teach students the skills includes single and multi-user databases and
the examination of access standards for This course is an introduction to the basic
needed to design, build and maintain small- concepts of the operation and control of digital
to medium-size networks. This provides them database application processing. Projects
provide practical experiences designing, computers and assembly language program-
with the opportunity to enter the workforce ming using IBM mainframe assembly
and/or further their education and training in building, and updating a database.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs language. Recommended Prereq: CIS115 or
the computer networking field. Recommended consent of instructor; CIS116.
Prereq: ELT171 or consent of instructor. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
(1 lec/4 lab) 3 sem hrs CIS 203 Systems Analysis and Design
This course covers the functions and CIS 250 Advanced Java
CIS 196 Network Technology II techniques of systems analysis, design
and development, including the analysis This course expands on the topics learned in
This is the second course in a four course the introductory course and focuses on Java
sequence designed to teach students the skills of information flow, developing system
specifications, and analyzing equipment needs. as an applications development tool for stand-
needed to design, build and maintain small- to alone applications with swing components and
medium-size networks. This provides them The traditional structured methodology and
associated tools as well as the object-oriented utility classes. Web applications using JSP and
with the opportunity to enter the workforce servlet technology and database access with
and/or further their education and training in approach are used throughout the analysis
process, from initial investigation through JDBC are also discussed. Recommended
the computer networking field. Recommended Prereq: CIS150.
Prereq: CIS195 consent of instructor. installation and review. Recommended
Prereq: CIS110 or consent of division dean. (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
Recommended Coreq: CIS205.
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
186 Computer Info. Systems
CIS 275 E-Business Technologies CIS 299 Computer Information Systems CMT 220 Construction Management
This course provides the foundation for a basic Internship Course covers interrelationships and
understanding of the technologies used in In this experience students observe, and operations of a construction firm with a
conducting electronic business. The topics participate in when possible, the activities in simulation of the management process by
covered and skills gained would be helpful in various types of business positions related to student teams demonstrating management
assisting a small business owner or manager in information systems. Two hundred forty hours skills required to succeed in business today.
establishing a Web presence and utilizing are required for three credits. Repeatable to a Finance accounting, marketing and sales will
emerging technologies to make internal maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester be examined. Recommended Prereq: CMT110
processes more efficient. hours from the computer information systems or instructor consent.
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs internship courses (CIS297, CIS298, CIS299) (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
may apply to the computer information
CIS 280 Linux/UNIX System systems degrees or certificates. Prereq: CMT 225 Construction Project
Consent of instructor.
Adminstration (0 lec/15 lab) 3 sem hr Management
This course is designed to teach students to set This course provides students with the
up and administer the Linux/UNIX operating knowledge required to plan, schedule and
system. Students will perform hardware and manage large construction projects. Tools
software installation and customization. Construction such as Gantt Charts, PERT and CP/M are
Other topics covered include networking and introduced and students apply computer
installation and customization of web server Management techniques to plan and schedule a project.
related software. Repeatable to a maximum of Basic total quality management, team building
12 semester hours; 3 semester hours may apply Technology (CMT) and change management techniques are also
to a degree or certificate. Recommended presented. Recommended Prereq: CMT110;
Prereq: CIS180. CMT 100 Introduction to the CMT220 or concurrent enrollment; or consent
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs of instructor.
Construction Industry (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course familiarizes the student with basic
CIS 296 Special Topics/Information concepts of construction, including city and
Systems regional planning, managing, contracting, CMT 230 Construction Safety
This course offers special topics in information designing, engineering, estimating, bidding, and Health
systems. When offered topics might include inspecting and production work. Overview of safety rules and procedures for
the impact of technology in information (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs working on construction sites. Includes general
systems or an in-depth study on a special and company safety policies, construction site
information systems topic. Repeatable to a CMT 110 Intermediate Construction job hazards and procedures and personal
maximum of 12 semester hours for different protective equipment needs and uses. Also
This course explores techniques of conveying
special topics; 6 semester hours may apply includes lifting, ladder and scaffold procedures
information from the architect/engineer to
to a degree or certificate. hazards, communications requirements, and
the contractor by way of a legal document and
(0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) var. 1 to 3 sem hrs how that information is conveyed during the
fire and electrical safety guidelines.
implementation process. Estimating and
CIS 297 Computer Information Systems project scheduling are addressed.
Internship Recommended Prereq: CMT100 or consent CMT 250 Commercial and
of instructor. Residential Wiring
In this experience students observe, and (2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs
participate in when possible, the activities in Introduces students to basic electrical
various types of business positions related to terminology and principles along with a
information systems. Eighty hours are required CMT 120 Interior Design working knowledge of tools and techniques
for one credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 This course explores the elements and used in the installation and maintenance of
semester hours; 6 semester hours from the principles of design theory as they relate residential/commercial electrical service and
computer information systems internship to an interior space. Aesthetic and practical distribution. Select portions of the National
courses (CIS297, CIS298, CIS299) may apply to application of room arrangement and furniture Electrical Code are studied. Recommended
the computer information systems degrees or selection principles to the interior are covered. Prereq: ELT101 or concurrent enrollment
certificates. Prereq: Consent of instructor. Students develop interior projects using or consent of instructor.
(0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hr space planning, furniture selection, furniture (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
elevations and presentation techniques.
CIS 298 Computer Information Systems (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs CMT 297 Construction Industry
Internship Internship
In this experience students observe, and CMT 210 Construction Estimating In this experience students observe, and
participate in when possible, the activities in Construction estimating is covered, beginning participate in when possible, the activities in
various types of business positions related to with an understanding of the costs of labor, various types of construction industry
information systems. One hundred sixty hours equipment and materials as well as profit and positions. Eighty hours are required for one
are required for two credits. Repeatable to a overhead. Quantity measurements of basic credit. Repeatable to a maximum of 4 semester
maximum of 6 semester hours; 6 semester construction materials will be used to develop hours; 2 semester hours from the construction
hours from the computer information systems bidding packages. internship courses (CMT297, CMT298) may
internship courses (CIS297, CIS298, CIS299) (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs apply to the degree. Prereq: All 100-level CMT
may apply to the computer information courses; consent of instructor.
systems degrees or certificates. Prereq: (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hr
Consent of instructor.
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Criminal Justice
187
CMT 298 Construction Industry CRJ 105 Patrol Operations CRJ 200 Criminal Investigation
Internship This course introduces students to the police This course introduces students to the
In this experience students observe, and patrol function, focusing on the history of fundamentals of criminal investigation. Topics
participate in when possible, the activities in policing, the importance of communication, include an examination of the preliminary and
various types of construction industry problem solving and tactics. Topics include follow-up investigation, crime scene search,
positions. One hundred sixty hours are law enforcement philosophies and theories, and collection and preservation of evidence.
required for two credits. Repeatable to a community policing, the importance of Interviewing witnesses and victims, inter-
maximum of 6 semester hours; 2 semester written and verbal communication in the rogation of suspects, and rules governing
hours from the construction internship courses patrol process, ethical considerations, officer the admissibility of evidence in court
(CMT297, CMT298) may apply to the degree. safety and criminal investigation. testimony are also covered.
Prereq: All 100-level CMT courses; consent (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
of instructor.
(0 lec/10 lab) 2 sem hrs CRJ 107 Juvenile Justice CRJ 201 Crime Scene Investigation
This course reviews the juvenile justice system. Laboratory
Criminal and non-criminal behaviors, juvenile This course studies the collection
Criminal Justice (CRJ) arrests, investigation, interview techniques, the and preservation of physical evidence.
purposes of juvenile court hearings, and the Emphasis is on reconstructing, sketching
use of probation, parole and incarceration as and photographing/videotaping crime
CRJ 100 Introduction to Criminal means of treatment/punishment are studied. scenes. Techniques such as plaster casting,
Justice (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs fingerprinting and computer-assisted
This course offers a survey and analysis composite drawing are explored.
of the criminal justice system, including a CRJ 115 Accident Investigation (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
historical and philosophical overview of its This course provides a study of the evolution
development. The criminal justice system’s of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. The needs, CRJ 202 Drug Enforcement
primary components (police, courts and trends and hazards of the driver, vehicle and
corrections) and the relationship among these Investigation
roadway are examined. Students are
components in the administration of criminal introduced to the components of accident This course offers a study of drugs, including
justice in America are emphasized. investigation with an emphasis on obtaining, drug abuse and criminal usage and their
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs recording and interpreting information to impact on society and enforcement agencies.
successfully reconstruct an accident scene. Emphasis is on the detection, recognition and
The course also includes the following topics: investigation of drugs. The history of drugs,
CRJ 101 Introduction to Corrections psychological and physiological reactions,
This course provides an overview and the application of traffic engineering, use of
enforcement to solve traffic problems, the the law, identification of drugs, and the tactics
analysis of the American correctional system. and investigation of drug violations are
The history, evolution and philosophy of collection and interpretation of statistical
data, and court testimony. also covered.
punishment and treatment; the operation and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
administration of corrections in institutional (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and non-institutional settings; and issues in
correctional law are covered. CRJ 120 The American Court System CRJ 207 Juvenile Delinquency
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course studies the American criminal This course studies the history and
court system and its relationship with law philosophies of society’s reaction to juvenile
enforcement and corrections. Focusing on behavior and problems. Interaction among
CRJ 102 Criminal Justice Career the police, judiciary and corrections are
the adult criminal court system, topics include
Exploration the dynamics of the court system, the pivotal examined within the context of cultural
This course is designed to allow students to role the court plays in the criminal justice influences. Theoretical perspectives of
explore the various career choices within the system, and the court’s relationship with the causation and control are explored.
criminal justice system. Emphasizing work- juvenile justice system. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
related characteristics, job duties, employment (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
potential, and career trends, the course CRJ 220 Criminal Law
provides an overview of the day-to-day
operations and activities of policing. CRJ 145 Commercial Security This course examines and analyzes the
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs Operations structure and function of substantive criminal
law and the principles of criminal law. The
This course provides a study of commercial acts, mental state and attendant circumstances
CRJ 103 Criminal Justice Report security responsibilities and methods of that are the necessary elements of crime
operation with an emphasis on firearm liability are included.
Writing safety and policy as they are practiced in range
This course provides criminal justice (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
applications. Students completing the course
students with instruction and practice in the can apply for certification as an armed security
preparation of accurate police reports suitable guard in Illinois. CRJ 226 Criminal Evidence
for use in the courtroom. The development (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course introduces the student to legal
of a clear, concise, narrative writing style is requirements as they relate to the rules of
emphasized, and weekly report writing evidence, including testimony of witnesses,
exercises are critiqued. Prereq: ENG101 admissibility of evidence, and effective court
or concurrent enrollment. testimony.
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
188 Criminal Justice
CRJ 230 Criminology DIS 201 Catalyst for Change ECE 107 Development and Guidance of
This course introduces students to the multi- People with disabilities comprise the largest the School-Age Child
disciplinary study and analysis of the nature, minority population in the United States. This This course focuses on the principles and
causes and control of crime. The measurement course focuses on improving the quality of life theories of the development of children
of crime and the interactive roles of the system, for all people. Students are challenged to between the ages of six and twelve. The use of
victim and offender are studied. discover personal changes that lead to action effective guidance and interaction techniques
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and planned change. Specific topics include with school-age children will be emphasized,
ethics, assistive technology and universal and their implications for school-age child care
design. Recommended Prereq: DIS101 and education programs will be discussed.
CRJ 235 Multicultural Law Enforcement and DIS110.
This course studies cultural diversity in (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
America and its relationship with law enforce-
ment. The content of the course includes ECE 110 Infant and Toddler Care
the impact of diversity on law enforcement; This course focuses on prenatal development,
cultural specifics for law enforcement; multi- Early Childhood the birth process, infancy and toddlers, with an
cultural elements in terrorism and homeland
security; law enforcement response strategies; Education (ECE) emphasis on forming relationships with infants
and toddlers, developing caregiving strategies,
and cultural effectiveness for law enforcement and reviewing current issues and trends. The
officers. Recommended Prereq: CRJ100. ECE 101 Introduction to Early Childhood social, emotional, intellectual and physical
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs development of infants and toddlers is
Education
examined, and the role of adults in enhancing
Introducing students to the field of early infant and toddler development is explored.
CRJ 250 Issues in Justice childhood education, this course presents an
This course explores moral, ethical and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
overview of the philosophy, structure and
professional issues that are encountered organization of early childhood care and
in the criminal justice professions. Topics education in the context of appropriate ECE 115 Child Growth and Development
covered include the following challenges faced practices. Students examine how their own This course provides a foundation in the
by criminal justice practitioners: excessive use personal qualities relate to the expectations of theory and principles of child development
of force, corruption and graft, bribery and the field, and they study and observe develop- from the prenatal through early adolescent
gratuities, and diversity of cultures and values. mentally appropriate practices in different stages. Students examine the theories of Piaget,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs types of early childhood programs. Students Erikson, Vygotsky, Skinner and others in an in-
also review the state and federal regulations depth study of children’s physical, social,
CRJ 296 Special Topics/Criminal that govern early childhood programs. emotional, cognitive, language and aesthetic
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs development. Emphasizing implications for
Justice early childhood education practice, child
Offering topics and issues of current/special development is also explored in the context
interest in Criminal Justice, this course is ECE 102 Career Explorations in
of gender, family, culture and society.
repeatable to a maximum of 12 semester hours Early Childhood (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
for different special topics; 6 semester hours This course examines the responsibilities
may apply to a degree or certificate. of an early childhood professional, including
(0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) var. 1 to 3 sem hrs practical guidelines for providing care for ECE 120 Health, Safety and Nutrition
preschool-aged children and their families. This course explores the personal health of
State and local requirements, guidance students as well as the health, safety and
nutrition needs of children in group settings.
Disability Studies (DIS) techniques, communication with parents,
health, safety and nutrition, learning In addition to learning the concepts of total
experiences and multicultural education health as they relate to children and adults,
DIS 101 Disability in Society are all discussed. students examine such topics as the Illinois
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Department of Children and Family Services
It has been estimated that nearly 10 percent
licensing standards, procedures for providing
of the world’s population has a disability. This
safe environments for children, assessment of
course is intended to give students working ECE 105 Observation and Guidance children’s health, and the nutritional
definitions of types of disabilities, as well as
provide an overview of various disability of Young Children requirements of children.
This course offers a study of early childhood (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
models and stereotypes. Students explore
the experience of disability through case education guidance practices. Emphasis is
studies, guest speakers, and role play. placed on the identification and application ECE 125 Child, Family and Community
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs of positive guidance methods and techniques This course is a comprehensive study of the
in developing young children’s potential. child as she/he relates to her/his family and
Recording and objectively interpreting community. Emphasis is on communication,
DIS 110 Perspectives on Disability children’s behavior through observation diversity, professionalism and social policy.
Over 34 million people in the United is also covered. An in-depth study of community resources
States are identified as having a disability. This (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs is included.
course expands students’ understanding of the
impact of a disability throughout the lifespan.
Topics include the history, economics and
geographical perspectives of disability, a study
of disability in infancy, inclusion in education,
adolescence and adulthood. Recommended
Prereq: DIS101.
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Earth Science
189
ECE 140 Inclusion in Early Childhood: ECE 211 HeadsUp! Reading ECE 235 Curriculum for Early
Birth Through Age Eight Taught by a diverse faculty of leaders in early Childhood Programs
This course provides students with the tools childhood research and practice via a live, This course provides an overview of the
and skills to work with children with develop- interactive, satellite broadcast, the HeadsUp! planning implementation and evaluation of
mental differences. The focus of the course is Reading course introduces students to the developmentally appropriate curriculum. Early
on inclusion, including the identification of research-based principles and developmentally childhood curriculum models are introduced
developmental differences; assessment and appropriate practices for providing children and such topics as lesson plans, classroom
referral practices; the adaptation of curriculum from birth through age five with a strong management strategies, scheduling materials,
and learning environments; and the develop- foundation in early reading and writing. The and equipment are covered. Recommended
ment of community support and parent/ following themes are emphasized throughout Prereq: ECE115.
teacher partnerships. Recommended the course: family involvement, linguistic and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: ECE101, ECE115. cultural diversity, serving children with special
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs needs, and motivating children to become
readers and writers. Repeatable to a maximum ECE 250 Early Childhood Education
of 2 semester hours. Practicum
ECE 145 Multiculturalism in (1 lec/0 lab) 1 sem hr This practicum provides students with the
Early Childhood opportunity to apply the theories, principles
This course focuses on the implementation of ECE 215 Creative Activities for the and developmentally appropriate practices of
cultural and anti-bias education with young Young Child early childhood education in a supervised, 240-
children. Emphasizing the development of hour fieldwork experience. Emphasis will be
practical applications that balance classroom This course focuses on the theory and research placed upon students’ understanding and self-
daily routines, curriculum and teaching related to the creative development of young evaluation of their roles as teachers of young
strategies with the child’s home culture, the children. Art and music resources that children and as members of a teaching team.
course presents effective ways that teachers encourage children’s creativity are also Recommended Prereq: Consent of instructor.
can assist children in learning to respect, addressed. Recommended Prereq: ECE235. (0 lec/5 to 15 lab) 1 to 3 sem hrs
appreciate and develop positive interactions (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
with people different than themselves.
Theories of multicultural education and the
ECE 299 Early Childhood Education
ECE 220 Mathematics and Science
student’s own cultural identity and attitudes Administration Internship
toward others are explored. Recommended
for the Young Child This internship provides students with the
Prereq: ECE101, ECE115. This course emphasizes the theory and opportunity to apply leadership skills in a
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs developmentally appropriate practices, supervised, fieldwork experience. Emphasis
activities and materials for early childhood is placed upon students’ understanding and
education, mathematics and science curricula. self-evaluation of their roles as administrators
ECE 150 Foundations of Early Recommended Prereq: ECE235. of Early Childhood Education programs.
Childhood Education (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs The internship requires the completion
This course provides a study of early childhood of 300 contact hours of experience in an
education and child care that places current ECE 225 Play and Creative Expression administrative role. Prereq: Consent
trends and issues in historical and philo- of instructor.
sophical perspectives. It includes a review of
for the Young Child (0 lec/20 lab) 3 sem hrs
research in the field and a comparative study This course provides a study of different
of theories of early childhood education as theories and types of play. The role of the
reflected in existing program models. teacher in modeling and facilitating play is
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs explored. Choosing appropriate materials Earth Science (ESC)
and equipment for play is emphasized.
Recommended Prereq: ECE115.
ECE 207 School-Age Programming (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ESC 100 Survey of Earth Science
This course examines the knowledge and skills This course is designed to provide an
needed to work effectively with the school-age introduction to science, the earth sciences,
child. Focusing on the planning, organization,
ECE 230 Early Childhood Center and to acquaint the student with earth
assessment and implementation of develop- Administration systems. Emphasis is on geology, meteorology,
mentally appropriate activities, the course also This course offers a study of guidelines for the climatology, geomorphology and environ-
explores the impact of cultural diversity on establishment of a child development center. mental change, with lesser emphasis on the
all aspects of care and education of the Emphasis is placed upon the student’s under- principles of astronomy and oceanography.
school-age child. standing of the written philosophy of a center Note: Students enrolling in ESC100 are not
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and the program used by that center. Staffing, required to enroll in ESC101 (lab). However,
equipment and budgeting processes are those students needing a four semester-hour
studied. The expectations of the state licensing lab science for transfer purposes may wish to
ECE 210 Language Arts for the concurrently enroll in ESC100 and ESC101.
agency and other regulating agencies are
Young Child examined. Recommended Prereq: ECE101, IAI: P1 905.
This course offers a study of the language ECE115. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
development of preschool children with (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
specific emphasis on how language is acquired
and used from ages 0-6. The course highlights
developmental milestones in the child’s
language development. Attention is given to
the selection and use of quality literature
with young children. Recommended
Prereq: ECE235.
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
190 Earth Science
ESC 101 Survey of Earth Science Economics (ECN) ECN 122 Principles of Economics-
Laboratory Microeconomics
This course is designed to acquaint the student ECN 100 Introduction to Economics This course provides an introduction to basic
with the scientific method and earth systems. economic principles and the principles of
Emphasis is on topics related to geology, A survey of the structure and function of microeconomics. Topics include price theory
oceanography and meteorology, which are the American economy with an emphasis and resource allocation, perfect and imperfect
explored through selected laboratory exercises. on current economic problems. Topics studied competition, antitrust policy and the
Prereq: ESC100 or concurrent enrollment. include how markets work, competition, economics of the labor market, as well as
IAI: P1 905L. income distribution, fiscal and monetary applications to relevant current economic
(0 lec/2 lab) 1 sem hr policy, and the global economy and market- issues. IAI: S3 902.
place. Note: Not intended for students (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
majoring in economics or business or for
ESC 120 Introduction to Meteorology students with a minor in economics.
This course is designed to provide an IAI: S3 900.
introduction to meteorology. The student (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Education (EDU)
gains an understanding of temperature, water See also Mathematics (MTH) and Music (MUS) for
vapor, cloud and precipitation formation, mid- ECN 105 Consumer Economics
latitude cyclones, weather forecasting severe additional courses for education majors.
weather, and hurricanes. A laboratory A study of basic economic issues that impact
component examines the above topics and individuals and society. Specific topics include EDU 100 Strategies for the
process in more detail through the scientific personal consumption, financial investments,
investment and retirement planning, consumer Paraprofessional Educator
method of observation, hypothesis formation
and experimentation. Prereq: C or better in credit, consumer legislation, taxes and tax This course provides an overview of the roles
MTH070 and MTH075 or placement policies and the consumer and social and responsibilities of a paraprofessional
determined by assessment. IAI: P1 901L responsibility. educator. Team building, instructional
(under IAI review). (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs strategies, classroom management/
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs organization techniques, diversity in the
classroom, and the ethical and legal aspects
ECN 110 Survey of Contemporary of the role are considered. The student is also
ESC 130 Introduction to Oceanography Economic Issues introduced to the ages and stages of child
This course is designed to provide an This course provides the non-economics development and the field of special education.
introduction to oceanography by highlighting major with the framework of basic economic (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
several components of the marine environ- concepts and models necessary to understand
ment. Emphasis is on plate tectonics, oceanic a variety of current social/economic issues and EDU 110 Fundamentals of Language
circulation, the properties of seawater, waves problems, and evaluate current or proposed
and tidal action, coastal features and land- policy solutions in the context of introductory Arts Instruction
forms, and oceanic habitats and their economic analysis. Topics may include This course introduces education students
biota. Lesser emphasis is placed on marine domestic and world poverty, labor market and paraprofessional educators to the
sedimentation, the physiography of the ocean discrimination, international trade and fundamentals of teaching language arts
floor and general marine productivity. immigration, environmental policy, social (reading, writing, listening, and speaking)
IAI: P1 905. security and health care, crime and drugs, in the elementary and middle school grades.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs education, and domestic and third world farm Instructional theories and trends, assessment
policy and agriculture. Note: Not intended for techniques, and teaching strategies for children
students majoring in economics or business or at all age levels are examined.
ESC 220 Climate and Global Change for students with a minor in economics. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
This course is designed to provide an IAI: S3 900.
introduction to climate and to acquaint the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
student with the processes that govern global EDU 200 Introduction to Education
weather and climate conditions. The student This course provides an introduction to the
will gain a general understanding of climate ECN 121 Principles of Economics- profession of teaching in the context of the
change, global warming, acid rain, ozone Macroeconomics American educational system. The historical,
depletion and desertification. Current theories This course provides an introduction to basic philosophical, social and legal foundations of
regarding humankind’s impact on climate economic principles and the principles of education are introduced, and ethical issues in
will also be emphasized. IAI: P1 905 (under macroeconomics. Topics include demand a diverse society, the organizational structure
IAI review). and supply, national income accounting, fiscal of school systems and school governance are
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and monetary policy, economic systems and examined. Recommended Coreq: EDU202.
economic growth, income distribution, and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ESC 296 Special Topics/Earth Science international trade, as well as applications
This course offers special topics in Earth to relevant current economic issues.
Science. When offered, topics might include IAI: S3 901.
specific studies in geology, geography, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
oceanography, meteorology, or any of their
sub-disciplines. Repeatable to a maximum of
24 semester hours; 6 semester hours may apply
to a degree or certificate.
(0 to 6 lec/0 to 12 lab) var. 1 to 6 sem hrs
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Electronics Technology
191
EDU 202 Clinical Experience in EDU 220 Introduction to Special Electronics
Education Education
This 45-hour documented clinical experience This survey course introduces the historical, Technology (ELT)
allows students considering a career in philosophical and legal foundations of special
teaching to observe and interact with children education. Topics include an overview of the ELT 101 Introductory Electronics
and teachers in classroom settings. Focused characteristics of individuals with disabilities;
on the subject and age category in which the a review of the provisions of the Individuals Introduces laboratory instruments, circuit
students are planning to teach, the clinical With Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) and components, basic measuring techniques and
experience is planned, guided, and evaluated its associated programs; and an examination basic circuits used as building blocks in any
by a cooperating teacher and the college of the diverse nature of exceptional popula- electronic system.
instructor. A weekly on-campus seminar tions, with an emphasis on the relationship (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
explores such topics as effective teaching between personal and student cultural
methods, classroom management techniques, perspectives. Students pursuing the Associate ELT 111 Circuit Analysis I (DC)
and learning styles, and assists students in of Arts in Teaching degree are required to Serves as a foundation course for all analog
assessing their commitment to teaching as a enroll concurrently in EDU202 Clinical circuit analysis. The fundamental quantities
career. Note: The number of EDU202 Clinical Experience in Education. Recommended of electric circuits are defined and basic
Experience in Education transferable hours Prereq: ECE115. Recommended Coreq: EDU202. units of measurement are emphasized in the
will be determined by the transfer institution. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs laboratory. Ohm’s Law, Kirchoff’s Law and the
Recommended Coreq: EDU200. basic series and parallel circuit configurations
(1.5 lec/3 lab) 3 sem hrs are analyzed. The fundamental theorems of
EDU 225 Diversity of Schools
circuit analysis are covered along with the
and Society development of node and loop equations.
EDU 205 Introduction to Technology This course uses social and global perspectives Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or concurrent
in Education to explore the diversity of schools and society. enrollment or consent of instructor.
This course introduces students entering the Students learn how such social aspects as (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
teaching profession to the knowledge and skills social and global contexts shape education.
required to demonstrate proficiency in the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
current technology standards that have been ELT 112 Circuit Analysis II (AC)
established for educators. The course focuses Introduces the analysis of AC circuits using
on both knowledge and performance, and it
EDU 295 Topics/Issues for principles, theorems and equations developed
includes hands-on technology activities. Paraprofessional Educators in Circuit Analysis I (DC). The fundamental
Recommended Prereq: Keyboarding; basic skill Offering topics and issues of current/special circuit components of resistance, inductance
in word processing, spreadsheet and database interest in paraprofessional education, this and capacitance are studied with respect to
programs. course is repeatable to a maximum of 12 changes in frequency. Builds on a strong
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs semester hours for different special topics; foundation of complex numbers and trigono-
6 semester hours may apply to a degree or metry applied to the analysis of AC circuits
certificate. by developing the concepts of resonance,
EDU 210 Educational Psychology (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) var. 1 to 3 sem hrs power and filter response. Frequency response
This course studies the psychological characteristics of circuits will be stressed
principles that provide the foundation for throughout. Recommended Prereq: ELT111
educational practice. The theories of cognitive EDU 296 Topics/Issues for Education or consent of instructor.
and psychological development, human Offering topics and issues of current/special (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
learning and motivation are discussed, with interest in education, this course is repeatable
an emphasis on application for instruction to a maximum of 12 semester hours for
and assessment. Learner-centered instruction different special topics; 6 semester hours ELT 121 Linear Devices I
and diversity issues are also addressed. may apply to a degree or certificate. Introduces semiconductor electronic devices.
Recommended Prereq: PSY100. (1 to 3 lec/0 lab) var. 1 to 3 sem hrs The DC theory of operation is emphasized
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs throughout. The characteristic curves and DC
biasing are developed. Simple troubleshooting
techniques are defined. Recommended Prereq:
EDU 215 Introduction to the ELT101 or consent of instructor.
Foundations of Reading (3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs
This course provides an introduction to theory
and practice in teaching reading and related ELT 131 Digital Electronics I
language arts areas. Students learn the basic
components of reading instruction and the A first course in digital electronics introducing
importance of literacy learning, including an the foundation elements of the subject and
introduction to Illinois Learning Standards in preparing the student for advanced-level
the areas of reading and language arts. courses in digital electronics, telecommuni-
Recommended Prereq: ECE115 and EDU200. cations and microprocessors. Recommended
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Prereq: ELT101 or consent of instructor.
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
192 Electronics Technology
ELT 161 Introductory ELT 232 Advanced Microprocessor Emergency Medical

Telecommunications Theory
An overview of the basic concepts and This course deals with the interfacing of the Technician (EMT)
applications of telecommunications. Both INTEL and Motorola microprocessors to the
wireless and wired communications are outside world. It explains both the interaction EMT 120 Emergency Medical
covered. Subjects include AM and FM with computer peripherals, like keyboards,
transmission and reception; multiplexing memory chips, CRT, and with temperature, Technician - Basic
techniques; transmission lines; electro- pressure position sensors. It also deals with This course emphasizes emergency medical
magnetic wave propagation; digital the output of command signals from the care skills and teaches these skills in a job-
communications; fiber optics; and microprocessor to motors, relays, solenoid related context based on the Department of
satellite communications. valves in control system applications. Transportation (DOT) National Standard
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Recommended Prereq: ELT231 or consent Curriculum. Course content includes the care
of instructor. of individuals with various traumatic/emergent
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs medical conditions, as well as training in the
ELT 180 Introduction to Audio use of medical equipment and materials. This
Recording Engineering course prepares the student for either the State
ELT 251 Industrial Circuits and Controls licensure examination for the State Emergency
This course introduces basic audio recording
principles, with an emphasis on digital and This course provides the student with the Medical Technician Basic or the National
other modern audio engineering techniques. concepts of electronic control systems used in Registry of Emergency Medical Technician
Topics include special effects, signal processing industrial applications. Lecture topics include Examination through the Illinois Department
and Musical Instrument Digital Interface different types of transformers, and single of Public Health. Repeatable to a maximum of
(MIDI), as well as an in-depth study of the phase and three phase AC motors. The study 24 semester hours; only 6 semester hours may
different types of microphones. of variable speed AC and DC motor controls apply to a degree or certificate. Note: Students
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs is discussed. Ladder diagrams and other must submit proof of current CPR or Basic Life
symbolization are stressed. The operation Support for Health Care Providers to the
of various sensors is covered. A lab utilizing instructor on the first day of class and are
ELT 221 Linear Devices II commercially available controls is conducted. required to purchase a stethoscope. The State
Introduces the AC equivalent of semi- Recommended Prereq: ELT101 or consent of Illinois requires completion of GED or a
conductor diode and amplifier circuits. of instructor. high school diploma prior to testing for
Power amplifiers are analyzed and the FET (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs certification, and that students be at least 18
is introduced. Several common amplifier years of age to test. Proof of a tuberculosis test
configurations are analyzed. Recommended ELT 261 Intermediate and current immunizations must be submitted
Prereq: ELT121. to the instructor prior to the first day of the
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs Telecommunications emergency room experience. Prereq: Reading
A discussion of the most modern techniques assessment; CPR training (American Heart
in telecommunications. After a quick review Association Basic Life Support for Health Care
ELT 229 Digital Electronics II of AM and FM transmission and reception, Providers or American Red Cross Professional
This course covers more advanced topics of the course describes the effects of noise in Rescuer); 17.5 years of age or older; ability to
digital electronic technology and introduces telecommunications then moves onto the lift a pre-determined weight.
complex digital circuitry like counters, shift different multiplexing techniques, especially (5 lec/2 lab) 6 sem hrs
registers and memory devices. It also studies for digital data transmission. The different
the way digital circuitry is put together to protocols in digital communications are
form microprocessors and computers. particularly stressed, because of their critical EMT 125 Paramedic I
Recommended Prereq: ELT131 or consent importance. Modems, terminals, LANS and This course is intended to train paramedics
of instructor. cellular telephony are covered as applications in medical/legal issues, ethics, Emergency
(2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs of digital communications. Recommended Medical Systems, personal wellness, injury
Prereq: ELT161. prevention, communications, anatomy and
ELT 231 Microprocessor Theory (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs physiology, pathophysiology, medication
administration and life span development.
Introduces microprocessor using the 8 bit This course includes classroom theory and
machine. Basic computer arithmetic is ELT 296 Special Topics/Electronics laboratory experience. Prereq: Program
covered along with memory and bus structure. This special topics course in electronics is admission; current license as an EMT-B.
Addressing structures are covered along designed to develop specific course goals and (4 lec/5 lab) 6.5 sem hrs
with simple program writing. Hardware objectives based on emerging trends in the
configurations and its relation to input/ electronics industry. Repeatable to a maximum
output interrupts and DMA are introduced. of 12 semester hours; 6 semester hours EMT 126 Paramedic II
Recommended Prereq: ELT131 or consent may apply to a degree or certificate. This course is intended to train paramedics
of instructor. (0 to 3 lec/0 to 6 lab) var. 1 to 3 sem hrs in airway management, patient assessment,
(3 lec/2 lab) 4 sem hrs arrhythmia recognition and cardiology.
This course includes classroom theory and
laboratory experience. Prereq: Program
admission; current license as an EMT-B.
(4 lec/5 lab) 6.5 sem hrs
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Engineering
193
EMT 127 Paramedic III EMT 131 Field Clinical Experience Emergency
This course is intended to train paramedics for the Paramedic I
in International Life Support, trauma, Field clinical experience includes: a period of Preparedness
pulmonology, neurology, endocrinology, supervised pre-hospital experience on an
allergies/anaphylaxis, gastroenterology, Advanced Life Support vehicle. Students are
Management (EPM)
urology/nephrology, toxicology and substance under the direct supervision of a department
abuse. This course includes classroom theory approved mentor. This represents the phase
and laboratory experience. Prereq: Program
EPM 120 Emergency Management
of instruction where the student learns how to This course covers the four phases of
admission; current license as an EMT-B. apply cognitive knowledge and the skills
(3 lec/3 lab) 4.5 sem hrs emergency management: mitigation,
developed in the skills laboratory and hospital preparedness, response and recovery. Topics
clinical to the field environment. The field include organizing for emergency manage-
EMT 128 Paramedic IV clinical runs concurrently with the in-hospital ment, coordinating of community resources,
This course is intended to train paramedics clinical and the paramedic internship. Prereq: public sector liability, and the roles of
in hematology, environmental emergencies, Program admission; current license as an government agencies at all levels. Upon
infectious disease, psychiatric and behavioral EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126. Coreq: EMT127; completion, students should be able to
disorders, gynecology, obstetrics, neonatology, EMT128; EMT130. demonstrate an understanding of compre-
pediatrics, Pediatric Advanced Life Support, (0 lec/5 lab) 1 sem hr hensive emergency management and the
geriatric emergencies, abuse and assault, integrated emergency management system.
challenged patients, acute interventions EMT 230 In-Hospital Clinical Experience (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
for chronic-care patients and assessment- for the Paramedic II
based management. This course includes
classroom theory and laboratory experience. In-hospital clinical experience includes: EPM 200 Disaster Response Operations
Prereq: Program admission; current license instruction and supervised practice of and Management
as an EMT-B. emergency medical skills primarily in the This course covers the basic concepts and
(3 lec/3 lab) 4.5 sem hrs Emergency Departments of Delnor- operational procedures and authorities
Community Hospital, Provena-Mercy Center involved in responding to major disasters.
and Rush-Copley Medical Center. Other Topics include federal, state and local roles
EMT 129 Paramedic V experience is gained in critical care units, and responsibilities in major disaster recovery
This course is intended to train paramedics operating rooms, labor and delivery or cardiac work, with an emphasis on governmental
in Advanced Cardiac Life Support, protocols, catheterization labs. The in-hospital clinical coordination. Upon completion, students
extrication awareness, ambulance operations, runs concurrently with the field clinical and should be able to implement a disaster plan
medical incident command, crime scene the paramedic internship. Prereq: Program and assess the needs of those involved in a
awareness and rural EMS. This course includes admission; current license as an EMT-B; major disaster. Recommended Prereq: EPM120.
classroom theory and laboratory experience. EMT125; EMT126; EMT127; EMT128; (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Prereq: Program admission; current license as EMT130; EMT131. Coreq: EMT231; EMT298.
an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126; EMT127; (0 lec/6 lab) 3 sem hrs
EMT128.
(1 lec/1 lab) 1.5 sem hrs EMT 231 Field Clinical Experience Engineering (EGR)
for the Paramedic II
EMT 130 In-Hospital Clinical Experience Field clinical experience includes: a period of EGR 101 Engineering Graphics
for the Paramedic I supervised pre-hospital experience on an Introduction to engineering and design,
In-hospital clinical experience includes: Advanced Life Support vehicle. Students are including drafting dimensioning, tolerancing,
instruction and supervised practice of under the direct supervision of a department fasteners and descriptive geometry. Engineer-
emergency medical skills primarily in the approved mentor. This represents the phase ing graphics topics include multi-view
Emergency Departments of Delnor-Community of instruction where the student learns how orthographic representations, principal
Hospital, Provena-Mercy Center and Rush- to apply cognitive knowledge and the skills auxiliary views, section views and production
Copley Medical Center. Other experience is developed in the skills laboratory and hospital drawings. At least 50 percent of the course will
gained in critical care units, operating rooms, clinical to the field environment. The field require the student to use CAD. Additional
labor and delivery or cardiac catheterization clinical runs concurrently with the in-hospital lab time outside of class may be required in
labs. The in-hospital clinical runs concurrently clinical and the paramedic internship. Prereq: order to complete assignments/projects.
with the field clinical and the paramedic Program admission; current license as an (2 lec/4 lab) 4 sem hrs
internship. Prereq: Program admission; current EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126; EMT127;
license as an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126. EMT128; EMT130; EMT131. Coreq: EMT230; EGR 220 Analytical Mechanics - Statics
Coreq: EMT127; EMT128; EMT131. EMT298.
(0 lec/10 lab) 3 sem hrs This is the first part of an introduction to
(0 lec/3 lab) 1 sem hr
mechanics from an engineering perspective. It
is a study of systems of forces and moments as
EMT 298 Paramedic Internship they apply to the equilibrium of particles and
The paramedic internship is the evaluative rigid bodies, and to the analysis of structures
phase of the paramedic program. Students such as trusses, beams, frames and machines.
serve as entry-level paramedics under the Prereq: MTH131 and PHY221.
supervision of an approved Southern Fox (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Valley-Emergency Medical Systems preceptor.
The paramedic internship runs concurrently
with the in-hospital clinical and the field
clinical. Prereq: Program admission; current
license as an EMT-B; EMT125; EMT126;
EMT127; EMT128; EMT129. Coreq: EMT130;
EMT131.
(0 lec/7.5 lab) 2 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
194 Engineering
EGR 230 Analytical Mechanics- ENG 070 Basic Composition II ENG 152 Business Communication-
Dynamics This is the second in a two-course Letter Writing
The second part of an introduction to developmental composition sequence that This course includes a review of the writing
mechanics from an engineering perspective. precedes transfer-level composition courses. process for composing business letters and
It is a study of the motion of particles and rigid This course encourages students to develop/ memoranda. Topics include order and
bodies, in general and as applied to simple refine their voice and writing skills while remittance letters, request and response
mechanisms. Recommended Prereq: EGR220. responding to more complex writing situations. letters, claim and adjustment letters, credit and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs Students learn how to compose essays and collection letters, letters of application and
engage in the research process as they professional resumes. Prereq: C or better in
participate in a larger academic community ENG070 or placement determined by
EGR 240 Introduction to Circuit Analysis of thinkers, readers and writers. Repeatable assessment score.
This course includes an introduction to the to a maximum of twelve semester hours; only 3 (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
principles of linear electric circuits and the semester hours may apply to the general
methods of linear network analysis. Properties studies degree or certificate. Prereq: C or better
of electric circuit elements, network laws, in ENG050 or placement determined by ENG 153 Business Communication-
theorems and network topology are studied. assessment score. Technical Writing
Transient and steady currents are analyzed. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs This course emphasizes technical writing
Prereq: PHY222 and MTH233. basics, including defining an audience, under-
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs ENG 101 First-Year Composition I standing style and format, using graphic
This course focuses on the writing and elements and visual aids, and evaluating
EGR 296 Topics/Issues for Engineering revising of expository essays and writing purpose and format. Students develop
Seminar on a special topic or current issue in projects and is the first in a two-course business-related documents such as proposals,
engineering. No topic/issue can be offered sequence. It concentrates on the writing reports, user manuals and technical brochures.
more than twice within three years. Repeatable process, identifying and responding to Sentence-level mechanics, conciseness,
to a maximum of 24 semester hours; 6 different audiences and rhetorical situations paragraph structure, organization and
semester hours may apply to a degree or and understanding the conventions of language precision are addressed. Collabora-
certificate. format and structure in various discourse tion and revision are emphasized. Prereq: C or
(1 to 6 lec/0 lab) var. 1 to 6 sem hrs communities, including academic writing. better in ENG070 or placement determined by
Practice in critical thinking and essay assessment score.
development is emphasized. Note: IAI (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
General Education requires a C or better in
English (ENG) this course. Prereq: C or better in ENG070 or ENG 204 Creative Writing: Fiction
See also Intensive English Basic (IEB), Intensive placement determined by assessment score. This course provides guided practice in
English Institute (IEI) and Reading (RDG). IAI: C1 900. writing fiction, with emphasis on the structure,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs elements and skills common to creative
NOTE: Placement in an English course is determined
expression in fiction. It is designed to help
by scores on required assessment tests. In addition,
any prerequisites must be met.
ENG 102 First-Year Composition II students discover and develop their own best
This course focuses on the writing, researching medium for expression. Prereq: ENG 101.
and revising of expository essays and writing (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ENG 050 Basic Composition I projects. The second of a two-course sequence,
This is the first in a two-course developmental it concentrates on the writing process identify- ENG 205 Creative Writing: Poetry
composition sequence that precedes transfer- ing and responding to different audiences and This course provides guided practice in writing
level composition courses. This course rhetorical situations, and understanding the poetry, with emphasis on the structure,
encourages students to find/define their voice conventions of format and structure in various elements and skills common to creative
while developing an understanding and facility discourse communities, including academic expression in poetry. It is designed to help
with basic writing skills and negotiating an writing. Practice in critical thinking and essay students discover and develop their own best
individualized writing process. Students development is emphasized. Students will medium for expression. Prereq: ENG 101.
express themselves in a variety of rhetorical/ write analytical and argumentative essays, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
writing situations while actively participating including an academic research paper. Note:
in the larger scope of academic work. IAI General Education requires a C or better in
Repeatable to a maximum of twelve semester this course. Prereq: C or better in ENG101 or ENG 211 American Literature to 1865
hours; 3 semester hours may apply to the equivalent course. IAI: C1 901R. This course explores multifarious writings in
general studies degree or certificate. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs the Americas from the beginning of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs colonialism to the end of the U.S. Civil War.
ENG 151 Foundations of Written With emphases on form, content and context,
ENG 051 Basic Composition I-ESL students read and discuss literary works from
Business Communication several genres falling into literary periods such
This is the first in a two-course composition This basic communications course for the as The Conquest and Colonial periods; the
sequence that precedes transfer-level occupational or technical student is intended eighteenth century, Revolutionary and
composition courses. This course encourages to improve the student’s communications Republican eras; and the early nineteenth
students to find/define their voice while skills, with major emphasis on writing more century, American Renaissance, Abolitionist
developing an understanding and facility effectively for business and industry. Prereq: C and Civil War periods. Prereq: ENG101.
with basic writing skills and negotiating an or better in ENG070 or placement determined IAI: H3 914.
individualized writing process. Particular by assessment score. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
emphasis is placed on vocabulary development (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
and basic grammar skills for advanced English
as a Second Language students. Repeatable to
a maximum of twelve semester hours; 3
semester hours may apply to the general
studies degree or certificate.
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
English
195
ENG 212 American Literature From 1865 ENG 225 Masterpieces of ENG 240 Introduction to Drama
This course explores writings in the United British Literature as Literature
States from the end of the Civil War to the This study of British masterpieces includes This course explores the literary aspects,
present with emphases on major literary selections from Shakespeare, Milton, Swift, concepts and principles of drama. It includes
movements, such as Realism, Naturalism, Romantic poetry and modern British fiction. the critical study of various types of plays from
Modernism, Postmodernism and Multi- Understanding and enjoyment of British a variety of periods. Consideration is given to
culturalism, understood in relation to their literature, rather than technical aspects of the technical aspects of dramatic production,
intellectual, social and political contexts. the assigned readings, are emphasized. as well as backgrounds of the physical theatre,
Prereq: ENG101. IAI: H3 915. Prereq: ENG101. IAI: H3 913. historical development of the drama form
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs and selected authors. Prereq: ENG101.
IAI: H3 902.
ENG 215 Masterpieces of (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
ENG 226 Introduction to Shakespeare
American Literature This course is an introduction to the works of
This is a study of the development and Shakespeare for understanding and enjoyment ENG 245 World Literature
treatment of major themes and ideas in the through a survey of representative plays. This course is a survey of representative
works of significant American authors. Such Prereq: ENG101. IAI: H3 905. readings from ancient times to the present.
representative writers as Bradford, Edwards, (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs The course emphasizes the significance of the
Franklin, Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Emerson, selections as human documents as well as their
Thoreau, Twain, James, Dickinson, Faulkner, importance as literature. Although this course
Hemingway, Steinbeck and others are read. ENG 227 Literature and Contemporary focuses primarily upon Western literature,
Understanding and enjoyment of the assigned American Thought representative texts from other cultures may
readings are emphasized along with historical This course is a study of the great books that be integrated into the syllabus. Prereq: ENG101.
and sociological contexts. Prereq: ENG101. shaped and mirrored 20th century thought IAI: H3 906.
IAI: H3 915. and sensibility and the literary works and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs intellectual milieu from which they sprang.
Various types of literary works that reflect the ENG 255 Women’s Literature
ENG 220 Multicultural Literatures experience and construction of contemporary
American thought set in historical context are This course introduces students to novels,
of the United States examined. Prereq: ENG101. short stories, poetry, essays, memoir, drama,
This course is an introduction to multicultural (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs journals and other literary genre written by
literary works of the United States, with women in English across several centuries and
emphases on novels, autobiographies, poetry, from a variety of racial, ethnic, sexual, class,
short stories, drama, memoir, essays, journals
ENG 229 Introduction to Literature disability, age, regional and national back-
and other literary genres. This course requires This course is an introduction to fiction grounds. Students explore how systems of
students to read and understand a variety (short story and novellas or novels), poetry race, ethnicity, class, caste, gender, sexuality,
of texts in order to explore issues of race, and drama from classic to contemporary disability, age, region, nation and ecosystem
ethnicity, class, caste, gender, sexuality, nation, selections. This course includes study of affect the conditions under which women
region, dis/ability, age and ecosystem, along literary techniques and thematic interpreta- write as well as what they write. Students also
with history, formal dynamics and the personal tions of the works read. Prereq: ENG101. explore differences and continuities in women
as political. Prereq: ENG101. IAI: H3 910D. IAI: H3 900 (under IAI review). writers’ perspectives and their uses of form,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs content and subject. Prereq: ENG101.
IAI: H3 911D.
ENG 221 British Literature to 1800 ENG 230 Introduction to Poetry
This course is a chronological study of British This course is a critical study of world poetry
with respect to structure and content through ENG 260 Postcolonial Literatures
masterpieces from Beowulf through the pre-
Romantics. The history of ideas may be studied close reading of poems in a variety of styles This course is an introduction to Postcolonial
to show the relationship between an idea and from the Renaissance to recent times. literatures with emphases on reading
its literary embodiments. Critical analysis skills Prereq: ENG101. IAI: H3 903. contemporary literary works across genres
are required. Prereq: ENG101. IAI: H3 912. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs from Africa, Asia, Australia, the Caribbean,
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs South and North Americas, and colonized
Europe. Anglophone texts are read with the
ENG 235 Introduction to Fiction intent of understanding the historical, cultural
ENG 222 British Literature From 1800 This course is a critical study of three genres and political contexts of colonialism and
This course is a chronological study of British of fiction (short story, novella and novel) postcolonialism. Prereq: ENG101.
literature. Major works from the Romantic, from classic and contemporary selections. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Victorian and Modern periods are studied. It includes critical analysis, study of
This course is a continuation of ENG221 but techniques, historical background and
thematic interpretations of the works read. ENG 296 Special Topics in Literature
may be taken independently. Critical analysis
skills are required. Prereq: ENG101. Prereq: ENG101. IAI: H3 901. This course offers special topics/issues in
IAI: H3 913. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs English literature. Repeatable to a maximum of
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs 16 semester hours for different special topics; 6
semester hours may apply to a degree or
certificate. Prereq: ENG101.
(2 to 4 lec/0 lab) var. 2 to 4 sem hrs
www.waubonsee.edu
Course Descriptions
196 Film Studies
Film Studies (FLM) FIN 205 Personal Finance FSC 120 Hazardous Materials
and Investing Operations
FLM 250 Film as Art: A Survey of Film This course offers students sound direction in This course is designed to provide students
making personal financial decisions. It is a with the skills and knowledge necessary to be
Centering upon the feature film, this course comprehensive look at the important financial examined and certified by the Illinois Office
stresses the elements, properties and capabili- decisions that individuals make throughout of the State Fire Marshal as a Hazardous
ties of the medium; examines theories of their lives and provides a foundation for Materials First Responder.
the film, film aesthetics, cinematography, making informed personal financial decisions. (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
direction, editing, acting and film genres; and Coverage includes investment fundamentals
explores both the social impact of film and the and investing strategies, guidance on consumer
influence of contemporary society on movies. purchases, insurance basics, time value of
FSC 140 Fire Apparatus Engineer
IAI: F2 908 (under IAI review). money concepts, and retirement and estate This course is designed to provide students
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs planning. Recommended Prereq: BUS100. with the necessary background, knowledge and
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs skills to perform the duties of a fire apparatus
engineer, which include pump operations,
FLM 260 History of Film pump functions, pumper components, pumper
An international survey of the historical FIN 210 Money and Banking requirements for maintaining and testing
development of film, this course emphasizes This course stresses basic monetary theory apparatus, fire stream development and
the study of films, movements, genres and required in the banking and finance industry. water supply in relation to various fire ground
innovations in film production that have had Topics include: economic stabilization, types of situations. This course provides training
significant influence on film as an art form. spending, the role of gold, limitations of central toward Fire Apparatus Engineer Certification
IAI: F2 909 (under IAI review). bank control, government fiscal policy, balance by the Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs of payments, foreign exchange repercussions Recommended Prereq: Firefighter II
on the banking industry in affecting yield Certification.
FLM 270 Film and Literature curves, and structuring of portfolios. (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
This course is a study of formal, thematic Recommended Prereq: FIN100.
and/or historical relationships between literary FSC 150 Vehicle and Machinery
and cinematic forms, including examination of Operations
adaptations and influences that demonstrate FIN 215 Financial Institutions
the strengths of each artistic medium. This course provides basic skills toward the
The basic concepts for managing the following performance of rescue specialist operations.
IAI: HF 908 (under IAI review). financial institution functions and services are
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs It provides an introduction to the knowledge
covered: banking monetary theory, cash flow and skills required in the various specialties
and operations of financial institutions. of extrication. This course provides training
Emphasis is given to the impact of these toward Rescue Specialist-Roadway Extrication
Finance and financial services in a market-oriented
economy.
Certification by the Illinois Office of the State
Fire Marshal. Repeatable to a maximum of 6
Banking (FIN) (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs semester hours; only 3 semester hours may
apply to the degree. Recommended Prereq:
Firefighter II Certification.
FIN 100 Principles of Bank Operations
A broad overview of banking functions and
Fire Science (FSC) (2 lec/2 lab) 3 sem hrs
operational procedure. Topics include:
banking history; banking policies and FSC 100 Fire Science I FSC 160 Tactics and Strategy I
practices; monetary policy; fiscal policy; This course covers principles of fire depart- This course is an introduction to the basic
Federal Reserve; deposit, payment and ment organization, fire behavior, equipment, principles and methods associated with fire
credit functions; negotiable instruments; water supply, ladders, extinguishers and ground tactics and strategy as required of the
and retail and commercial banking trends. agents, hoses and breathing equipment. This company officer. It emphasizes size-up, fire
(2 lec/0 lab) 2 sem hrs course provides partial training toward State ground operations, pre-fire planning and basic
Firefighter Level II Certification by the Office engine and truck company operations.
Recommended Prereq: FSC100.
FIN 200 Principles of Finance of the State Fire Marshal.
An introduction to the role of financial (4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs
management in today’s business world.
Course topics emphasize financial markets, FSC 110 Fire Science II FSC 170 Fire Science Instructor I
debt and equity financing, short- and long- A study of techniques used in firefighting. This course is designed to meet the needs of
term financing, capital budgeting, risk and Topics discussed include nozzles and fire those individuals who wish to expand their
rates of return and financial statement analysis. streams, rescue, fire control, ropes and knots, knowledge in the area of instructing other
Recommended Prereq: ACC120 or ACC110 loss control, fire detection alarm and suppres- individuals. It is structured to provide basic
or consent of instructor. sion systems, fire prevention, public education, information about human relations in the
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs protecting evidence for fire cause and teaching-learning environment, methods of
determination, communications, firefighter teaching and the proper method of writing
survival, terrorism and hazardous materials lesson plans. This course provides training
awareness. This course provides partial toward Fire Instructor I Certification by the
training toward State Firefighter Level II Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal and is
Certification. Course completers qualify for designed using NFPA Standard 1041, Chapter
the State Fire Marshal Certification test for 2 1996 edition. A Firefighter II Certification
hazardous material awareness. Students need is required to qualify for an Instructor I
not have completed Fire Science I to enroll Certification. Recommended Prereq: Firefighter
in Fire Science II. II Certification.
2008/2009
Course Descriptions
Geography
197
FSC 200 Fire Science III FSC 233 Fire Science Administration III French (FRE)
This course is a study of advanced techniques This course covers the role and function of a
used in firefighting. Topics include fire Fire Officer II. Topics include organization,
behavior, water supply, forcible entry, self- management, social services, capital resource FRE 101 Elementary French I
contained breathing apparatus, ladders, management, public finance and budgeting, This is an introductory course in the basic
overhaul, safety and fire ground command. public relations and information management structures and vocabulary of French. Because
This course provides training toward as they pertain to a fire science organization. language is a reflection of culture, the course
Firefighter Level III Certification by the Office This course provides training toward Fire incorporates colloquial French expressions and
of the State Fire Marshal. Recommended Officer II Certification by the Illinois Office Gallic behaviors. The French-speaking world is
Prereq: FSC100 and FSC110 or Firefighter II of the State Fire Marshal. Recommended studied as well as French grammar. The four
Certification. Prereq: Fire Officer I Certification. basic skills of listening, speaking, reading and
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs writing are stressed.
FSC 210 Fire Science IV FSC 234 Fire Science Administration IV
This course is a study of advanced principles This course covers personnel management, FRE 102 Elementary French II
including communications systems, ventila- health and safety, and labor relations as they This continuation of FRE101 is an introductory
tion, ropes and knots, nozzles and fire streams, pertain to a fire science organization. This course in the basic structures and vocabulary
sprinkler systems, building construction and course provides training toward Fire Officer II of French. The main objective of the course is
salvage. This course provides training toward certification by the Illinois Office of the State to expand and broaden skills in communicat-
Firefighter III Certification by the Office of the Fire Marshal. Recommended Prereq: FSC233. ing effectively in French. The four basic skills
State Fire Marshal. Students need not have (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs of listening, speaking, reading and writing are
completed Fire Science III to enroll in Fire further developed. Recommended Prereq:
Science IV. Recommended Prereq: FSC100 and FRE101 or one year of high school French
FSC110 or Firefighter II Certification.
FSC 260 Tactics and Strategy II or its equivalent.
(4 lec/0 lab) 4 sem hrs This course provides additional tactics and (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
strategies essential for effective ground
operations. It emphasizes strategy, incident
FSC 220 Fire Inspection and Prevention management, multicompany operations FRE 201 Intermediate French I
This fire prevention and inspection course is planning and stress. This course provides This course presents a thorough review of
designed to provide basic training in the training toward Fire Officer II Certification by the essentials of French grammar and includes
principle aspects of public education, code the Illinois Office of the State Fire Marshal. readings in French on French and Franco-
enforcement and engineering. Subject material Recommended Prereq: FSC160 or Fire Officer I phonic civilization and literature.
covered includes life safety, hazards, cause certification. Recommended Prereq: FRE102 or two years
codes, public education and fire prevention (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs of high school French or its equivalent.
bureau management. Recommended Prereq: (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
Firefighter III Certification.
(3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs FSC 270 Fire Science Instructor II
This course is designed to meet the needs of FRE 202 Intermediate French II
those individuals who wish to expand their This course is a continuation of FRE201.
FSC 231 Fire Science Administration I knowledge in the area of instructing others. Reviewing essentials of French grammar and
This course covers the role and function It is structured to provide basic information reading in French on French and Francophonic
of a Fire Officer I, management principles, about human relations in the teacher-learning civilization and literature are emphasized.
organizational concepts, staffing, basic environment, methods of teaching and the Recommended Prereq: FRE201 or three years
motivational skills and performance appraisal. proper method of writing lesson plans. This of high school French or its equivalent.
This course provides training toward Fire course provides training toward Fire Instructor IAI: H1 900.
Officer I. Certification is required to qualify II Certification by the Illinois Office of the (3 lec/0 lab) 3 sem hrs
for Fire Officer I. Recommended Prereq: State Fire Marshall and is designed using NFPA
Firefighter III Certification. Standard 1041, Chapter 3, 1996 edition.
(3 lec/0 lab)

Waubonsee Catalog 2008-2009

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Waubonsee Catalog 2008-2009

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Directory of Information

Scheduled to open in early 2009, the new Student Departments

Official Campus Hours

WAUBONSEE COMMUNITY COLLEGE

This catalog is in effect for the academic year 2008-2009.

VISION Workforce Development: Courses, programs, and services

College Mission ..........................................................2 Academic Information and Regulations ...............245

Dr. Richard C. Bodie James K. Michels

W college district residents — continues to respond to the area’s higher

Christine J. Sobek, Ed.D., President

TRANSFER EDUCATION CAREER EDUCATION

Accounting Film Studies Microcomputer Systems

TRANSFER DEGREE AREAS OF CAREER EDUCATION AREAS

FALL SEMESTER 2008 2008

Students interested in Community Education or Workforce Development should complete page 3

New Credit Students (full-time and/or degree-seeking)

Educational Options Basic Skills Education

Adult Education Learning Center (AELC)

Lifelong Learning Institute (LLI) Distance Learning

Waubonsee’s Workforce Development department is approved

✆ See directory inside back cover.

The courses students take at Waubonsee Community College Transfer Guarantee

Waubonsee Community College agrees to reimburse students

7. After the claim is received, Waubonsee Community College Franklin University

HIGH SCHOOL REQUIREMENTS

For more information, visit www.niu.edu/offcampusacademics.

Students who have not decided on a major course of study to

Students intending to transfer should narrow their choice of a

See the list under “Degree Requirements” for area of

Degree Requirements B. Social and Behavioral Sciences

Transfer Degrees Program

MTH 060 MTH 104 MTH 103

MTH 075 MTH 070 MTH 113

MTH 211 MTH 202

IAI codes represent the approved MTH 210

colleges and universities. Visit IAI:M1 906

www.iTransfer.org for more information.

MTH 141 MTH 132

MTH 236 MTH 233 MTH 240

Degree Requirements II. General Education Requirements

III. Additional College Requirements B. Engineering Specialty Courses

D. Mathematics III. Additional College Requirements

E. Humanities IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements

III. Additional College Requirements

III. Additional College Requirements Degree Requirements

IV. Area of Concentration/Elective Requirements I. College Requirements

E. Humanities and Fine Arts

Student Academic Plan Illustration

Division of Business and Information Systems

AREA OF CONCENTRATION: BUSINESS IV. Area of Concentration/Elective

Division of Business and Information Systems

IV. Area of Concentration/Elective

IV. Area of Concentration/Elective

Division of Communications and Library Services

AREA OF CONCENTRATION: AREA OF CONCENTRATION:

AREA OF CONCENTRATION: ENGLISH AREA OF CONCENTRATION: LIBERAL ARTS

I. College Requirements I. College Requirements

C. Mathematics ✔ ....................AA-add. hrs. not required A. Wellness .....................................................................2-3

Division of Communications and Library Services

IV. Area of Concentration/Elective

AREA OF CONCENTRATION: BIOLOGY AREA OF CONCENTRATION:

NOTE: The sequence of courses outlined in the biology,

Division of Health and Life Sciences

IV. Area of Concentration/Elective